ECS 360 FM-200 06-236115-001_BA HFC-227ea ECS DIOM

This file contains the following:
Title Part Number Rev
Manuals
Kidde Fire Systems ECS Fire Suppression System with HFC-227ea Agent: Design, 06-236115-001 BA
Installation, Operation and Maintenance Manual
Addenda
Supplement to Kidde Fire Systems ECS Fire Suppression System with HFC-227ea Agent: 06-236115-003 AA
Design, Installation, Operation, and Maintenance Manual Rev BA, P/N 06-236115-001
Placement Supervision
Supplement to Kidde Fire Systems ECS Fire Suppression System with HFC-227ea Agent: 06-236115-004 AA
Design, Installation, Operation, and Maintenance Manual Rev BA, P/N 06-236115-001
Stainless Steel Nozzles
Liquid Level Indicator Addendum for Kidde Fire Systems ECS™ Fire Suppression System 06-236115-005 AA
with HFC-227ea Agent Design, Installation, Operation, and Maintenance Manual
P/N 06-236115-001, Rev BA
Kidde Fire Systems 2” Valve and Safety Burst Disc Rebuild Kit and Instructions 06-237553-001 AA
Addendum
Kidde Fire Systems Addendum to Design, Installation, Operation, and Maintenance 06-237577-001 AA
Manuals Covering Modifications to Lever Operated Control Head (P/N 85-521000-001)
and Lever and Pressure Operated Control Head (P/N 85-544000-001)
Kidde Fire Systems Halocarbon and Inert Gas Agents Class B Minimum Design 06-237615-001 AA
Concentrations Addendum
Kidde Fire Systems Clean Agent Entrance and Exit Warning Sign Addendum 06-237670-001 AA
Kidde Fire Systems Control Head Monitor Installation Addendum 06-237750-001 AA
Kidde Fire Systems 3” Valve Addendum 06-237760-001 AA
Kidde Fire Systems 1 1/2” and 2” Flexible Discharge Hose Addendum For Industrial 06-237765-001 AA
Systems
Main-to-Reserve Transfer Switch Addendum for Kidde Fire Systems Clean Agent, Inert 06-237781-001 AA
Gas, and High Pressure Carbon Dioxide Fire Suppression Systems
2” and 3” Valve Burst Disc Harmonization Addendum for Kidde Fire Systems Clean 06-237783-001 AA
Agent Fire Suppression System
Kidde Fire Systems 2” El-Check Valve Addendum For Industrial Systems 06-237797-001 AA
Kidde Fire Systems Electric and Electric/Cable Control Heads Addendum 06-237815-001 AA
Kidde Fire Systems 1.5 and 3 in. El-Check Valve Addendum For Industrial Systems 06-237833-001 AA
2-Way Selector and Lockout Valve Addendum for Kidde Fire Systems Clean Agent
06-237856-001 AA
Systems
April 2022
P/N 06-236115-001
October 2014
Kidde Fire Systems® ECS

Fire Suppression System
with HFC-227ea Agent:
Design, Installation, Operation and

Maintenance Manual
R
FM
LISTED APPROVED
UL Listing File FM Approvals

No. EX 4674 Project ID 3014861
FOREWORD
This manual is written for those who are installing a Kidde Fire Systems® ECS Fire Suppression System
with HFC-227ea Agent.
IMPORTANT
Kidde-Fenwal assumes no responsibility for the application of any systems other than those addressed in
this manual. The technical data contained herein is limited strictly for information purposes only. Kidde-
Fenwal believes this data to be accurate, but it is published and presented without any guarantee or
warranty whatsoever. Kidde-Fenwal disclaims any liability for any use that may be made of the data and
information contained herein by any and all other parties.
Kidde ECS Fire Suppression Systems with HFC-227ea Agent (Kidde ECS Systems) are to be designed,
installed, inspected, maintained, tested and recharged by qualified, trained personnel in accordance with
the following:
• Standard of the National Fire Protection Association No. 2001, titled Clean Agent Fire Extinguishing
Systems.
• All instructions, limitations, etc. contained in this manual, 06-236115-001.
• All information contained on the system container nameplate(s).
Storage, handling, transportation, service, maintenance, recharge, and test of agent storage containers
shall be performed only by qualified and trained personnel in accordance with the information in this
manual and Compressed Gas Association* pamphlets C-1, C-6 and P-1:
• C-1, Methods for Hydrostatic Testing of Compressed Gas Cylinders.
• C-6, Standards for Visual Inspection of Compressed Gas Cylinders.
• P-1, Safe Handling of Compressed Gases In Containers.
*CGA pamphlets are published by: http://www.cganet.com.
• Standard of the National Fire Protection Association No. 2001, titled Clean Agent Fire Extinguishing
Systems.
• All instructions, limitations, etc. contained in this manual, 06-236115-001.
• All information contained on the system container nameplate(s).
The new design concentration for Class A and C fires applies to systems designed to meet and comply with
UL 2166 and NFPA 2001, 2012 Edition guidelines. As such, our customers are reminded and advised:
• The applicable best practice that these systems use automatic actuation;
• Designers should also take note of clause 4.3.5.6 in NFPA 20011, 2012 Edition, with regard to time
delays;
• The designer should also take note of A.3-4.2.4 in NFPA 2001, 2000 Edition and confirm that the
hazard protected does not include any identifiable fire accelerants, which would classify the area as
a Class B hazard;
• In addition, the designer should refer to section A.3-6 in NFPA 2001, 2000 Edition and confirm that
the area does not include a material number of power or energized cables in close proximity that
would predicate the usage of a different design concentration. Please contact applications engineering
for design guidance in this instance.
1. Clause 2-3.5.6.1 in NFPA 2001, 2000 Edition states: “For clean agent extinguishing systems, a pre-discharge
alarm and time delay, sufficient to allow personnel evacuation prior to discharge, shall be provided. For hazard
areas subject to fast growth fires, where the provision of a time delay would seriously increase the threat to life
and property, a time delay shall be permitted to be eliminated.”
2. A.3-4.2.4 in NFPA 2001, 2000 Edition states: “…Hazards containing both Class A and Class B fuels should be
evaluated on the basis of the fuel requiring the highest design concentration.”
3. A.3.6 in NFPA 2001, 2000 Edition states in part: “...Energized electrical equipment that could provide a prolonged
ignition source shall be de-energized prior to or during agent discharge. If electrical equipment cannot be de-
energized, consideration should be given to the use of extended agent discharge, higher initial concentration,
and the possibility of formation of combustion and decomposition products. Additional testing can be needed on
suppression of energized electrical equipment fires to determine these quantities...”
06-236115-001 i October 2014

Any questions concerning the information presented in this manual should be addressed to:
Kidde-Fenwal Inc.
400 Main Street
Ashland, MA 01721
Phone: (508) 881-2000
Fax: (508) 881-8920
National Fire Protection Associate Standard No. 2001, Edition 2012, available from:
National Fire Protection Association
1 Batterymarch Park
Quincy, MA 02269
Note: Some of the hardware components have been discontinued, but these were left in the manual for
informational purposes. For more information, see Chapter 7 Parts List. When reviewing part
numbers, use Chapter 7 to look up the full part numbers.
MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEETS

The Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) can be found in the Appendix A. The latest version of the MSDS
can also be found online at the Kidde Fire Systems website (www.kiddefiresystems.com). Use the built-in
navigation links to view the desired sheet.
SAFETY SUMMARY
Kidde ECS Systems use pressurized equipment; therefore, personnel responsible for fire suppression
systems must be aware of the dangers associated with the improper handling, installation or maintenance
of this equipment.
Fire suppression system service personnel must be thoroughly trained in the proper handling, installation
and service of HFC-227ea equipment and follow the instructions used in this manual and in the Safety
Bulletin and cylinder nameplate listed below.
Kidde has provided warnings and cautions at appropriate locations throughout the text of this manual.
These warnings and cautions are to be adhered to at all times. Failure to do so may result in serious injury
to personnel.
DEFINITIONS
Indicates an imminently hazardous situation which, if not avoided, could result in death,
WARNING serious bodily injury and/or property damage.
Indicates a potentially hazardous situation which, if not avoided, could result in property
CAUTION or equipment damage.
October 2014 ii 06-236115-001

SAFETY BULLETIN 1; MARCH 2, 1987
SUBJECT: SAFE CYLINDER HANDLING PROCEDURES
Pressurized (charged) cylinders are extremely hazardous and if not handled properly are
capable of violent discharge. This may result in serious bodily injury, death and property
WARNING damage.
BEFORE handling Kidde system products, all personnel must be thoroughly trained in the safe handling of
the containers as well as in the proper procedures for installation, removal, filling, and connection of other
critical devices, such as flex hoses, control heads, discharge heads, and anti-recoil devices.
READ, UNDERSTAND and ALWAYS FOLLOW the operation and maintenance manuals, owner’s
manuals, service manuals, etc., that are provided with the individual systems.
The following safety procedures must be observed at all times:
Moving Container: Containers must be shipped compactly in the upright position, and properly secured
in place. Containers must not be rolled, dragged or slid, nor allowed to be slid from tailgates of vehicles. A
suitable hand truck, fork truck, roll platform or similar device must be used.
Rough Handling: Containers must not be dropped or permitted to strike violently against each other or
other surfaces.
Storage: Containers must be stored standing upright where they are not likely to be knocked over, or the
containers must be secured.
For additional information on safe handling of compressed gas cylinders, see CGA Pamphlet PI titled “Safe
Handling of Compressed Gases in Containers”. CGA pamphlets may be purchased from their website
address at: http://www.cganet.com.
06-236115-001 iii October 2014

SAFETY BULLETIN 2; MAY 1, 1993
SUBJECT: SAFE CYLINDER HANDLING PROCEDURES
FOR PRESSURIZED CYLINDERS
Pressurized (charged) cylinders are extremely hazardous and if not handled properly are
capable of violent discharge. This will result in serious bodily injury, death and property
WARNING damage.
BEFORE handling Kidde system products, all personnel must be thoroughly trained in the safe handling of
the containers as well as in the proper procedures for installation, removal, filling, and connection of other
critical devices, such as flexible hoses, control heads, and safety caps.
READ, UNDERSTAND and ALWAYS FOLLOW the operation and maintenance manuals, owner’s
manuals, service manuals, and other information that is provided with the individual systems.
THESE INSTRUCTIONS MUST BE FOLLOWED IN THE EXACT SEQUENCE AS WRITTEN TO PREVENT SERIOUS
INJURY, DEATH OR PROPERTY DAMAGE.
SAFETY CAP
• Each HFC-227ea cylinder is factory equipped with a safety cap installed on the valve outlet, and
securely chained to the valve to prevent loss. This device is a safety feature, and will provide
controlled safe discharge when installed if the cylinder is actuated accidentally.
• The safety cap must be installed in the valve outlet AT ALL TIMES except when the cylinders are
connected into the system piping or being filled.
• The safety cap is intentionally chained to the cylinder valve to prevent loss while in service and must
not be removed from its chain.
PROTECTION CAP
A protection cap is factory installed on the actuation port and securely chained to the valve to prevent loss.
The cap is attached to the actuation port to prevent tampering or depression of the actuating pin. No
attachments (control head, pressure control head) are to be connected to the actuation port during
shipment, storage, or handling.
INSTALLATION
THIS SEQUENCE FOR CYLINDER INSTALLATION MUST BE FOLLOWED AT ALL TIMES:
1. Install cylinder into bracketing.
Discharge hoses or valve outlet adapter must be connected into system piping before
WARNING attaching to cylinder valve outlet to prevent injury in the event of discharge.
2. Remove safety cap and connect all cylinder valves into system piping using flex hose or valve outlet
adapter.
3. Remove protection cap and attach control heads, pressure control heads, pilot loops, etc., as
required.
Control heads must be in the set position before attaching to the cylinder valve actuation
WARNING port, in order to prevent accidental discharge.
October 2014 iv 06-236115-001

REMOVAL FROM SERVICE
1. Remove all control heads, pressure operated heads, and pilot loops from cylinder valve, and attach
protection cap to actuation port.
2. Disconnect cylinders from system piping at the valve outlet. Disconnect valve outlet
adapter, if used.
3. Immediately install safety cap on valve outlet.
Do not disconnect the cylinder from system piping if the safety cap is missing. Obtain a
WARNING new safety cap from Kidde.
4. Remove cylinder from bracketing.
Failure to follow these instructions, and improper use or handling, may cause serious
WARNING bodily injury, death, and property damage.
06-236115-001 v October 2014

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK.
October 2014 vi 06-236115-001

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Foreword ....................................................................................................... i
Material Safety Data Sheets ............................................................................. ii
Safety Summary............................................................................................. ii
Safety Bulletin 1; March 2, 1987
Subject: Safe Cylinder Handling Procedures ....................................................... iii
Safety Bulletin 2; May 1, 1993
Subject: Safe Cylinder Handling Procedures For Pressurized Cylinders.................... iv
Table of Contents............................................................................................ vii
List of Figures ................................................................................................ xii
list of Tables .................................................................................................. 1
CHAPTER 1 GENERAL INFORMATION

1-1 Introduction ......................................................................................... 1-1
1-2 System Description ............................................................................... 1-2
1-2.1 General ............................................................................................... 1-2
1-2.1.1 Operating Temperature Range Limitations ................................................ 1-2
1-2.1.2 Agent Storage Container Temperature Range Limitations ........................... 1-2
1-2.1.2.1 Balanced System Agent Storage Container Temperature Range................... 1-2
1-2.1.2.2 Unbalanced System Agent Storage Container Temperature Range ............... 1-3
1-2.2 Extinguishing Agent .............................................................................. 1-3
1-2.2.1 Toxicity ............................................................................................... 1-3
1-2.2.2 Decomposition...................................................................................... 1-4
1-2.2.3 Cleanliness........................................................................................... 1-4
1-2.2.4 Other Safety Considerations ................................................................... 1-4
1-2.2.5 Storage ............................................................................................... 1-5
CHAPTER 2 OPERATION
2-1 Introduction ......................................................................................... 2-1
2-2 System Controls and Indicators .............................................................. 2-1
2-2.1 General ............................................................................................... 2-1
2-2.2 Operating Procedures ............................................................................ 2-1
2-2.2.1 Automatic Operation ............................................................................. 2-1
2-2.2.2 Remote Manual Operation ...................................................................... 2-1
2-2.2.3 Local Manual Operation.......................................................................... 2-1
2-2.3 Post-Fire Operation ............................................................................... 2-2
2-2.4 Cylinder Recharge ................................................................................. 2-2
2-2.5 Special System Precautions .................................................................... 2-2
2-2.5.1 Systems Actuated with a Master HFC-227ea Cylinder ................................. 2-2
2-2.5.2 Systems Actuated with a Pilot Nitrogen Cylinder........................................ 2-2
CHAPTER 3 COMPONENT DESCRIPTION

3-1 Introduction ......................................................................................... 3-1
3-1.1 3 in Cylinder Valve ................................................................................ 3-1
3-2 Functional Description ........................................................................... 3-2
3-3 Component Descriptions ........................................................................ 3-4
3-3.1 HFC-227ea Cylinder/Valve Assemblies ..................................................... 3-4
3-3.2 Liquid Level Indicator ............................................................................ 3-10
3-3.3 Cylinder Mounting Equipment ................................................................. 3-11
3-3.4 Control Heads....................................................................................... 3-14
06-236115-001 vii October 2014

TABLE OF CONTENTS (CONT.)
3-3.4.1 Electric Control Heads, P/N WK-890181-000, P/N 81-890149-000,
and P/N WK-890165-000 ....................................................................... 3-14
3-3.4.2 Electric/Cable Operated Control Heads,
P/N 81-895630-000 and P/N WK-897494-000 .......................................... 3-16
3-3.4.3 Cable Operated Control Head, P/N 81-979469-000 .................................... 3-17
3-3.4.4 Lever Operated Control Head, P/N WK-870652-000 ................................... 3-18
3-3.4.5 Lever/Pressure Operated Control Head, P/N 82-878751-000 ....................... 3-19
3-3.4.6 Pressure Operated Control Head, P/N 82-878737-000 and
P/N 82-878750-000 .............................................................................. 3-20
3-3.5 Remote Pull Stations ............................................................................. 3-21
3-3.5.1 Electric Remote Pull Box, P/N 84-330001-001........................................... 3-21
3-3.5.2 Cable Manual Pull Station, Surface, P/N 81-871403-000............................. 3-21
3-3.6 Actuation Accessories ............................................................................ 3-22
3-3.6.1 Nitrogen Actuator, Mounting Bracket and Adapter, P/N WK-877940-000,
P/N WK-877845-000 and P/N WK-699205-010 respectively ........................ 3-22
3-3.6.2 Flexible Actuation Hose, P/N WK-264986-000 and P/N WK-264987-000 ....... 3-23
3-3.6.3 Master Cylinder Adapter Kit, P/N 82-844895-000 ...................................... 3-23
3-3.6.4 Tees, Elbows and Adapters..................................................................... 3-24
3-3.7 Discharge Accessories ........................................................................... 3-24
3-3.7.1 Flexible Discharge Hose, P/N WK-283898-000, P/N WK-283899-000 and
P/N WK-283900-000 ............................................................................. 3-24
3-3.7.2 Valve Outlet Adapters, P/N WK-283904-000, P/N WK-283905-000 and
P/N WK-283906-000 ............................................................................. 3-25
3-3.7.3 Check Valve, 1/4-inch, P/N WK-264985-000............................................. 3-25
3-3.7.4 Manifold EL-Checks, P/N WK-877690-000 and P/N 82-878743-000.............. 3-26
3-3.7.5 Pressure Operated Switches, P/N 81-486536-000 and
P/N 81-981332-000 .............................................................................. 3-27
3-3.7.6 Pressure Operated Trip, P/N 81-874290-000 ............................................ 3-28
3-3.7.7 Discharge Indicator, P/N 81-875553-000 ................................................. 3-28
3-3.7.8 Corner Pulleys, P/N 81-803808-000 and P/N WK-844648-000..................... 3-29
3-3.7.9 Cylinder Supervisory Pressure Switch, P/N 06-118262-001......................... 3-30
3-3.7.10 Supervisory Pressure Switch, P/N 06-118263-001 ..................................... 3-31
3-3.7.11 Main-to-Reserve Transfer Switch, P/N 84-802398-000 ............................... 3-32
3-3.7.12 Discharge Nozzles ................................................................................. 3-33
3-3.8 Other Accessories ................................................................................. 3-34
3-3.8.1 Hydrostatic Test Adapters ...................................................................... 3-34
3-3.8.2 HFC-227ea Cylinder Recharge Adapters ................................................... 3-34
3-3.8.3 Cylinder Seating Adapter (P/N WK-933537-000) ....................................... 3-35
3-3.9 Detectors and Control Panels.................................................................. 3-35
3-3.9.1 Detectors............................................................................................. 3-35
3-3.9.2 Control Panel ....................................................................................... 3-35
CHAPTER 4 DESIGN AND INSTALLATION

4-1 Introduction ......................................................................................... 4-1
4-2 Design Procedure.................................................................................. 4-1
4-2.1 General ............................................................................................... 4-1
4-2.2 Application........................................................................................... 4-1
4-2.2.1 Determine Minimum Use Concentration Required ...................................... 4-2
October 2014 viii 06-236115-001

4-2.2.2 Calculate the Volume of Protected Area.................................................... 4-2
4-2.2.2.1 Adjusting for Altitude or Pressure ............................................................ 4-3
4-2.2.3 Determine What Components are Required .............................................. 4-7
4-2.2.4 Locate Nozzles...................................................................................... 4-7
4-2.2.5 Locate Cylinders ................................................................................... 4-7
4-2.2.6 Locate Piping........................................................................................ 4-7
4-2.2.7 Pipe Size and Layout ............................................................................. 4-7
4-2.2.8 Using the HFC-227ea Concentration Flooding Factors ................................. 4-8
4-2.2.9 Manifolds ............................................................................................. 4-8
4-2.3 Design Criteria ..................................................................................... 4-9
4-2.3.1 First Branch Flow Split ........................................................................... 4-9
4-2.3.2 Tee Flow Splits ..................................................................................... 4-11
4-2.3.2.1 Requirements for Tee Flow Splits ............................................................ 4-11
4-2.3.3 Duration of Discharge ............................................................................ 4-11
4-2.3.4 Nozzle Selection and Placement .............................................................. 4-12
4-2.3.5 Nozzle Placement.................................................................................. 4-12
4-2.3.5.1 Limits on Nozzle Conditions .................................................................... 4-13
4-2.3.5.2 Maximum Elevation Differences in Pipe Runs: ........................................... 4-13
4-2.3.6 Pipe Sizing ........................................................................................... 4-14
4-2.4 Other Conditions................................................................................... 4-15
4-2.4.1 Operating/Storage Temperature Range .................................................... 4-15
4-2.4.2 Storage Temperature ............................................................................ 4-15
4-2.4.3 System Operating Pressure .................................................................... 4-15
4-2.5 Pressure Actuation Limitations ................................................................ 4-15
4-2.5.1 Cylinders Close Coupled Using Pressure From A Master Cylinder .................. 4-16
4-2.5.2 Cylinders Not Close Coupled Using Pressure From A Master Cylinder ............ 4-16
4-2.5.3 Cylinders Not Close Coupled Using Pilot Nitrogen Cylinder Pressure.............. 4-17
4-2.5.4 Cylinders Close Coupled Using Pilot Nitrogen Pressure................................ 4-18
4-2.5.5 Corner Pulley and Cable Limitations......................................................... 4-19
4-2.5.6 Pressure Trip Limitations........................................................................ 4-19
4-3 Equipment Installation........................................................................... 4-19
4-3.1 General ............................................................................................... 4-19
4-3.2 Distribution Piping and Fittings................................................................ 4-19
4-3.2.1 Threads ............................................................................................... 4-19
4-3.2.2 Pipe .................................................................................................... 4-19
4-3.2.2.1 Ferrous Piping ...................................................................................... 4-20
4-3.2.2.2 Piping Joints......................................................................................... 4-20
4-3.2.2.3 Fittings ................................................................................................ 4-20
4-3.3 Installation of Pipe and Fittings ............................................................... 4-21
4-3.4 Installation of Check Valves.................................................................... 4-21
4-3.5 Installation of Discharge Nozzles ............................................................. 4-21
4-3.6 Installation of Pressure Actuation Pipe ..................................................... 4-21
4-3.7 Installation of Valve Outlet Adapter ......................................................... 4-22
4-3.8 Installation of Flexible Discharge Hose ..................................................... 4-22
4-3.9 Installation of Master Cylinder Adapter Kit P/N 82-894895-000 ................... 4-24
4-3.10 Installation of HFC-227ea Cylinder/Valve Assemblies ................................. 4-24
4-3.10.1 Single Cylinder System .......................................................................... 4-25
06-236115-001 ix October 2014

4-3.10.2 Multiple Cylinder System........................................................................ 4-27
4-3.10.3 Main and Reserve System ...................................................................... 4-29
4-3.11 Installation of Electric Control Heads ....................................................... 4-29
4-3.12 Installation of Pressure Operated Control Head, P/N 82-878751-000............ 4-31
4-3.13 Installation of Electric/Cable Operated Control Head,
P/N 81-895630-000 and P/N WK-897494-000 .......................................... 4-32
4-3.14 Installation of Cable Operated Control Head, P/N 81-979469-000 ................ 4-33
4-3.15 Installation of Lever Operated Control Head, P/N WK-870652-000 ............... 4-33
4-3.16 Installation of Nitrogen Cylinder, P/N WK-877940-000 and
Mounting Bracket, P/N WK-877845-000 ................................................... 4-34
4-3.17 Installation of Pressure Switch, P/N 81-486536-000 and
P/N 81-981332-000 .............................................................................. 4-34
4-3.18 Installation of Pressure Trip, P/N 81-874290-000 ...................................... 4-35
4-3.19 Installation of Manual Pull Station, P/N 81-871403-000.............................. 4-35
4-3.20 Installation of Discharge Indicator (P/N 81-875553-000) ............................ 4-35
4-3.21 Installation of Supervisory Pressure Switch (P/Ns 06-118262-001 and
06-118263-001) ................................................................................... 4-36
4-3.21.1 Installation of Pressure Switch 06-118262-001 ......................................... 4-38
4-3.21.2 Installation of Pressure Switch 06-118263-001 ......................................... 4-38
4-3.22 Post-Installation Checkout...................................................................... 4-39
CHAPTER 5 MAINTENANCE
5-1 Introduction ......................................................................................... 5-1
5-2 Maintenance Procedures ........................................................................ 5-1
5-2.1 General ............................................................................................... 5-1
5-3 Preventative Maintenance ...................................................................... 5-2
5-4 Inspection Procedures ........................................................................... 5-2
5-4.1 Daily ................................................................................................... 5-2
5-4.1.1 Check HFC-227ea Cylinder Pressure ........................................................ 5-2
5-4.1.2 Check Nitrogen Cylinder Pressure............................................................ 5-2
5-4.2 Monthly ............................................................................................... 5-2
5-4.2.1 General inspection ................................................................................ 5-2
5-4.2.2 Hazard access ...................................................................................... 5-2
5-4.2.3 Inspect hoses ....................................................................................... 5-3
5-4.2.4 Inspect Pressure Control Heads .............................................................. 5-3
5-4.2.5 Inspect Electric Control Heads ................................................................ 5-3
5-4.2.6 Inspect Cylinder and Valve Assembly....................................................... 5-3
5-4.2.7 Inspect Brackets, Straps, Cradles and Mounting Hardware.......................... 5-3
5-4.2.8 Inspect Discharge Hoses ........................................................................ 5-3
5-4.2.9 Inspect Actuation Line ........................................................................... 5-3
5-4.2.10 Inspect Discharge Nozzles...................................................................... 5-4
5-4.2.11 Inspect Pull Stations.............................................................................. 5-4
5-4.2.12 Inspect Pressure Switches...................................................................... 5-4
5-4.3 Inspection Procedures, Semi-Annual........................................................ 5-4
5-4.3.1 Pressure Switch Test ............................................................................. 5-4
5-4.3.2 Electric Control Head Test ...................................................................... 5-5
5-4.3.3 Check HFC-227ea cylinder weights and pressures ..................................... 5-6
5-4.3.3.1 Cylinders Not Equipped with Flexible Tape Liquid Level Indicator ................. 5-6
October 2014 x 06-236115-001

5-4.3.3.2 Cylinders Equipped with Flexible Tape Liquid Level Indicator ....................... 5-6
5-4.4 Inspection Procedures–2 Year ................................................................. 5-11
5-5 Inspection and Retest Procedures for HFC-227ea Cylinders ......................... 5-11
5-5.1 Cylinders Continuously in Service Without Discharge ................................. 5-11
5-5.2 Discharged Cylinders or Charged Cylinders That are Transported................. 5-11
5-5.3 Retest ................................................................................................. 5-12
5-5.4 Flexible Hoses ...................................................................................... 5-12
5-6 Service ................................................................................................ 5-12
5-6.1 Cleaning .............................................................................................. 5-12
5-6.2 Nozzle Service ...................................................................................... 5-12
5-6.3 Repairs................................................................................................ 5-13
5-7 Removing an HFC-227ea Cylinder ........................................................... 5-13
5-7.1 Single Cylinder System .......................................................................... 5-13
5-7.2 Multiple Cylinder System........................................................................ 5-14
5-8 Reinstalling an HFC-227ea Cylinder ......................................................... 5-15
5-8.1 Single Cylinder System .......................................................................... 5-15
5-8.2 Multiple Cylinder System........................................................................ 5-15
5-8.3 Nitrogen Pilot Cylinders.......................................................................... 5-16
CHAPTER 6 POST- DISCHARGE MAINTENANCE

6-1 Introduction ......................................................................................... 6-1
6-2 Post-Fire Maintenance ........................................................................... 6-1
6-2.1 HFC-227ea Valve Inspection and Service.................................................. 6-1
6-2.2 Valve Disassembly (1½ in, 2 in and 2½ in Valve) ...................................... 6-1
6-2.3 Valve Disassembly (3-inch Valve)............................................................ 6-3
6-2.4 Replacing 3-Inch Valve Pilot Check .......................................................... 6-4
6-2.5 Valve Assembly (1½ in, 2 in and 2½ in Valve) .......................................... 6-4
6-2.6 Valve Assembly (3-inch) ........................................................................ 6-5
6-2.7 Safety Disc Replacement (1½-inch and 2½-inch valves and
2-inch valves manufactured prior to May 2014)......................................... 6-5
6-2.8 Safety Disc Replacement (3-inch and
2-inch Manufactured after April 2014)...................................................... 6-7
6-3 Recharging HFC-227ea Cylinders............................................................. 6-8
6-3.1 Charging Equipment Installation ............................................................. 6-8
6-3.2 Charging System Diagram...................................................................... 6-9
6-3.3 Charging Procedure ............................................................................... 6-10
6-3.4 HFC-227ea Cylinder Leak Test ................................................................ 6-13
6-3.5 Salvaging HFC-227ea from a Leaking Cylinder Assembly ............................ 6-14
6-4 Nitrogen Pilot Cylinder Service and Maintenance ....................................... 6-15
6-4.1 Nitrogen Driver Cylinder Hydrostatic Pressure Test .................................... 6-15
6-4.2 Nitrogen Cylinder Replacement ............................................................... 6-15
6-4.3 Nitrogen Cylinder Recharge .................................................................... 6-16
6-4.4 Nitrogen Cylinder Installation ................................................................. 6-17
06-236115-001 xi October 2014

CHAPTER 7 PARTS LIST
7-1 Introduction and Parts List ..................................................................... 7-1
7-2 Obsolete Parts ...................................................................................... 7-6
7-3 Discharge Nozzles ................................................................................. 7-7
7-3.1 UL Listed 360 Degree Nozzles................................................................. 7-7
7-3.2 UL Listed 180 Degree Nozzles:............................................................... 7-9
APPENDIX A MATERIAL SAFETY DATASHEETS
October 2014 xii 06-236115-001

LIST OF FIGURES
Figure Name Page Number
1-1 HFC-227ea Pressure/Temperature Curve Isometric Diagram ...................................... 1-5
3-1 Typical HFC-227ea System with Electric Control Head ............................................... 3-3
3-2 Typical HFC-227ea System with Cable Operated Control Head ................................... 3-3
3-3 Typical Cylinder Assembly, 10 to 70 lb.................................................................... 3-4
3-4 Typical Cylinder Assembly, 125 lb and 200 lb and
300 lb Manufactured through April 2014. ................................................................ 3-4
3-5 Typical Cylinder Assembly, 200 and 350 lb Manufactured After April 2014. .................. 3-5
3-6 600 and 900 lb. Cylinder with 3" Valve ................................................................... 3-5
3-7 1½", Older Style 2" and 2½" Valve General Arrangement.......................................... 3-7
3-8 Newer 2" Valve General Arrangement ..................................................................... 3-7
3-9 3" Valve General Arrangement............................................................................... 3-7
3-10 Liquid Level Indicator ........................................................................................... 3-10
3-11 Cylinder Mounting Straps ...................................................................................... 3-11
3-12 Cylinder Wall Brackets ......................................................................................... 3-12
3-13 Electric Control Head ............................................................................................ 3-14
3-14 Electric Control Head, Stackable ............................................................................ 3-15
3-15 Electric/Cable Operated Control Head ..................................................................... 3-16
3-16 Cable Operated Control Head ................................................................................ 3-17
3-17 Lever Operated Control Head ................................................................................ 3-18
3-18 Lever/Pressure Operated Control Head ................................................................... 3-19
3-19 Pressure Operated Control Head ............................................................................ 3-20
3-20 Stackable Pressure Operated Control Head .............................................................. 3-20
3-21 Cable Manual Pull Station...................................................................................... 3-21
3-22 Nitrogen Actuator, Mounting Bracket and Adapter .................................................... 3-22
3-23 Flexible Actuation Hose......................................................................................... 3-23
3-24 Master Cylinder Adapter Kit................................................................................... 3-23
3-25 Tees, Elbows and Adapters.................................................................................... 3-24
3-26 Flexible Discharge Hoses....................................................................................... 3-24
3-27 Valve Outlet Adapter ............................................................................................ 3-25
3-28 Check Valve ........................................................................................................ 3-25
3-29 Manifold El-Checks............................................................................................... 3-26
3-30 Pressure Operated Switch ..................................................................................... 3-27
3-31 Pressure Operated Switch, Explosion Proof .............................................................. 3-27
3-32 Discharge Indicator .............................................................................................. 3-28
3-33 Corner Pulleys, Watertight Applications ................................................................... 3-29
3-34 1/2-Inch E.M.T. Corner Pulley, General Applications ................................................. 3-29
3-35 Cylinder Supervisory Pressure Switch ..................................................................... 3-30
3-36 Supervisory Pressure Switch ................................................................................. 3-31
3-37 Main to Reserve Transfer Switch ............................................................................ 3-32
3-38 180° Discharge Nozzle.......................................................................................... 3-33
3-39 360° Discharge Nozzle.......................................................................................... 3-33
3-40 Cylinder Recharge Adapters .................................................................................. 3-34
4-1 Percent Agent Before First Tee as a Function of Percent Agent in Pipe ......................... 4-9
4-2 Acceptable Tee Flow Splits for HFC-227ea ............................................................... 4-10
4-3 Nozzle Placement and Coverage............................................................................. 4-12
4-4 Nozzle Limitations................................................................................................ 4-14
4-5 Pressure Actuation Using Pressure from 1 Master Cylinder
to Actuate a maximum of Fourteen Slaves (Fifteen Sets Total), Close Coupled. ............ 4-16
4-6 Pressure Actuation Using Pressure from 1 Master Cylinder
to Actuate a Maximum of Four Slaves (Five Sets Total), Not Close Coupled. ................. 4-16
4-7 Pressure Actuation Using Pressure from 1 Nitrogen Pilot Cylinder
to Actuate a Maximum of 15 HFC-227ea Cylinders NOT Closed Coupled ...................... 4-17
06-236115-001 xii October 2014

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT.)
Figure Name Page Number
4-8 Pressure Actuation Using Pressure from 1 Cylinder to
Actuate a Maximum of Fifteen Sets of ECS Cylinders, Close Coupled. .......................... 4-18
4-9 Installation of the Flexible Hose Directly into System Piping....................................... 4-22
4-10 Installation of Master Cylinder Adapter Kit............................................................... 4-24
4-11 Single Cylinder Installation, Vertical Mounting (See Table 4-11) ................................. 4-25
4-12 Multiple Cylinder Installation, Vertical Mounting
(see Table 4-14 and Table 4-15 for dimensions) ...................................................... 4-28
4-13 Installation of Electric Control Head (Stackable Type), P/N 486500-01 ........................ 4-30
4-14 Electrical Connections for Control Head, P/Ns WK-890181-000,
81-895630-000, and 81-890149-000 ..................................................................... 4-30
4-15 Pressure Operated Control Head ............................................................................ 4-31
4-16 Electric/Cable Operated Control Head ..................................................................... 4-32
4-17 Installation of Supervisory Pressure Switch (Up to 2½ in Valve) ................................ 4-36
4-18 Supervisory Pressure Switch Electrical Connections .................................................. 4-37
4-19 Supervisory Pressure Switch Connection Diagram and Electrical Rating ....................... 4-37
5-1 Liquid Level Indicator ........................................................................................... 5-7
5-2 Calibration Chart 125lb Cylinder ............................................................................ 5-8
5-3 Calibration Chart for Old 200lb Cylinder .................................................................. 5-8
5-4 Calibration Chart for a New 200lb Cylinder
(New Design Ellipsoidal Head Manufactured After 3/98) ............................................ 5-9
5-5 Calibration Chart for 350lb Cylinder........................................................................ 5-9
6-1 Valve Assembly (1 1/2”, 2”, and 2 1/2”) ................................................................. 6-2
6-2 Piston O-Ring ...................................................................................................... 6-2
6-3 3-inch Valve Assembly ......................................................................................... 6-3
6-4 3-Inch Valve Pilot Check Assembly ......................................................................... 6-4
6-5 Safety Disc Replacement ...................................................................................... 6-6
6-6 2” Valve/Cylinder Safety Burst Disc Assembly.......................................................... 6-7
6-7 3” Valve/Cylinder Safety Burst Disc Assembly.......................................................... 6-7
6-8 Typical HFC-227ea Charging System for Kidde ECS Cylinders .................................... 6-9
6-9 Nitrogen Temperature vs. Pressure Data ................................................................. 6-16
October 2014 xiii 06-236115-001

LIST OF TABLES
1-1 HFC-227ea Select Physical Properties, U.S. Units ..................................................... 1-5
1-2 HFC-227ea Select Physical Properties, Metric Units ................................................... 1-5
3-1 Container Temperature-Pressure Correlation
(Based on a cylinder fill density of 70 lb./ft.3 or 1121 kg/m3) .................................... 3-6
3-2 Cylinder, Equivalent Lengths ................................................................................. 3-6
3-3 Dimensions, HFC-227ea Cylinder/Valve Assemblies for Vertical Installation Only .......... 3-8
3-4 Fill Range HFC-227ea Cylinder/Valve Assemblies for Vertical Installation Only .............. 3-9
3-5 Liquid Level Indicator Part Numbers ....................................................................... 3-10
3-6 Dimensions–Cylinder Mounting Straps .................................................................... 3-11
3-7 Dimensions–Cylinder Mounting Straps, Metric .......................................................... 3-12
3-8 Dimensions–Cylinder Wall Brackets ........................................................................ 3-13
3-9 Dimensions–Cylinder Wall Brackets, Metric.............................................................. 3-13
3-10 Electric Control Head, Stackable (Explosion Proof) .................................................... 3-15
3-11 Electric/Cable Operated Control Heads.................................................................... 3-16
3-12 Dimensions, Flexible Actuation Hose....................................................................... 3-23
3-13 Dimensions, Flexible Discharge Hoses..................................................................... 3-24
3-14 Dimensions, Valve Outlet Adapter .......................................................................... 3-25
3-15 Dimensions, Manifold El-Checks ............................................................................. 3-26
3-16 Check Valves, Equivalent Lengths .......................................................................... 3-26
3-17 Dimensions–180° Discharge Nozzle ........................................................................ 3-33
3-18 Dimensions–360° Discharge Nozzle ........................................................................ 3-33
3-19 Dimensions–Cylinder Recharge Adapters................................................................. 3-34
4-1 HFC-227ea Fire Suppression Use Concentrations ...................................................... 4-2
4-2 Atmospheric Correction Factors ............................................................................. 4-3
4-3 Class B Suppression Design Concentrations ............................................................. 4-4
4-4 HFC-227ea Total Flooding Concentration Factors (W/V), English................................. 4-5
4-5 HFC-227ea Total Flooding Concentration Factors (W/V), Metric .................................. 4-6
4-6 15 Pipe Diameters ............................................................................................... 4-11
4-7 Kidde Pipe Size Estimating Table............................................................................ 4-14
4-8 Corner Pulley and Cable Limitations........................................................................ 4-19
4-9 Installation of the Flexible Hose Directly into System Piping, English (inches) ............... 4-23
4-10 Installation of the Flexible Hose Directly into System Piping, Metric (millimeters).......... 4-23
4-11 Single Cylinder Installation Dimensions, English (inches)........................................... 4-26
4-12 Single Cylinder Installation Dimensions, Metric (millimeters)...................................... 4-26
4-13 Strap Part Numbers for Cylinder Installation ............................................................ 4-27
4-14 Multiple Cylinder Installation Dimensions, Inches ..................................................... 4-28
4-15 Multiple Cylinder Installation Dimensions, Millimeters................................................ 4-29
5-1 Preventive Maintenance Schedule .......................................................................... 5-2
5-2 Retest Schedule................................................................................................... 5-12
6-1 Valve Components ............................................................................................... 6-2
6-2 Other Valve Component Materials .......................................................................... 6-2
6-3 3-inch Valve Components ..................................................................................... 6-3
6-4 Safety Disc Replacement (11/2 in, 2 in and 21/2 in Valve) ........................................ 6-6
6-5 Safety Disc Replacement Table (3-inch Valve and New 2-inch Valve) .......................... 6-7
6-6 Item List for Figure 6-8 ........................................................................................ 6-9
6-7 Pressure vs. Temperature ..................................................................................... 6-11
6-8 Fill Tolerances ..................................................................................................... 6-11
6-9 Maximum Permitted Leakage Rates ........................................................................ 6-13
7-1 Parts List ............................................................................................................ 7-1
06-236115-001 1 October 2014

October 2014 xvi 06-236115-001

General Information
CHAPTER 1
GENERAL INFORMATION
1-1 INTRODUCTION
Kidde Fire Systems® ECS Fire Suppression Systems with HFC-227ea Agent are listed by
Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. (UL) and Approved by Factory Mutual (FM). These systems are
designed for total flooding in accordance with NFPA 2001, Standard on Clean Agent Fire
Extinguishing Systems. These systems have been tested to the limits established jointly by UL
and FM. In any situation not specifically covered by this manual, the application and installation
of the system must meet the requirements of the standards as stated. In any case, all
installations must meet the requirements of the local Authority Having Jurisdiction (AHJ).
The complexity of two-phase flow does not allow for any simple method of manual HFC-227ea
calculation. For this reason, the flow calculations and design criteria described in this manual
have been incorporated into the latest version of the flow calculation software program. The
calculations are based on conserving mass, energy and momentum in the pipe network. The
routine calculates the flow in quasi-steady state steps from the initiation of the discharge to
the final gas blowdown. This is a significantly more rigorous treatment than the traditional
Halon NFPA 12A method.
The system designer must become thoroughly familiar with the latest version of the Flow
Calculation Software User’s Guide 06-236272-001 in order to learn the proper procedures for
applying the input parameters to the flow program. There are a number of limitations to these
input parameters which must be observed if accurate results are to be obtained.
Kidde ECS Fire Suppression Systems (Kidde ECS System) with HFC-227ea combine an
environmentally safe fire suppression agent, highly effective detection devices and specially
developed components for fast agent discharge. The resulting rapid suppression of a fire
reduces property damage and products of combustion to the lowest possible level. These
systems are electrically, pressure and/or cable operated, with a normal design discharge time
of less than ten seconds. Agent storage containers can be strategically located throughout a
protected zone, eliminating expensive piping.
06-236115-001 1-1 October 2014

General Information
1-2 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
1-2.1 General
Kidde ECS Systems are used to suppress fires in specific hazards or equipment located where
an electrically non-conductive agent is required, where agent cleanup creates a problem,
where extinguishing capability with low weight is a factor and where the hazard is normally
occupied by personnel. Kidde ECS Systems are intended to protect the following:
• Data processing facilities
• Telecommunications facilities
• Process control rooms
• High value medical facilities
• High value industrial equipment areas
• Libraries, museums, art galleries
• Anechoic chambers
• Flammable liquid storage areas
HFC-227ea systems are designed for the following classes of fire:
• Class A Surface Type Fires; Wood or other cellulose-type material
• Class B; Flammable liquids
• Class C; Energized electrical equipment
For hazards beyond the scope described above, the designer must consult with Kidde and NFPA
2001, on the suitability of HFC-227ea for the protection, necessary design concentration and
personnel exposure effects from that concentration.
HFC-227ea shall not be used on fires involving the following materials, unless they have been
tested to the satisfaction of the Authority Having Jurisdiction:
1. Certain chemicals or mixtures of chemicals, such as cellulose nitrate and gunpowder, that
are capable of rapid oxidation in the absence of air.
2. Reactive metals such as lithium, sodium, potassium, magnesium, titanium, zirconium, ura-
nium and plutonium.
3. Metal hydrides.
4. Chemicals capable of undergoing autothermal decomposition, such as certain organic per-
oxides and hydrazine.
1-2.1.1 Operating Temperature Range Limitations

The operating temperature range for all components used in the Kidde ECS Systems is 32°F
to 130°F (0°C to 54°C). The components are tested within this range and may not perform as
specified outside this range.
1-2.1.2 Agent Storage Container Temperature Range Limitations

The temperature of the location for the agent storage containers depends on the design of the
system.
1-2.1.2.1 Balanced System Agent Storage Container Temperature Range

In balanced systems, where agent flow through each nozzle is equal, the agent cylinder
storage temperature range is 32°F to 130°F (0°C to 54°C).
October 2014 1-2 06-236115-001

General Information
1-2.1.2.2 Unbalanced System Agent Storage Container Temperature Range

In unbalanced systems, where agent flows through the nozzles at varying rates, the agent
cylinder storage temperature range is 60°F and 80°F (16°C and 27°C).
The latest version of the flow calculation software is written and tested for a 70°F (21°C) agent
cylinder storage temperature (for more information see latest version of the Flow Calculation
Software User’s Guide 06-236272-001). If the agent cylinder storage temperature is outside
of this range, an insufficient quantity of agent may be discharged from one or more nozzles in
an unbalanced system, resulting in one or more hazards receiving an insufficient concentration
of agent.
1-2.2 Extinguishing Agent

HFC-227ea (1,1,1,2,3,3,3-heptafluoropropane) is a compound of carbon, fluorine and
hydrogen (CF3CHFCF3). It is colorless, odorless and electrically non-conductive. It suppresses
fire by a combination of chemical and physical mechanisms with minimal effect on the available
oxygen. This allows people to see and breathe, permitting them to leave the fire area safely.
HFC-227ea is acceptable for use in occupied spaces when used in accordance with the United
States Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) Significant New Alternatives Policy (SNAP)
program rules.
Although HFC-227ea is considered non-toxic to humans in concentrations necessary to
extinguish most fires, certain safety considerations should be observed when applying and
handling the agent. The discharge of HFC-227ea may create a hazard to people from the
undecomposed agent itself and from the decomposition products which result when the agent
is exposed to fire or other hot surfaces. Exposure to the agent is generally of less concern than
is exposure to the decomposition products. Unnecessary exposure to the agent or the
decomposition products should be avoided.
1-2.2.1 Toxicity
Unnecessary exposure to clean agents is to be avoided in accordance with the requirements of
NFPA-2001, 2000 Edition. As such, upon operation of a system pre-discharge alarm, all
personnel should immediately exit the protected space. In no case shall personnel remain in a
room in which there is a fire. In the very unlikely instance where a clean agent system should
discharge unexpectedly into an occupied room, all personnel should proceed in a calm and
orderly manner to an exit and leave the room.
HFC-227ea halocarbon clean agent has been evaluated for cardiac sensitization in accordance
with test protocols approved by the United States Environmental Protection Agency (U.S. EPA).
The EPA’s SNAP Program classifies HFC-227ea as acceptable for use as a total flooding agent
in occupied spaces with specific limitations. Refer to the SNAP program rules or NFPA 2001 for
more information. HFC-227ea halocarbon clean agent has been judged acceptable by the U.S.
EPA for use in occupied spaces when used in accordance with the guidance of NFPA 2001. In
accordance with NFPA 2001. HFC-227ea halocarbon clean agent systems designed for use with
agent vapor concentrations up to nine volume per cent in air are permitted. See NFPA 2001,
2012 Edition Sect. 1-5, Safety. Although HFC-227ea has negligible toxicity in concentrations
needed to suppress most fires, certain safety considerations must be observed when applying
and handling the agent. The discharge of HFC-227ea halocarbon clean agent has negligible
toxicity in concentrations needed to suppress most fires, certain safety considerations must be
observed when applying and handling the agent. For example, HFC-227ea is a liquefied
compressed gas. Upon release to atmospheric pressure (e.g., from nozzles) the liquid flash
evaporates at a low temperature (2°F/-16°C). Thus, nozzles must be located to avoid direct
impingement on personnel.
06-236115-001 1-3 October 2014

General Information
1-2.2.2 Decomposition
When HFC-227ea is exposed to temperatures over approximately 1300°F (700°C), products of
decomposition (halogen acids) are formed. If the HFC-227ea is discharged in 10 seconds or
less, flames are rapidly extinguished and the amount of by-products produced is minimal.
1-2.2.3 Cleanliness
HFC-227ea is clean and leaves no residue, thereby eliminating costly after-fire clean-up and
keeping expensive downtime to a minimum. Most materials such as steel, stainless steel,
aluminum, brass and other metals as well as plastics, rubber and electronic components are
unaffected by exposure to HFC-227ea.
1-2.2.4 Other Safety Considerations

The high pressure discharge of HFC-227ea from a system nozzle can create noise loud enough
to be startling. The high velocity discharge can be significant enough to dislodge objects
located directly in the discharge path. Enough turbulence may be created in the enclosure to
move unsecured paper and other light objects. Direct contact with the vaporizing agent
discharged from a nozzle will have a chilling effect on objects, and can cause frostbite burns
to the skin. The liquid phase vaporizes rapidly when mixed with air and limits the chilling
hazard to the immediate vicinity of a nozzle.
HFC-227ea itself is colorless. Discharge of HFC-227ea into a humid atmosphere may cause fog
and reduce visibility for a short time.
October 2014 1-4 06-236115-001

General Information
1-2.2.5 Storage
HFC-227ea is stored in steel containers at 360 PSIG at 70°F (25 bar at 21°C) as a liquid with
nitrogen added to improve the discharge characteristics. The pressure of the stored HFC-227ea
varies substantially with temperature changes, as illustrated in Figure 1-1. When discharged,
the HFC-227ea liquid vaporizes at the discharge nozzles and is uniformly distributed as it
enters the fire area.
2200
2000 75 lb./cu ft.
1800
1600
72 lb./cu ft.
Pressure (PSIG)
1400
70 lb./cu ft.
1200
1000
65 lb./cu ft.
800
50 lb./cu ft.
600
400
200
0
0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180
Temperature (°F)
Figure 1-1. HFC-227ea Pressure/Temperature Curve Isometric Diagram
Table 1-1. HFC-227ea Select Physical Properties, U.S. Units
Description Units Measurement
Molecular Weight N/A 170.03

Boiling Point at 1 atm °F 2.59
Heat of Vaporization at Boiling Point Btu/lb. 56.7
Vapor Pressure at 75 °F psi 65.9
Liquid Density at 77 °F lb./ft3 37.1
For more properties, see NFPA 2001
Table 1-2. HFC-227ea Select Physical Properties, Metric Units
Description Units Measurement
Molecular Weight N/A 170.03

Boiling Point at 1 atm °C -16.3
Heat of Vaporization at Boiling Point kJ/kg °C 132.6
Vapor Pressure at 25 °C kPa 454.7
Liquid Density at 25 °F kg/m3 594.2
For more properties, see NFPA 2001
06-236115-001 1-5 October 2014

October 2014 1-6 06-236115-001

Operation
CHAPTER 2
OPERATION
2-1 INTRODUCTION
This chapter describes the controls and indicators for the Kidde ECS System.
2-2 SYSTEM CONTROLS AND INDICATORS
2-2.1 General
Compressed HFC-227ea liquid is held in the cylinder by a discharge valve. When the discharge
valve is actuated by a control head, the valve piston is displaced and the compressed liquid
escapes through the discharge port of the valve and is directed through the distribution piping
to the nozzles. The nozzles provide the proper flow rate and distribution of HFC-227ea.
2-2.2 Operating Procedures
2-2.2.1 Automatic Operation

When a system is operated automatically by means of a detection and control system,
everyone must evacuate the hazard area promptly upon hearing the predischarge alarm. Make
sure no one enters the hazard area. Call the fire department immediately.
2-2.2.2 Remote Manual Operation

Operate as follows:
1. Proceed to the appropriate remote manual pull station for the hazard.
2. Operate the manual pull station.
3. Leave the hazard area immediately.
4. Allow no one to enter the hazard area. Call the fire department immediately.
Note: The above instructions must be displayed in the protected area.
2-2.2.3 Local Manual Operation
Manual control is not part of normal system actuation and should only be used
CAUTION in an emergency as a last resort.
1. Proceed to appropriate HFC-227ea cylinder for the hazard.

2. Remove the safety pull pin from the cylinder control head.
3. Operate the lever, following the instructions on the lever or control head nameplate.
4. Leave the hazard area immediately.
5. Allow no one to enter the hazard area. Call the fire department immediately.
06-236115-001 2-1 October 2014

Operation
2-2.3 Post-Fire Operation

After an HFC-227ea discharge, qualified fire suppression system maintenance personnel must
perform post-fire maintenance as directed in Chapter 6 of this manual. Observe all warnings,
especially those pertaining to the length of elapsed time before entering the hazard area.
Do not enter a hazard area with an open flame or lighted smoking materials.
Flammable vapors may cause re-ignition or explosion.
Ensure the fire is completely extinguished before ventilating the area. Before
WARNING permitting anyone to enter the hazard area, ventilate the area thoroughly or
use self-contained breathing apparatus.
2-2.4 Cylinder Recharge

Recharge all HFC-227ea and nitrogen pilot cylinders immediately after use. Return all cylinders
to a Kidde Distributor or other qualified refill agency. Refill in accordance with the procedures
outlined in Chapter 6 of this manual.
2-2.5 Special System Precautions
2-2.5.1 Systems Actuated with a Master HFC-227ea Cylinder

In systems where a master HFC-227ea cylinder actuates a pressure operated control head on
a slave cylinder, the pressure in the flexible actuation hose line is vented into the discharge
manifold following the system discharge. The pressure drop in the pilot line allows the pressure
operated control head to automatically reset. However, as a precaution before reinstating the
system, ensure that the control head actuating pin is in the retracted (SET) position.
2-2.5.2 Systems Actuated with a Pilot Nitrogen Cylinder

In systems where a pilot nitrogen cylinder actuates a pressure operated control head on a slave
HFC-227ea cylinder, nitrogen pressure is trapped in the pilot manifold when the system
actuates and is not self-venting. Therefore, before reattaching a pressure operated control
head to a recharged HFC-227ea cylinder, the following procedure must be performed to ensure
that the pilot manifold is vented and the pressure operated control heads have returned to the
SET position.
1. Vent any remaining pressure from the pilot line and remove the master control head from
the nitrogen pilot cylinder(s). Reset the master control head and remove the pressure op-
erated control head(s) from the slave cylinder(s).
2. Recharge and reinstall the nitrogen pilot cylinders to the correct charged pressure and re-
install the master control head.
3. Before installing a pressure operated control head on an HFC-227ea cylinder, ensure that
the actuator pin is in the retracted (SET) position.
4. Follow all other procedures and cautions as detailed in Chapter 6 of this manual.
October 2014 2-2 06-236115-001

Component Description
CHAPTER 3
COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
3-1 INTRODUCTION
This chapter provides a functional description of the modules and assemblies in the Kidde ECS
System.
3-1.1 3 in Cylinder Valve

In 2001, Kidde Fire Systems added a 3 inch discharge valve to its product line. This valve
replaces the 2½ inch valves previously used on the 600 lb cylinder and is a standard fitting for
the 900 lb cylinder assemblies (also new for the year 2001). A number of distinct differences
between the 1½ inch, 2 inch and 2½ inch valves and the new 3 inch valve are detailed in this
manual (see Paragraph 3-3.1, Paragraph 3-3.7.2, Paragraph 3-3.7.10, Paragraph 4-3.21,
Paragraph 6-2.3 and Paragraph 6-2.8). Data relating to the 600 lb cylinder assembly with a
2½ inch valve is included in this manual and is indicated by the reference "old style". For
information on the availability of obsolete products, including spare parts, please contact the
factory or your Kidde Representative.
06-236115-001 3-1 October 2014

3-2 FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION

Compressed HFC-227ea liquid is held in the agent storage container by a discharge valve.
When the discharge valve is actuated, the compressed liquid agent discharges through the
valve outlet and is directed through the distribution piping to the nozzles. The nozzles provide
the proper flow rate and distribution of HFC-227ea.
The Kidde ECS System is composed of the following components and assemblies:
• Cylinder/valve assembly
• Liquid level indicator (optional)
• Control head (electric, cable operated, lever operated, pressure operated and electric and
cable operated)
• Pressure gauge
• Straps and brackets for mounting the cylinder
• Cable manual pull station
• Nitrogen actuator and mounting bracket
• Actuation hose
• Flexible discharge hose
• Master cylinder adapter kit
• Tees, elbows and adapters
• Check valve
• Valve outlet adapter
• Discharge nozzle
• Discharge indicator
• Corner pulley
• Supervisory pressure switch (optional)
• Hydrostatic test adapter
• HFC-227ea cylinder recharge adapter
• HFC-227ea cylinder seating adapter
• Main to reserve transfer switch
• Manifold El-check
• Detector
• Pressure operated switch and trip
• Control panel
Figure 3-1 and Figure 3-2 show the above components in two typical configurations.
October 2014 3-2 06-236115-001

Fire Suppression
Panel
Electric
Control
Head
PRESSURE OPERA TED SWIT CH
3P .D .T .
UL
Pressure
Valve
FM
Operated
Switch
Pressure
Gauge
Liquid
Level
HFC-227ea Indicator
Cylinder Nozzle
Figure 3-1. Typical HFC-227ea System with Electric Control Head
Pull Station FOR FIRE

BREAK GLASS PULL HANDLE
PULL HARD
Cable Operated
ControlHead
Corner
Pulley
Valve
Pressure
Gauge
HFC-227ea
Cylinder Nozzle
Figure 3-2. Typical HFC-227ea System with Cable Operated Control Head
06-236115-001 3-3 October 2014

3-3 COMPONENT DESCRIPTIONS
3-3.1 HFC-227ea Cylinder/Valve Assemblies

HFC-227ea is stored in steel cylinders as a liquid, superpressurized with nitrogen to 360 PSIG
at 70°F (25 bar gauge at 21°C). The cylinder valve assembly is equipped with a supervisory
pressure switch connection for monitoring cylinder pressure, a pressure gauge and a safety
burst disc in compliance with DOT requirements.
In addition, each cylinder/valve assembly is provided with a safety cap and a protection cap
which is a safety feature to prevent uncontrolled, accidental discharge.
The safety cap must be installed on the discharge outlet whenever a charged
cylinder/valve assembly is not connected to the system piping. Failure to install
the safety cap could result in violent movement of the container in the event of
WARNING inadvertent actuation. Failure to follow these instructions could cause death,
personal injury and/or property damage.
Figure 3-3 through Figure 3-6 represent typical cylinder assemblies. See Table 3-4 for cylinder
dimensions.
CYLINDER VALVE
SAFETY CAP
PRESSURE GAUGE
180 APART FROM SYPHON
TUBE OPEN END
C
CYLINDER
B
Figure 3-3. Typical Cylinder Assembly, 10 to 70 lb.
SAFETY CAP CYLINDER VALVE

LIQUID LEVEL
INDICATOR
LIFTING LUGS
C
CYLINDER
B
CYLINDER
NAMEPLATE
Figure 3-4. Typical Cylinder Assembly, 125 lb and 200 lb and 300 lb Manufactured through April 2014.
October 2014 3-4 06-236115-001

SAFETY CAP CYLINDER VAVLE
LIQUID LEVEL INDICATOR
LIFTING LUGS
CYLINDER
C B
Figure 3-5. Typical Cylinder Assembly, 200 and 350 lb Manufactured After April 2014.
VALVE ORIENTATION
PLAN VIEW
B
C SAFETY BURST
DISC ASSEMBLY
Figure 3-6. 600 and 900 lb. Cylinder with 3" Valve
The Kidde ECS System equipment listed herein is designed for an operating temperature range
of 32°F to 130°F (0°C to 54°C). Table 3-1 shows the container temperature-pressure
relationship based on a maximum fill density of 70 lb./ft.3 (1121 kg/m3). The latest version of
the Flow Calculation Software User’s Guide 06-236271-001 is designed for a 70°F (21°C)
container operating/storage temperature. Therefore, the container operating and storage
temperature must be in the range of 60°F to 80°F (16°C to 27°C) for a single unbalanced
system protecting two or more separate hazards. If the container operating and storage
temperature is outside this range, an insufficient quantity of agent may be discharged from
one or more discharge nozzles.
06-236115-001 3-5 October 2014

Table 3-1. Container Temperature-Pressure Correlation

(Based on a cylinder fill density of 70 lb./ft.3 or 1121 kg/m3)
Nominal Charge,
Temperature
Pressure
°F °C PSIG Bar
32 0 288 19.9
40 4.4 303 20.9
50 10 321 22.2
60 15.6 340 23.5
70 21.1 360 24.8
80 26.7 381 26.3
90 32.2 402 27.7
100 37.8 425 29.3
110 43.3 449 31
120 48.9 475 32.7
130 54.4 502 34
If desired, the 125, 200, 350, 600 and 900 lb. cylinders can be provided with an integral Liquid
Level Indicator (see Paragraph 3-3.2).
Table 3-2. Cylinder, Equivalent Lengths
Equivalent Equivalent
Length w/o Flex Length w/
Discharge
Part Number Nomenclature Hose Flex Hose
Outlet
ft. m ft. m
90-100010-001 10 lb. Cylinder 1½" 61.8 18.84 65 19.81

90-100020-001 20 lb. Cylinder 1½" 61.8 18.84 65 19.81
90-100040-001 40 lb. Cylinder 1½" 61.8 18.84 65 19.81
90-100070-001 70 lb. Cylinder 1½" 61.8 18.84 65 19.81
90-10012X-001 125 lb. Cylinder 1½" 61.8 18.84 65 19.81
90-10020X-001 200 lb. Cylinder 2" 59 17.98 65 19.81
90-10035X-001 350 lb. Cylinder 2" 59 17.98 65 19.81
90-10060X-001 600 lb. Cylinder (old style) 2½" 59 17.98 65 19.81
90-10060X-100 600 lb. Cylinder (new style) 3" 50 15 80 24
90-10090X-001 900 lb. Cylinder 3" 50 15 80 24
October 2014 3-6 06-236115-001

As a reference guide, Table 3-2 provides the equivalent lengths for all the Kidde ECS System
cylinder and valve assemblies. The numbers shown in the table represent the equivalent length
through the cylinder valve with the flex hose or without the flex hose, depending on the
application. This table can also be found in the latest version of the Flow Calculation Software
User’s Guide 06-236271-001. Table 3-3 and Table 3-4 show the dimensions and fill range for
cylinder/valve assemblies in vertical installations.
Figure 3-7 and Figure 3-9 represent the 1½" through 3" valve arrangements.
PRO CAP
ACTUATION
PORT
PLUG
(PORT ON REAR)
MASTER CYLINDER
ADAPTER KIT
(PORT ON REAR)
USE PLUG OR
MASTER CYLINDER
ADAPTER KIT
SAFETY
DISC
(PORT ON REAR)
OUTLET USE PRESSURE SWITCH

OR SAFETY CAP
PROTECTION
CAP
PRESSURE PRESSURE
INDICATOR SWITCH
SAFETY
CAP
Figure 3-7. 1½", Older Style 2" and 2½" Valve General Arrangement
PRO CAP
ACTUATION
PORT
PLUG
(PORT ON REAR)
MASTER CYLINDER
ADAPTER KIT
(PORT ON REAR)
USE PLUG OR
MASTER CYLINDER
ADAPTER KIT
OUTLET USE PRESSURE SWITCH

OR SAFETY CAP
PROTECTION
CAP
PRESSURE PRESSURE
INDICATOR SWITCH
SAFETY
CAP
Figure 3-8. Newer 2" Valve General Arrangement
PRO CAP
ACTUATION
PORT
PLUG
(PORT ON REAR)
MASTER CYLINDER
ADAPTER KIT
(PORT ON REAR)
USE PLUG OR
MASTER CYLINDER
ADAPTER KIT
USE PRESSURE SWITCH

VICTAULIC OR SAFETY CAP
FITTING AND PLUG
PRESSURE PRESSURE
INDICATOR SWITCH
SAFETY
CAP
Figure 3-9. 3" Valve General Arrangement
06-236115-001 3-7 October 2014

Table 3-3. Dimensions, HFC-227ea Cylinder/Valve Assemblies for Vertical Installation Only
Valve
Height Diameter Outlet
Volume Height
Part Number Valve w/LLI
C A B
in. m in. m ft.3 m3 in. m
90-10001X-001 1½" No 17.3 0.44 7.07 0.18 0.167 0.0047 13.3 0.33
90-10002X-001 1½" No 24.97 0.64 7.07 0.18 0.286 0.0081 21 0.53
90-10004X-001 1½" No 26.76 0.68 9 0.23 0.572 0.0162 22.8 0.58
90-10007X-001 1½" No 38.83 0.99 9 0.23 1 0.0283 34.9 0.89
90-100121-001 1½" Yes 35.93 0.92 12.75 0.33 1.788 0.0506 32 0.81
90-100125-001 1½" No 35.93 0.92 12.75 0.33 1.788 0.0506 32 0.81
90-100200-101 2" No 52.75 1.34 12.75 0.33 2.859 0.081 47.5 1.21
90-100201-101 2" Yes 52.75 1.34 12.75 0.33 2.859 0.081 47.5 1.21
90-100350-001 2" No 58.36 1.49 16 0.41 5 0.1416 53.1 1.35
90-100351-001 2" Yes 58.36 1.49 16 0.41 5 0.1416 53.1 1.35
90-100600-001 2½" No 56.72 1.45 22 0.56 8.572 0.2427 50.5 1.28
90-100601-001 2½" Yes 56.72 1.45 22 0.56 8.572 0.2427 50.5 1.28
90-100600-100 3" No 58 1.47 22 0.56 8.68 0.246 50.5 1.28
90-100601-100 3" Yes 58 1.47 22 0.56 8.68 0.246 50.5 1.28
90-100900-001 3" No 70 1.78 24 0.61 13 0.368 62 1.57
90-100901-001 3" Yes 70 1.78 24 0.61 13 0.368 62 1.57
October 2014 3-8 06-236115-001

Table 3-4. Fill Range HFC-227ea Cylinder/Valve Assemblies for Vertical Installation Only
Gross Weight
Empty
Fill Range
Weight
Part Number Min. Fill Max. Fill
lb. kg lb. kg lb. kg lb. kg
90-10001X-001 6-10 3-4.5 25 11 30 14 35 16

90-10002X-001 9-20 4-9 31 14 40 18 51 23
90-10004X-001 18-40 8-18 38 17 55 25 78 35
90-10007X-001 30-70 14-31.5 52 24 82 38 123 56
90-100121-001 54-125 24.5-56.5 98 45 152 69 223 101
90-100125-001 54-125 24.5-56.5 98 45 152 69 223 101
90-100200-101 86-200 39-90.5 133 60 219 100 333 151
90-100201-101 86-200 39-90.5 133 60 219 100 333 151
90-100350-001 150-350 68-158.5 201 91 351 159 555 250
90-100351-001 150-350 68-158.5 203 92 353 160 557 251
90-100600-001 258-600 117-272 335 152 593 270 935 425
90-100601-001 258-600 117-272 337 153 595 270 937 426
90-100600-100 258-600 117-272 362 165 620 281 962 437
90-100601-100 258-600 117-272 362 165 620 281 962 637
90-100900-001 390-900 177-408 505 230 895 407 1405 637
90-100901-001 390-900 177-408 505 230 895 407 1405 637
06-236115-001 3-9 October 2014

3-3.2 Liquid Level Indicator

The optional Liquid Level Indicator (LLI) consists of a hollow metal tube inserted into a special
fitting in the top of the 125, 200, 350, 600 or 900 lb HFC-227ea cylinder. See Table 3-5 for
part number information. The indicator is provided with a graduated tape which senses the
position of a toroidal magnet encased within an internal float riding on the liquid surface. The
graduations on the tape indicate the liquid level within the cylinder (see Figure 3-10).
CAP
GRADUATED TAPE
SHOWN IN MAGNETIC
INTERLOCK POSITION
READY TO TAKE
READING TAKEN AT TOP READING.
EDGE OF FITTING
O-RING
BRASS TUBE
TAPE INSIDE HFC-227ea

BRASS TUBE CYLINDER
HFC-227ea
LIQUID LEVEL MAGNETIC END OF
TAPE ENGAGES
IN MAGNETIC FIELD
OF FLOAT WHEN
TAPE IS PULLED
UP TO TAKE READING.
MAGNET EMBEDDED
IN FLOAT.
FLOAT - FLOATS ON SURFACE
OF LIQUID HFC-227ea.
FREE TO MOVE UP OR DOWN
OUTSIDE OF BRASS TUBE.
RETAINER - FLOAT RESTS

HERE WHEN CYLINDER
IS EMPTY.
Figure 3-10. Liquid Level Indicator

.
Table 3-5. Liquid Level Indicator Part Numbers
Cylinder Liquid Level Tape Part Number
125 06-400125-001
200 WK-400200-000
350 WK-400350-000
600 WK-400600-000
900 WK-400900-000
October 2014 3-10 06-236115-001

3-3.3 Cylinder Mounting Equipment

Steel straps and brackets are used to mount the cylinders in a vertical position.
Cylinder straps (P/N WK-283945-000, WK-283934-000, 06-235317-001, WK-292971-000,
WK-281866-000, WK-294651-000, and 06-236125-001) are available for all size cylinders
(see Figure 3-11 and Table 3-6 and Table 3-7).
F (hole size)
C
D
Figure 3-11. Cylinder Mounting Straps
Table 3-6. Dimensions–Cylinder Mounting Straps
Cylinder Size Dimensions*

Cylinder
Part Number
O.D.
lb A B C D E F
WK-283945-000 10 7.07 6.48 9.62 8.62 1.00 2.78 0.437

20
WK-283934-000 40 9.00 8.16 11.69 10.69 1.00 3.50 0.437

70
06-235317-001 125, 200 new style 12.75 12.175 16.18 14.56 1.75 5.59 0.625
WK-292971-000 200 old style 13.6 13.09 17.06 15.44 1.75 6.06 0.625
WK-281866-000 350 16.00 15.50 19.50 17.88 1.75 7.25 0.625
WK-294651-000 600 22.00 21.56 25.75 24.12 1.75 10.25 0.625
06-236125-001 900 24.00 23.75 27.75 26.00 1.75 12.13 0.625
*Note: Dimensions are in millimeters.
06-236115-001 3-11 October 2014

Table 3-7. Dimensions–Cylinder Mounting Straps, Metric
Cylinder Size Dimensions*

Cylinder
Part Number
O.D.
lb A B C D E F
WK-283945-000 10 180 165 244 219 25 71 11

20
WK-283934-000 40 229 207 297 272 25 89 11

70
06-235317-001 125, 200 new style 324 309 411 370 44 142 16
WK-292971-000 200 old style 345 332 433 392 44 154 16
WK-281866-000 350 406 394 495 454 44 184 16
WK-294651-000 600 559 548 654 613 44 260 16
06-236125-001 900 610 603 705 660 44 308 16
*Note: Dimensions are in inches.
Wall brackets (P/N 82-486485-000, 82-486486-000, 82-486487-000, and 82-486488-000)

are available for the 10, 20, 40 and 70 lb size cylinders (see Figure 3-12 and Table 3-8 and
Table 3-9).
C
.406” DIA. THRU
(3) MTG HOLES
(TYP)
3.00”
3/8” FASTENING
.62” (76.2 mm)
FLEXIBLE HARDWARE (TO
(15.75mm) WALL)
STRAP
3.00”(76.2 mm)
A B
Figure 3-12. Cylinder Wall Brackets
October 2014 3-12 06-236115-001

Table 3-8. Dimensions–Cylinder Wall Brackets
Cylinder
Dimensions*
Capacity
Part Number
lb A B C D
82-486485-000 10 8.62 1.56 7.68 5.75
82-486486-000 20 14.37 7.31 7.68 5.75
82-486487-000 40 13.12 5.94 9.75 6.75
82-486488-000 70 19.62 12.44 9.75 6.75
*Note: Dimensions are in inches.
Table 3-9. Dimensions–Cylinder Wall Brackets, Metric
Cylinder
Dimensions*
Capacity
Part Number
lb A B C D
82-486485-000 10 218.95 39.62 194.31 146.05
82-486486-000 20 264.99 185.67 195.07 146.05
82-486487-000 40 333.25 150.88 247.65 171.45
82-486488-000 70 498.35 315.98 247.65 171.45
*Note: Dimensions are in millimeters.
06-236115-001 3-13 October 2014

3-3.4 Control Heads

A suitable control unit, specifically Listed and Approved for use with the following electric
control heads, shall be provided for supervision of the releasing circuits per NFPA
requirements. In addition, a 24-hour back-up power source shall be provided per NFPA
requirements.
3-3.4.1 Electric Control Heads, P/N WK-890181-000, P/N 81-890149-000, and P/N
WK-890165-000
The stackable control head (P/N 82-486500-010) cannot be used with 3 in

valve cylinders (P/Ns 90-100600-100, 90-100601-100, 90-100900-001 and
90-100901-001). The stackable control head does not have sufficient force to
CAUTION activate the 3 in valve (P/N 90-17000-000) and may result in a system failure.
The electric/manual control heads (P/Ns WK-890181-000, 81-890149-000,
and WK-890165-000) may be used with the 3 in valve.
The Electric Control Head provides for electric actuation of the HFC-227ea cylinder valve. It is
operated electrically from a detection and control system, a remote manual station, or locally
with a manual lever on the electric control head (P/N WK-890181-000 only). See Figure 3-13.
CONNECTION FOR FLEXIBLE

ELECTRIC CONDUIT -
3/4 in. NPT FEMALE
LOCKING PIN
SEAL WIRE
PU
ELECTRIC
LOCAL MANUAL
CONTROL HEAD
RELEASE LEVER
6.18 in. VOLTS
AMPS
(157 mm) PART NO.
SWIVEL NUT
INDICATOR AND TO RESET
USE SCREWDRIVER
RESET STEM
SET RELEASED
MADE IN U. S. A.
KIDDE-FENWAL, INC.
400 MAIN STREET
ASHLAND, MA 01721
4.00 in.
(102 mm)
Part Number Control Head

Voltage Current
WK-890181-000 24 Vdc 2.0A
(a)
81-890149-000 125 Vdc 0.3A
(a),(b)
WK-890165-000 115 Vac 1.0A
(a) Not FM Approved for use with HFC-227ea Systems
(b) Not UL Listed for use with HFC-227ea Systems
Figure 3-13. Electric Control Head
October 2014 3-14 06-236115-001

The Stackable Control Head (P/N 82-486500-010) is rated for use in hazardous (classified)
locations Class 1, Div 1, Groups C, D, and Class II, Div II, Groups E, F and G between -40°F
to 130°F (-40°C to 54°C). Use conduit seal within 18 in (457 mm) of this device.
2.90 in.
(73.66 mm)
1.25-18 UNEF-2A
CONNECTION
½ in.-14 NPT
CONDUIT
CONNECTION
5.28 in.(134.11 mm)
(3) 18 AWG-LEADS
18 in. (457.2 mm) LONG
SWIVEL NUT
1.25 - 18 UNEF - 2B
CONNECTION
Figure 3-14. Electric Control Head, Stackable
Table 3-10. Electric Control Head, Stackable (Explosion Proof)
Part Number Voltage Amps
82-486500-010 24 Vdc 0.2 continuous
Electric Control Head, P/N 82-486500-010, is designed for installation directly

on Kidde ECS System cylinder valves only. This control head must not be
installed on any other type of HFC-227ea cylinder valve, nitrogen valve or
CAUTION carbon dioxide cylinder valve. Installation of this control head on any other
device (for example, a pressure operated control head) will result in failure of
the device when the control head is actuated.
06-236115-001 3-15 October 2014

3-3.4.2 Electric/Cable Operated Control Heads,

P/N 81-895630-000 and P/N WK-897494-000
The electric/cable operated control head mounts directly on top of the HFC-227ea cylinder
valve and provides for both electric actuation or remote cable operation. The control head is
operated remotely by an electrical signal from a detection system or electric manual pull
station. The control head can also be operated mechanically from a remote cable operated
manual pull station or locally using the manual lever on the control head (see Figure 3-15 and
Table 3-11).
CONNECTION FOR FLEXIBLE OPERATING SOLENOID

ELECTRIC CONDUIT 1/2" NPT U.L. LISTED FOR USE IN
FEMALE THE FOLLOWING HAZARDOUS
LOCATIONS:
CLASS GROUP OP. TEMP.
I C -13 TO +150F
CONNECTING WIRES (-25 TO +65C)
36" (914 mm) LONG I D -40 TO +150F
(-40 TO +65C)
II E,F,G -40 TO +150F
(-40 TO +65C)
7.375 LOCKING PIN
(187 mm)
SEAL WIRE
PU
INSTRUCTIONS
MAINTENANCE
PART NO.
SEE
FOR
INDICATOR AND
KIDDE-FENWAL, INC.
ASHLAND, MA 01721
400 MAIN STREET
SET
MADE IN U.S.A.
RESET STEM CONNECTION FOR

USE SCREWDRIVER
CONTROL HEAD
TO RESET
REMOTE PULL BOX

ELECTRIC
HZ
CABLE
VOLTS
PULL
PIPE OR CONDUIT
AMPS
RELEASED
3/8" NPS MALE
LOCAL MANUAL
RELEASE LEVER
4.937
(125 mm) SWIVEL NUT
1.500 (38 MM) HEX
CONNECTION FOR CABLE 1.250-18 NF-3 THREAD
HOUSING TO SECOND
CONTROL HEAD IF USED
3/8" NPS FEMALE.
USE PNEUMATIC CONTROL
HEAD CABLE HOUSINGS
Figure 3-15. Electric/Cable Operated Control Head
Table 3-11. Electric/Cable Operated Control Heads
Part Number Type Voltage Amps Rating
81-895630-000 Standard 24 Vdc 2.0 momentary 33.0 Watts
WK-897494-000 Explosion Proof 24 Vdc 1.65 continuous 33.0 Watts
October 2014 3-16 06-236115-001

3-3.4.3 Cable Operated Control Head, P/N 81-979469-000

The Cable Operated Control Head is used for systems designed for manual operation only. It
mounts directly on top of the HFC-227ea cylinder valve and is operated either remotely from
a cable manual pull station or locally using the manual lever on the control head (see
Figure 3-16).
LOCAL MANUAL RELEASE LEVER

SEAL WIRE
LOCKING PIN
DIRECTION OF THREADED NUT -

CLOSURE PULL 3/8 in. NPS FOR PIPE
DISC
1/16 in. CABLE
4.25 in.
(108mm)
3/8 in. PIPE (OR ½ in. EMT
SWIVEL WITH ADAPTER P/N
NUT 843837)
1.50 in.
(38mm)
5.25 in.
(133mm)
1-1/4 in.-18 NF-3
FEMALE
CABLE CLAMP AND WHEEL ASSEMBLY
Figure 3-16. Cable Operated Control Head
06-236115-001 3-17 October 2014

3-3.4.4 Lever Operated Control Head, P/N WK-870652-000

The Lever Operated Control Head is equipped with an operating lever, secured in the closed
position by a safety pull pin. By removing the safety pin, the lever can be manually rotated to
the open position, thereby activating the cylinder or valve on which it is installed (see
Figure 3-17).
LOCKING PIN
ALLOW APPROX. 2 in. (50 mm)
CLEARANCE FOR
OPERATION OF LEVER
CLOSED
SEAL WIRE BODY
LEVER
TO OPEN
3.17 in.
(81 mm)
SWIVEL
NUT
1.50 in.
(38 mm)
SET
1-1/4 in.-18 NF-3
FEMALE OPERATED
3.00 in.
(76 mm)
STEM
Figure 3-17. Lever Operated Control Head
October 2014 3-18 06-236115-001

3-3.4.5 Lever/Pressure Operated Control Head, P/N 82-878751-000

The Lever/Pressure Operated Control Head allows manual or pressure actuation of several
system components, including HFC-227ea cylinder valves and nitrogen actuators (see
Figure 3-18).
LEVER ALLOW APPROX. 2 in. (50.8 mm)

CLEARANCE FOR
SAFETY PIN OPERATION OF LEVER
CLOSED
SEAL WIRE
OPEN
TO OPEN
1/8 in. NPT PRESSURE

4.50 in. INLET
(114.3 mm)
PISTON BODY
SET
OPERATED
1.250-18 UNEF-3B
3.00 in.
(76.2 mm)
Figure 3-18. Lever/Pressure Operated Control Head
Before resetting the lever/pressure operated control head, all pressure must be
relieved from the cylinder and actuation lines.
Pressure can be relieved from unvented actuation tubing by loosening the
fitting on the control head slightly and allowing the line to bleed out completely.
WARNING Failure to perform this action can result in damage to the control head.
When attaching the Lever/Pressure operated control head to the valve, the
swivel nut must be tightened to a toque of 55ft·lb. Failure to tighten the swivel
nut may result in leakage during actuation.
06-236115-001 3-19 October 2014

3-3.4.6 Pressure Operated Control Head, P/N 82-878737-000 and

P/N 82-878750-000
The Pressure Operated Control Head, P/N 82-878737-000, allows for pressure actuation of
HFC-227ea cylinders and is mounted directly on top of the HFC-227ea cylinder valve (see
Figure 3-19). The pressure operated control head, P/N 82-878750-000, offers a stackable
design and is used where an electric/mechanical control head actuation is also required on the
same cylinder (see Figure 3-20).
1.00 in. HEX

(25.4 mm) 1/8 in.-27 NPT
PRESSURE INLET
PISTON
2.19 in.
(55.6 mm) SWIVEL NUT
SET
OPERATED 1.250-18
UNEF-3B
1.50 in. HEX

(38 mm)
Figure 3-19. Pressure Operated Control Head
1.250-18 UNEF-3A
CAP RETAINER
.125-27 NPT
3.480 in. PRESSURE INLET
(88.4 mm)
PISTON
BODY
SET
OPERATED
1.250-18 UNEF-3B
STEM
Figure 3-20. Stackable Pressure Operated Control Head
October 2014 3-20 06-236115-001

3-3.5 Remote Pull Stations
3-3.5.1 Electric Remote Pull Box, P/N 84-330001-001

The Electric Remote Pull Box is an electrically operated device. To actuate the HFC-227ea
system, pull the handle on the front of the box.
3-3.5.2 Cable Manual Pull Station, Surface, P/N 81-871403-000

The surface type remote Cable Manual Pull Station is a cable operated device. To actuate the
HFC-227ea system, break the glass plate on the box using the attached hammer and pull the
handle (see Figure 3-21).
2 - NAMEPLATE
BRACKETS -
OPTIONAL
(SUPPLIED WITH
NAMEPLATE PULL BOX)
(BY INSTALLER) 4-COVER
SCREWS
FOR FIRE
BREAK GLASS PULL HANDLE
3/8 in. PIPE

PULL
5.87 in. HANDLE
(149 mm) PULL HARD
1/16 in. CABLE

400 Main Street - Ashland, MA 01721-2150
Tel(508)881-3000 FAX(508)881-0020
HAMMER
P/N 928103
5.00 in. 2.25 in.

(127 mm) (57 mm)
BREAK GLASS
P/N 928103 PULL HANDLE
CABLE FASTENER FOR 1/16 in. CABLE
2 - HOLES FOR 1/4 in.

3/8 in. NPT FEMALE
MOUNTING SCREWS
SECTION VIEW (SCREWS NOT SUPPLIED
WITH PULL BOX)
Figure 3-21. Cable Manual Pull Station
06-236115-001 3-21 October 2014

3-3.6 Actuation Accessories
3-3.6.1 Nitrogen Actuator, Mounting Bracket and Adapter, P/N WK-877940-000,

P/N WK-877845-000 and P/N WK-699205-010 respectively
Gas pressure from a nitrogen cylinder is routed to the pressure operated control head mounted
on each HFC-227ea cylinder. When the control head on the remote nitrogen cylinder is
actuated, the HFC-227ea cylinder will be activated, causing HFC-227ea to be discharged from
the cylinder.
The nitrogen cylinder is used in multiple cylinder and main/reserve systems. When activated
by a control head, gas pressure is routed from the nitrogen cylinder to pressure operated
control heads mounted on each HFC-227ea cylinder, resulting in a complete system discharge
(see Figure 3-22).
GAUGE
PLUG OUTLET PORT -1/8" NPT FEMALE
AT TACH ADAPTER HERE
1/8" NPT 5/16"-TUBING

SAFETY MALE MALE
OUTLET ADAPTER
P/N WK-699205-010
1-1/4"-18 NF- 3
FOR CONTROL HEAD CONNECTION
CYLINDER P/N WK-877940-000
BRACKET P/N WK-877845-000
16"
(406 mm)
SPECIFICA TIONS
Cylinder Capacity: 108 cu. in. (1770 cu. Cm)
Safety outlet burst range: 2650 to 3000 PSI
(183 to 207 bar) at 70°F (21°C)
Nitrogen-BB-n-41 1b, Grade A, T ype I
1800 PSI (124 bar) at 70°F (21°C)
3.56"
(90 mm)
Figure 3-22. Nitrogen Actuator, Mounting Bracket and Adapter
October 2014 3-22 06-236115-001

3-3.6.2 Flexible Actuation Hose, P/N WK-264986-000 and P/N WK-264987-000

The Flexible Actuation Hose is used in multiple cylinder systems. Pilot pressure is directed to a
pressure operated control head on each HFC-227ea cylinder valve using a 1/4-inch actuation
hose (see Figure 3-23 and Table 3-12).
A
1.375 in. .625 in. HEX SWIVEL
(34.925 mm) NUT (BRASS)
5/16 in. TUBING COUPLING HOSE - 1/4 in. I.D.

(BOTH ENDS)
Figure 3-23. Flexible Actuation Hose
Table 3-12. Dimensions, Flexible Actuation Hose
Dimension A
Part Number
in. mm
WK-264986-000 30 762
WK-264987-000 22 558
3-3.6.3 Master Cylinder Adapter Kit, P/N 82-844895-000

The Master Cylinder Adapter Kit provides a means of connecting a flexible actuation hose to
the master and slave cylinder/valve assemblies. The adapter kit is provided with a cap
intentionally chained to the adapter to prevent loss while in service; do not remove the cap
from the chain. The kit also contains a pressure sensitive label which is placed on the cylinder
valve after adapter installation (see Figure 3-24).
1/4 in. MALE NPT X 5/16 in. TUBING

PROTECTION CAP
CAUTION
INSTALL CAP
WHEN
NOT IN
USE
LABEL
1.42 in.
(36.06 mm)
Figure 3-24. Master Cylinder Adapter Kit
06-236115-001 3-23 October 2014

3-3.6.4 Tees, Elbows and Adapters

Tees, elbows and adapters connect actuation hoses to pressure operated control heads in
multiple cylinder system installations (see Figure 3-25).
MALE CONNECTOR
1/8 in. NPT X 5/16 in. TUBING
P/N WK-699205-010
MALE ELBOW MALE BRANCH TEE
1/8 in. NPT X 5/16 in. TUBING 1/8 in. NPT X 5/16 in. TUBING
P/N WK-699205-030 P/N WK-699205-050
Figure 3-25. Tees, Elbows and Adapters
3-3.7 Discharge Accessories
3-3.7.1 Flexible Discharge Hose, P/N WK-283898-000, P/N WK-283899-000 and

P/N WK-283900-000
HFC-227ea agent is routed from the storage cylinders to the discharge piping by a flexible
rubber covered hose with wire braided reinforcements. These hoses come in 1½ inch, 2 inch
or 2½ inch sizes. The hose is connected to the discharge outlet of the HFC-227ea cylinder valve
and terminates at the system piping or discharge manifold (see Figure 3-26 and Table 3-13).
The 3" discharge hose is a stainless steel braid over convoluted hose, incorporating roll-groove
fittings.
HOSE
HFC-227ea CYLINDER VALVE SYSTEM PIPE CONNECTION,
CONNECTION, SWIVEL NUT MALE NPT THREAD
Figure 3-26. Flexible Discharge Hoses
Table 3-13. Dimensions, Flexible Discharge Hoses
Dimension A Min. Bend Radius

Part Number Hose Size
in mm in mm
WK-283898-000 1½ in. 24 609.6 10.5 266.7
WK-283899-000 2 in. 31 787.4 13.5 342.9
WK-283900-000 2½ in. 48 1219.2 22.5 571.5
06-118225-001 3 in. 54 1372.0 24 610.0
October 2014 3-24 06-236115-001

3-3.7.2 Valve Outlet Adapters, P/N WK-283904-000, P/N WK-283905-000 and P/N
WK-283906-000
A valve outlet adapter connects the cylinder valve outlet to the discharge piping when a flexible
discharge hose is not used (see Figure 3-27 and Table 3-14).
Note: 3" valve cylinders are equipped with a roll-groove outlet. Use a standard groove-groove
connection in lieu of a valve outlet adapter.
B (valve outlet connection)
D C
A (system pipe connection)
Figure 3-27. Valve Outlet Adapter
Table 3-14. Dimensions, Valve Outlet Adapter
Part Number C D
Size A B
in mm in mm
WK-283904-000 1½" 1½" to 11½ NPT 1.874" 2.69 68.33 2.50 HEX 63.5
WK-283905-000 2" 2" to 11½ NPT 2.500" 12 UNJ 3.12 79.25 3.00 HEX 76.2
WK-283906-000 2½" 2½"to 8 NPT 3.00" 12 UNJ 3 76.2 3.75 HEX 95.2
3-3.7.3 Check Valve, 1/4-inch, P/N WK-264985-000

Check Valves are installed in sections of piping in main/reserve systems to prevent the
actuation of the reserve system when the main system is discharged.
1/4-inch check valves are installed in the pilot manifold to ensure the proper number of
cylinders are discharged (see Figure 3-28).
DIRECTION
OF FLOW 1/4 in.-18NPT (TYP.)
2.00 in. 0.81 in.

(51 mm) (21 mm)
HEX
Note: Install the valve with the arrow pointing in the direction of flow.
Figure 3-28. Check Valve
06-236115-001 3-25 October 2014

3-3.7.4 Manifold EL-Checks, P/N WK-877690-000 and P/N 82-878743-000

Manifold El-Checks are installed at the discharge manifold in a multiple cylinder arrangement
to allow removal of any HFC-227ea cylinder from the manifold while still retaining a closed
system. The 2-inch El-check is used on the 10 through 350 lb size cylinders; the 2½-inch El-
check is used with the 600 lb size cylinder (see Figure 3-29 and Table 3-15 and Table 3-16).
Manifold El-checks are not intended to be used as check valves in main/reserve

CAUTION systems. Improper use of equipment can cause system malfunction.
VALVE BODY
B C
FOR CONNECTION
TO SYSTEM
ARROW
INDICATES FLOW
C CHECK
Figure 3-29. Manifold El-Checks
Table 3-15. Dimensions, Manifold El-Checks
Part Number Size A B C
WK-877690-000 2 in 3.93 in (99.8 mm) 4.88 in (123.95 mm) 2 in-11½ NPT
82-878743-000 2½ in 4.96 in (125 mm) 5.76 in (146.3 mm) 2½ in-8 NPT
Table 3-16. Check Valves, Equivalent Lengths
Equivalent Length
Part Number Nomenclature Pipe Type
ft m
81-800327-000 Check Valve, ½ in NPT 40 T & 40 W 7.0 2.13
81-800266-000 Check Valve, ¾ in NPT 40 T & 40 W 17.0 5.18
WK-800443-000 Check Valve, 1 in NPT 40 T & 40 W 12.0 3.66
81-800444-000 Check Valve, 1¼ in NPT 40 T & 40 W 51.0 15.54
81-870152-000 Check Valve, 1½ in NPT 40 T & 40 W 57.0 17.37
81-870151-000 Check Valve, 2 in NPT 40 T & 40 W 165.0 50.29
81-870100-000 Check Valve, 3 in NPT 40 T & 40 W 795.0 242.31
06-118213-001 Swing Check, 2 in 40 T & 40 W 13.4 4.06
06-118058-001 Swing Check, 3 in 40 T & 40 W 13.0 3.96
WK-877690-000 2 in. El Check 40 T & 40 W 12.2 3.71
82-878743-000 2-1/2 in. El Check 40 T & 40 W 13.5 4.11
WK-877690-000 and 2 in El check and Flex Hose 40 T & 40 W 16.0 4.88
WK-283899-000
82-878743-000 and 2½ in El check and Flex Hose 40 T & 40 W 17.5 5.33
WK-283900-000
October 2014 3-26 06-236115-001

3-3.7.5 Pressure Operated Switches, P/N 81-486536-000 and P/N 81-981332-000

Pressure Switches operate from system pressure upon discharge to energize or de-energize
electrically operated equipment. Pressure switches may be used to shut down machinery and
ventilation or to annunciate system discharge (see Figure 3-30 and Figure 3-31).
OPERATED
SET
STEM SHOWN IN SET POSITION-
PULL UP ON STEM TO MANUALLY
OPERATED OPERATE SWITCH
SET
WIRING
4.00 in. SCREW
(101.6 mm) TERMINALS 0.375 in. (9.52 mm)
PRESSURE OPERATED SWITCH
3P.D.T. 8 COVER SCREWS
UL TO RESET PUSH
FM
STEM TO SET
POSITION
4.00 in.
(101.6 mm)
FRONT VIEW 15 AMP 125 VAC

COVER REMOVED 10 AMP 250 VAC
3/4 HP 1-2-3 PH 125-480 VAC
½ in. SUPPLY PIPE WITH UNION
FRONT VIEW
OPERATING PRESSURE = 50 PSI MIN
PRESSURE TESTED 1000 PSI
SWITCH 3PDT
BOX - 3 - ½ in. CONDUIT KNOCKOUTS
EACH SIDE
COVER
GASKET ½ in. NPT FEMALE - CONNECT TO SYSTEM PIPING
SIDE SECTION
Figure 3-30. Pressure Operated Switch
STEM IN
OPERATED
POSITION
1 in. NPT FEMALE BOTH ENDS
FOR ELECTRIC CONNECTION STEM IN SET
SWITCH SUPPLIED WITH POSITION - PULL 4.37 in.
2 - 1 in. NPT PIPE PLUGS UP ON STEM TO (111 mm)
MANUALLY
TO RESET PUSH
SET POSITION
STEM TO SET
POSITION 3 POLE
PRESSURE
CLUTCH OPERATED
EXPLOSION
PROOF
SWITCH
3 POLE
SINGLE
6.31 in. THROW
TOGGLE 9.00 in.
(160.27 mm) SWITCH
(228.6 mm)
30 AMP 250 VAC 6 - COVER
20 AMP 600 VAC SCREWS
2 HP 100-600 V
3 PHASE AC
INLET
GAS
OPERATING HEAD
EXPLOSION PROOF 2 - 13/32 in.
MACHINED JOINT. 3.50 in. MOUNTING HOLES
DO NOT USE GASKET (88.9 mm) UNION CONNECTION
OR MAR SURFACES. 4.18 in.
(106.17 mm) PRESSURE INLET -
½ in. NPT FEMALE
Figure 3-31. Pressure Operated Switch, Explosion Proof
06-236115-001 3-27 October 2014

3-3.7.6 Pressure Operated Trip, P/N 81-874290-000

Pressure Operated Trips are used to close off the hazard space upon system discharge. The
trips, operated by system pressure, are designed to release self-closing units for doors,
windows and dampers. The maximum load to be attached to a pressure trip is 100 lb (45.36
kg). This is based on a minimum pressure of 75 PSIG (5.17 bar gauge) at the pressure trip.
3-3.7.7 Discharge Indicator, P/N 81-875553-000

The Discharge Indicator may be installed in the discharge piping to visually indicate a system
discharge. When in the SET position, the discharge indicator acts as a vent (see Figure 3-32).
2.62 in.
(67 mm) NORMAL
POSITION
DISCHARGE
INDICATION
POSITION
BODY
½ in. NPT MALE CAP
0.93 in. (24 mm) HEX STEM-RED

ACROSS FLATS
Figure 3-32. Discharge Indicator
October 2014 3-28 06-236115-001

3-3.7.8 Corner Pulleys, P/N 81-803808-000 and P/N WK-844648-000

Corner Pulleys change the direction of cable lines without binding to ensure smooth operation.
P/N 81-803808-000 is used for all watertight applications; P/N WK-844648-000 is used for all
industrial applications (see Figure 3-33 and Figure 3-34).
1.75"
(45 mm) GASKET
COVER SCREW
BODY
0.62"
2.13" (54 mm) DIA (16 mm)
COVER
0.81"
(21 mm)
3" -18 NPS FEMALE
8
Figure 3-33. Corner Pulleys, Watertight Applications
COVER SCREW 0.62 in.

(16 mm)
UL
½ in. E.M.T. CONNECTIONS

COMPRESSION TYPE
(QTY. 2)
2.75 in.
(70 mm)
approx.
Figure 3-34. 1/2-Inch E.M.T. Corner Pulley, General Applications
06-236115-001 3-29 October 2014

3-3.7.9 Cylinder Supervisory Pressure Switch, P/N 06-118262-001

The Cylinder Supervisory Pressure Switch, P/N 06-118262-001, is intended to detect a fall in
pressure in the HFC-227ea cylinder (see Figure 3-35). The cylinder supervisory pressure
switch can be wired for either normally-open or normally-closed operation, depending on
installation requirements. If the pressure inside the cylinder falls below 305 PSIG (21 bar
gauge), the switch contacts will transfer and invoke a "trouble" signal at the control panel.
1.187 in.
(30.150 mm)
FACTORY SEALED
LEADWIRES 36 in. LONG ± 1 in.
0.500-14 NPT (ALUMINUM)
CAUTION LABEL
4.125 in. NAMEPLATE LABEL

(104.78 mm)
O-RING 0.327 x 0.094
0.250 in. SAE 45° FLARE

WITH VALVE CORE
FEMALE W/VALVE
DEFLECTOR
Figure 3-35. Cylinder Supervisory Pressure Switch
October 2014 3-30 06-236115-001

3-3.7.10 Supervisory Pressure Switch, P/N 06-118263-001

Note: The cylinder supervisory pressure switch can be installed on 600 lb through 900 lb ca-
pacity HFC-227ea cylinders with a 3" discharge valve manufactured prior to May 2013.
Any valve produced after May 2013 must use P/N 06-118262-001 Cylinder Supervisory
Pressure Switch.
The Supervisory Pressure Switch (P/N 06-118263-001) is intended to detect a fall in pressure
in the HFC-227ea cylinder (see Figure 3-36). The cylinder supervisory pressure switch can be
wired for either normally-open or normally-closed operation, depending on installation
requirements. The cylinder supervisory pressure switch can be installed on 600 lb through 900
lb capacity HFC-227ea cylinders with a 3 in discharge valve. If the pressure inside the cylinder
falls below 305 PSIG (21 bar gauge), the switch contacts will transfer and invoke a "trouble"
signal at the control panel.
1.187 in.
(30.150 mm)
FACTORY SEALED
LEADWIRES 36 in. LONG
.500-14 NPT (ALUMINUM)
CAUTION LABEL

(101.600 mm)
.125-27 NPT(MALE)
Figure 3-36. Supervisory Pressure Switch
06-236115-001 3-31 October 2014

3-3.7.11 Main-to-Reserve Transfer Switch, P/N 84-802398-000

The Main-to-Reserve Switch is installed on systems having main and reserve cylinders. Placing
the switch in either the MAIN or RESERVE position provides uninterrupted fire protection during
system maintenance or in the event of a system discharge (see Figure 3-37).
¾ in. NPT FEMALE

FOR ELECTRICAL
CONNECTION
NAMEPLATE SWITCH -
MAIN DOUBLE POLE
2-COVER SCREWS
5.37 in.
(136 mm) TOGGLE 6-CONNECTION
4.62 in. SWITCH
(117 mm)
TOGGLE
GUARDS
CONDULET
RESERVE BOX
2.75 in. 2.12 in.

(70 mm) (54 mm)
2.50 in.
COMMON (64 mm)
A-1
L-1
B-1
A-2 Switch Rating:
L-2 30 amps @ 120 Vac
B-2
WIRING DIAGRAM
Figure 3-37. Main to Reserve Transfer Switch
October 2014 3-32 06-236115-001

3-3.7.12 Discharge Nozzles

The 180° and 360° discharge nozzles are designed to provide the proper flow rate and
distribution of HFC-227ea to flood a hazard area. The 180° nozzle is engineered to provide a
180° discharge pattern for sidewall applications. The 360° nozzle offers a full 360° discharge
pattern for installations where nozzles are located in the center of the hazard. See Figure 3-38
and Figure 3-39 and Table 3-17 and Table 3-18 for further information.
C
A
B
60°
30°
Figure 3-38. 180° Discharge Nozzle
Table 3-17. Dimensions–180° Discharge Nozzle
Pipe Size A B C D
½ in (12.70 mm) 1.25 in (31.75 mm) 1.25 in (31.75 mm) 1.687 in (42.85 mm) 2.0 in (50.80 mm)
¾ in (19.05 mm) 1.5 in (38.10 mm) 1.375 in (34.92 mm) 1.95 in (49.53 mm) 2.296 in (58.32 mm)
1 in (25.40 mm) 1.75 in (44.45 mm) 1.562 in (39.67 mm) 2.218 in (56.34 mm) 2.671 in(67.84 mm)
1¼ in (31.75 mm) 2.25 in (57.15 mm) 1.75 in (44.45 mm) 2.656 in (67.46 mm) 3.25 in (82.55 mm)
1½ in (38.10 mm) 2.5 in (63.5 mm) 1.95 in (49.53 mm) 2.95 in (74.93 mm) 3.625 in(92.07 mm)
2 in (50.80 mm) 3.0 in (76.2 mm) 1.968 in (49.98 mm) 2.875 in (73.02 mm) 3.656 in (92.86 mm)
A B
Figure 3-39. 360° Discharge Nozzle
Table 3-18. Dimensions–360° Discharge Nozzle
Pipe Size A B C D
½ in (12.70 mm) 1.250 in (31.75 mm) 1.468 in (37.30 mm) 1.937 in (49.20 mm) 1.250 in (31.75mm)
1½ in (38.10 mm) 2.250 in (63.50 mm) 2.000 in (50.80 mm) 2.937 in (74.60 mm) 2.500 in (63.50 mm)
06-236115-001 3-33 October 2014

3-3.8 Other Accessories
3-3.8.1 Hydrostatic Test Adapters

The hydrostatic pressure test adapter is installed on the HFC-227ea cylinder in place of the
cylinder valve when the cylinder is to be hydrostatically pressure tested. For cylinder test
requirements, see Paragraph 5-5.3 of this manual.
3-3.8.2 HFC-227ea Cylinder Recharge Adapters

The HFC-227ea recharge adapter is installed in the cylinder discharge outlet during the cylinder
charging procedure. This adapter is used for refilling the cylinder with HFC-227ea agent and
super pressurizing the cylinder with nitrogen (see Figure 3-40 and Table 3-19).
Note: The 3 in valve and associated cylinders (new style 600 lb and 900 lb) do not require a
recharge adaptor. Recharge of these cylinders is achieved via the 1/2 in NPT connection
on the grooved fitting plate on the outlet port.
O-RING SEAL
3/8 in. - NPT
(VENT VALVE CONNECTION)
B
(HEX)
3/8 in. - 18 NPT

(CHARGE CONNECTION)
CYLINDER VALVE
OUTLET CONNECTION
Figure 3-40. Cylinder Recharge Adapters
Table 3-19. Dimensions–Cylinder Recharge Adapters
Cylinder Size A B
Part Number
lb in. mm in. mm
82-878757-000 10-125 3.22 81.79 2.50 63.50
82-878758-000 200, 350 4.06 103.12 3.25 82.55
82-878759-000 600 4.00 101.60 3.62 91.95
October 2014 3-34 06-236115-001

3-3.8.3 Cylinder Seating Adapter (P/N WK-933537-000)

The HFC-227ea Seating Adapter is installed on the cylinder actuation port during the cylinder
charging procedure. This adapter is used for seating the valve assembly after charging and
super pressurization is complete. This seating adapter can be used for the Agent or Nitrogen
Pilot cylinders.
3-3.9 Detectors and Control Panels
3-3.9.1 Detectors
Detectors (ionization, photoelectric, thermal, ultraviolet, ultraviolet/infrared, etc.) interfacing
with Kidde Systems must be UL Listed and/or FM Approved for the intended application.
3-3.9.2 Control Panel

The control panel must be UL Listed and/or FM Approved for releasing device service and
compatible with Kidde equipment.
06-236115-001 3-35 October 2014

October 2014 3-36 06-236115-001

Design and Installation
CHAPTER 4
DESIGN AND INSTALLATION
4-1 INTRODUCTION
This chapter is intended for system designers and installers. It outlines the steps needed to
design the system including the limitations imposed on the design by the system hardware.
The second part of this chapter explains equipment installation.
4-2 DESIGN PROCEDURE
4-2.1 General
The system design is based on the requirements of National Fire Protection Association (NFPA)
Standard 2001, 2012 Edition, and the Authority Having Jurisdiction (AHJ).
4-2.2 Application
The following steps must be taken to design an HFC-227ea system:
• Determine the amount of HFC-227ea required based on the design concentration required
for the hazard and other factors related to the hazard. Refer to Table 4-1 for Class A and
Class C hazards. Refer to Table 4-3 for Class B hazards.
• Determine the required components for the system.
• Determine the nozzle and cylinder locations.
• Determine piping layout and pipe type.
06-236115-001 4-1 October 2014

4-2.2.1 Determine Minimum Use Concentration Required

A Class A surface fire hazard is one that involves ordinary combustible materials.
A Class B fire hazard is one that involves flammable and combustible liquids and flammable
gasses.
A Class C fire hazard is one that involves energized electrical equipment.
Table 4-1 shows the minimum design concentrations of HFC-227ea for Class A surface fires
and Class C fires. Refer to Table 4-3 for minimum design concentrations for hazards the involve
Class B fuels.
The minimum design concentration of HFC-227ea for Class A surface fires is 6.7 vol% in
accordance with the requirements of NFPA 2001, 2012 Edition Section 5.4.2.4. The minimum
design concentration for Class C fires is 7.0 vol% in accordance with the requirements of NFPA
2001, 2012 Edition Section 5.4.2.5. The classification of a hazard where electric power to
energized equipment has been turned off prior to discharge of the extinguishing system is
Class A.
Table 4-1. HFC-227ea Fire Suppression Use Concentrations
HFC-227ea Minimum Design

Occupancy Fire Risk
Concentration, vol.%
Class A surface fires 6.7
Class C fires (fires involving electrically energized equipment) 7.0
Note: Where NFPA 2001, 2008 or earlier editions are enforced, it is acceptable to use the min-
imum design concentrations based on the requirements of the accepted edition. The
governing authority or authority having jurisdiction (AHJ) must specifically approve the
design approach selected.
4-2.2.2 Calculate the Volume of Protected Area

Calculate the volume of the protected area based on the length, width, and height, or geometry
of the hazard. This volume is used when calculating the quantity of agent required.
October 2014 4-2 06-236115-001

4-2.2.2.1 Adjusting for Altitude or Pressure

The procedure for determination of the agent quantity assumes that the protected enclosure
is at sea level or has an internal pressure of 14.7 psia (101.4 kPa). The design agent quantity
must be adjusted where the protected enclosure is at an altitude or pressure that differs by
more than 11% from sea level values. Table 4-2 lists "Atmospheric Corrections Factors" as a
function of altitude or pressure. Calculate the adjusted (altitude-corrected) agent quantity as
follows:
Adjusted quantity = (Sea-level quantity) x (Atmospheric Correction Factor)
Note: Use the value of Atmospheric Correction Factor corresponding to the highest possible
enclosure pressure where the pressure can be varied, by design, from the prevailing
barometric pressure at the altitude of the installation. This procedure assures that the
agent concentration will not be less than the design concentration at the highest achiev-
able enclosure pressure.
Table 4-2. Atmospheric Correction Factors
Altitude
Enclosure
Above Sea Atmospheric
Pressure
Level Correction
Factor
ft. m psia kPa
-3000 -920 16.25 112.1 1.11

-2000 -610 15.71 108.3 1.07
-1000 -300 15.23 105 1.04
0 0 14.70 101.4 1.00
1000 300 14.18 97.8 0.96
2000 610 13.64 94.1 0.93
3000 920 13.12 90.5 0.89
4000 1,210 12.58 86.8 0.86
5000 1,520 12.04 83 0.82
6000 1,830 11.53 79.5 0.78
7000 2,130 11.03 76.1 0.75
8000 2,440 10.64 73.4 0.72
9000 2,740 10.22 70.5 0.69
10000 3,050 9.77 67.4 0.66
06-236115-001 4-3 October 2014

Table 4-3. Class B Suppression Design Concentrations

Design
Cup Design Concentration,
Concentration, 30% Cup Burner
Fuel Burner Fuel 30% Safety Factor
Safety Factor (% v/v)
(% v/v) (%v/v)
(%v/v)
Acetone 6.9 9 1-Hexene 5.8 7.6
Acetonitrile 4.3 7 Hydraulic Fluid* 6.5 8.5
t-Amyl Alcohol 7.3 9.5 Hydraulic Oil* 5.9 7.7
AV Gas 6.5 8.5 Hydrogen 13.2 17.2
Benzene 5.5 7.2 Isobutyl Alcohol 7.6 9.9
n-Butane 6.6 8.6 Isopropanol 7.5 9.8
n-Butanol 7.6 9.9 JP4 6.9 9
2-Butoxyethanol* 7.4 9.6 JP5 6.9 9
2-Butoxyethyl Acetate* 6.9 9 Kerosene 7.4 9.6
n-Butyl Acetate 7 9.1 Methane 5.5 7.2
Carbon Disulfide 11.8 15.4 Methanol 10.4 13.5
Chloroethane 6.3 8.2 2-Methoxyethanol 9.4 12.2
Commercial Grade 6.7 8.7 Methyl Ethyl Ketone 7.4 9.6

Heptane
Crude Oil* 6.5 8.5 Methyl Isobutyl 7 9.1

Ketone
Cyclohexane 7.2 9.4 Mineral Spirits 6.6 8.6
Cyclohexylamine 8.3 8.7 Morpholine 7.9 10.3
Cyclopentanone 7.4 9.6 Nitromethane 9.9 12.9
1,2-Dichloroethane 5.8 7.6 n-Pentane 6.8 8.8
Diesel 6.7 8.7 Propane 6.7 8.7
N,N- 7.8 10.1 1-Propanol 7.7 10

Diethylethanolamine*
Diethyl Ether 7.5 9.8 Propylene 6.2 8.1
Ethane 6.7 8.7 Propylene Glycol 8.6 11.2
Ethanol 8.3 10.8 Pyrrolidine 7.3 9.5
Ethyl Acetate 6.8 8.9 Tetrahydrofuran 7.4 9.6
Ethyl Benzene* 6.3 8.2 Tetrahydrothiophene 6.6 8.6
Ethylene 8.4 10.9 Toluene 5.6 7.3
Ethylene Glycol 7.6 9.9 Tolylene-2, 4- 4 7

Diisocyanate
Gasoline-no lead 6.9 9 Transformer Oil 7.3 9.5
n-Heptane 6.7 8.7 Turbine Oil** 7.2 9.4
n-Hexane 6.9 9 Xylene 6 7.8
* General guideline only–MSDS required to determine proper concentration

** Texaco R+O 32
Note: Cup Burner source data, Great Lakes Chemical Corporation.
October 2014 4-4 06-236115-001

Table 4-4. HFC-227ea Total Flooding Concentration Factors (W/V), English

Specific
Tempa
Weight Requirements of Hazard Volume, W  V (lb/ft3)b
Vapor
t Volume Design Concentrations (% by Volume)e
s
(°F)c
(ft3/lb)d 6 6.25 6.70 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
30 2.0210 0.0316 0.0330 0.0355 0.0372 0.0430 0.0489 0.0550 0.0612 0.0675 0.0739 0.0805 0.0873
40 2.0678 0.0309 0.0322 0.0347 0.0364 0.0421 0.0478 0.0537 0.0598 0.0659 0.0723 0.0787 0.0853
50 2.1146 0.0302 0.0315 0.0339 0.0356 0.0411 0.0468 0.0525 0.0584 0.0645 0.0707 0.0770 0.0835
60 2.1612 0.0295 0.0308 0.0332 0.0348 0.0402 0.0458 0.0514 0.0572 0.0631 0.0691 0.0753 0.0817
70 2.2075 0.0289 0.0302 0.0325 0.0341 0.0394 0.0448 0.0503 0.0560 0.0618 0.0677 0.0737 0.0799
80 2.2538 0.0283 0.0296 0.0319 0.0334 0.0386 0.0439 0.0493 0.0548 0.0605 0.0663 0.0722 0.0783
90 2.2994 0.0278 0.0290 0.0312 0.0327 0.0378 0.0430 0.0483 0.0538 0.0593 0.0650 0.0708 0.0767
100 2.3452 0.0272 0.0284 0.0306 0.0321 0.0371 0.0422 0.0474 0.0527 0.0581 0.0637 0.0694 0.0752
110 2.3912 0.0267 0.0279 0.0300 0.0315 0.0364 0.0414 0.0465 0.0517 0.0570 0.0625 0.0681 0.0738
120 2.4366 0.0262 0.0274 0.0295 0.0309 0.0357 0.0406 0.0456 0.0507 0.0560 0.0613 0.0668 0.0724
130 2.4820 0.0257 0.0269 0.0289 0.0303 0.0350 0.0398 0.0448 0.0498 0.0549 0.0602 0.0656 0.0711
140 2.5272 0.0253 0.0264 0.0284 0.0298 0.0344 0.0391 0.0440 0.0489 0.0540 0.0591 0.0644 0.0698
150 2.5727 0.0248 0.0259 0.0279 0.0293 0.0338 0.0384 0.0432 0.0480 0.0530 0.0581 0.0633 0.0686
160 2.6171 0.0244 0.0255 0.0274 0.0288 0.0332 0.0378 0.0425 0.0472 0.0521 0.0571 0.0622 0.0674
170 2.6624 0.0240 0.0250 0.0269 0.0283 0.0327 0.0371 0.0417 0.0464 0.0512 0.0561 0.0611 0.0663
180 2.7071 0.0236 0.0246 0.0265 0.0278 0.0321 0.0365 0.0410 0.0457 0.0504 0.0552 0.0601 0.0652
190 2.7518 0.0232 0.0242 0.0260 0.0274 0.0316 0.0359 0.0404 0.0449 0.0496 0.0543 0.0592 0.0641
200 2.7954 0.0228 0.0238 0.0256 0.0269 0.0311 0.0354 0.0397 0.0442 0.0488 0.0535 0.0582 0.0631
a The minimum design temperature in the flooded space.

b W  V [agent weight requirements (lb/ft3)] = Pounds of agent required per cubic foot of protected volume
to produce indicated concentration at the temperature specified.
W =  V  s    c   100 – c  
c t [temperature (°F)] = The design temperature in the hazard area.
d s [specific volume (ft3/lb)] = Specific volume of superheated HFC-227ea vapor can be approximated by the formula:
s = 1.885 + 0.0046t where t = temperature (°F)
e C [concentration (%)] = Volumetric concentration of HFC-227ea in air at the temperature indicated.
06-236115-001 4-5 October 2014

Table 4-5. HFC-227ea Total Flooding Concentration Factors (W/V), Metric

Specific Weight Requirements of Hazard Volume, W  V (kg/m3)b
Tempa
Vapor
t Volume Design Concentrations (% by Volume)e
(°C)C s (m3/kg)d 6.25 6.70 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
0 0.1268 0.5258 0.5659 0.5936 0.6858 0.7800 0.8763 0.9748 1.0755 1.1785 1.2839 1.3918
5 0.1294 0.5152 0.5550 0.5816 0.6719 0.7642 0.8586 0.9550 1.0537 1.1546 1.2579 1.3636
10 0.1320 0.5051 0.5444 0.5700 0.6585 0.7490 0.8414 0.9360 1.0327 1.1316 1.2328 1.3364
15 0.1347 0.4949 0.5343 0.5589 0.6457 0.7344 0.8251 0.9178 1.0126 1.1096 1.2089 1.3105
20 0.1373 0.4856 0.5246 0.5483 0.6335 0.7205 0.8094 0.9004 0.9934 1.0886 1.1859 1.2856
25 0.1399 0.4765 0.5151 0.5382 0.6217 0.7071 0.7944 0.8837 0.9750 1.0684 1.1640 1.2618
30 0.1425 0.4678 0.5061 0.5284 0.6104 0.6943 0.7800 0.8676 0.9573 1.0490 1.1428 1.2388
35 0.1450 0.4598 0.4973 0.5190 0.5996 0.6819 0.7661 0.8522 0.9402 1.0303 1.1224 1.2168
40 0.1476 0.4517 0.4888 0.5099 0.5891 0.6701 0.7528 0.8374 0.9230 1.0124 1.1029 1.1956
45 0.1502 0.4439 0.4807 0.5012 0.5790 0.6586 0.7399 0.8230 0.9000 0.9950 1.0840 1.1751
50 0.1527 0.4366 0.4728 0.4929 0.5694 0.6476 0.7276 0.8093 0.8929 0.9784 1.0660 1.1555
55 0.1553 0.4293 0.4651 0.4847 0.5600 0.6369 0.7156 0.7960 0.8782 0.9623 1.0484 1.1365
60 0.1578 0.4225 0.4577 0.4770 0.5510 0.6267 0.7041 0.7821 0.8410 0.9469 1.0316 1.1183
65 0.1604 0.4156 0.4505 0.4694 0.5412 0.6167 0.6929 0.7707 0.8504 0.9318 1.0152 1.1005
70 0.1629 0.4092 0.4436 0.4621 0.5338 0.6072 0.6821 0.7588 0.8371 0.9173 0.9994 1.0834
75 0.1654 0.4031 0.4368 0.4550 0.5257 0.5979 0.6717 0.7471 0.8243 0.9033 0.9841 1.0668
80 0.1679 0.3971 0.4303 0.4482 0.5178 0.5890 0.6617 0.7360 0.8120 0.8898 0.9694 1.0509
85 0.1704 0.3912 0.4239 0.4416 0.5102 0.5803 0.6519 0.7251 0.800 0.8767 0.9551 1.0354
90 0.1730 0.3854 0.4178 0.4351 0.5027 0.5717 0.6423 0.7145 0.7883 0.8638 0.9411 1.0202
a The minimum design temperature in the flooded space.
b W  V [agent weight requirements (kg/m3)] = Kilograms of agent required per cubic meter of protected volume
to produce indicated concentration at the temperature specified.
W =  V  s    c   100 – c  
c t [temperature (°C)] = The design temperature in the hazard area.
d s [specific volume (m3/kg)] = Specific volume of superheated HFC-227ea vapor can be approximated by the formula:
s = 0.1269 + 0.0005t where t = temperature (°C)
e C [concentration (%)] = Volumetric concentration of HFC-227ea in air at the temperature indicated.
October 2014 4-6 06-236115-001

4-2.2.3 Determine What Components are Required

• Cylinder size, quantity and fill requirements. Refer to Table 4-4 and Table 4-5.
• Cylinder framing, mounting brackets, etc.
• Detection and control equipment required.
• Other system requirements, such as reserve supply, pressure switches, etc.
4-2.2.4 Locate Nozzles

Locate nozzles based on the following:
• Ceiling height (16 ft [4.87 m] maximum, 1 ft [0.30 m] minimum).
• Nozzle area coverage.
• Special hazard area layout considerations.
4-2.2.5 Locate Cylinders

Locate cylinders based on the following:
• Number of cylinders required.
• Storage temperature/environmental considerations, such as weather, area classification
and corrosive environment.
• Accessibility.
• Floor loading.
4-2.2.6 Locate Piping

Locate piping based on the following:
• Nozzle location.
• Structural members for bracing the pipe.
4-2.2.7 Pipe Size and Layout

Determine pipe size and layout for the following factors:
• Draw piping isometric.
• Dimensions of all pipe sections.
• Locate all fittings.
• Note all elevation changes.
The preceding information will be entered into the computer program.
06-236115-001 4-7 October 2014

4-2.2.8 Using the HFC-227ea Concentration Flooding Factors

To find the total quantity of HFC-227ea required at a specific temperature and concentration,
multiply the hazard area volume by the multiplier from Table 4-4 and Table 4-5 that
correspond to the design temperature and concentration desired.
Note: NFPA 2001, 2012 Edition and the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency Significant New
Alternatives Policy (SNAP) provide specific guidelines for using HFC-227ea. The mini-
mum use concentration for total flooding applications is 6.7% w/v, unless a higher con-
centration is required for the specific hazard being protected.
The agent required must be based on the lowest expected ambient temperature in the
protected space. Care must be taken that the calculated concentration for normally oc-
cupied spaces at the highest expected ambient temperature in the space does not ex-
ceed the value of 10.5% per NFPA 2001.
Per NFPA 2001, HFC-227ea systems with use concentrations below the NOAEL (9% w/v) are
permitted for use in occupied areas. HFC-227ea can be designed between 9% and 10.5% for
a five minute exposure using the PBPK model.
4-2.2.9 Manifolds
When multiple cylinders are needed, they may be connected to the same set of distribution
piping through a manifold. This is necessary in three circumstances.
• A connected reserve supply of HFC-227ea is required.
• The quantity of agent required is greater than the maximum fill of a single cylinder.
• A single cylinder does not contain enough nitrogen to discharge the required agent through
the pipe network.
In accordance with standards set by NFPA 2001:
• All cylinders are of the same size and quantity.
• Each cylinder must have an El-check or swing-check to prevent back flow of agent through
the discharge hose, in case the system is discharged while a cylinder is removed for main-
tenance.
Standard check valves MUST be installed and modeled in the latest version of the flow
calculation software program whenever any of the following conditions exist.
• Multiple cylinders are required
• A connected reserve supply is required
• Multiple cylinder actuation from a master HFC-227ea cylinder
October 2014 4-8 06-236115-001

4-2.3 Design Criteria

The complexity of two-phase flow formulas does not allow for any simple method of manual
HFC-227ea calculation. For this reason, the flow calculations and design criteria described in
this manual have been programmed into a flow calculation software program.
The latest version of the flow calculation software program is the only
calculation method to be used with Kidde ECS System equipment. No other
CAUTION calculation method is accepted by Kidde.
The system designer must become thoroughly familiar with the latest version of the Flow
Calculation Software User’s Guide 06-236272-001 to determine the proper procedures for
applying the input parameters to the Kidde computer program. There are a number of
limitations to these input parameters which must be observed if accurate results are to be
obtained. Most of these limitations are in the program. However, there are certain restrictions
that must be addressed by the system designer before applying the input data. The following
paragraphs describe the essential design parameters and design limitations which must be
considered.
4-2.3.1 First Branch Flow Split

To assure accuracy of the flow calculations, there are various agent flow limits. The
maximum% agent in pipe for all systems is 80%. There is a limit on the allowable percent of
agent prior to the first tee. When these conditions are not met, the computer displays a
warning. It is then up to the system designer to correct the piping volume to the first branch
split. For example, when reading Figure 4-1, in order to achieve 60% agent in pipe, a minimum
of 8.3% agent is required prior to the first tee. When this condition is not met, the computer
displays a warning. It is then up to the system designer to correct the piping volume to the
first branch split to meet this design requirement (see Figure 4-2).
Limits: % of agent in pipe and % of agent

before first tee. (As computed by "FLOW",
do not use for manual computation.)
35%
% OF AGENT BEFORE
30%
25% 33.6%
FIRST TEE
20%
7.9% 8.3%
15%
10%
5%
0%
0% 10% 20% 30% 40% 50% 60% 70% 80%
% OF AGENT IN PIPE
Figure 4-1. Percent Agent Before First Tee as a Function of Percent Agent in Pipe
06-236115-001 4-9 October 2014

BULL TEE FLOW BULL TEE FLOW

BULL TEE
SPLIT LIMITS SPLIT LIMITS
OUT OUT OUT - 50% OUT - 50% OUT - 70% OUT - 30%
BULL TEE BULL TEE

MINIMUM MAXIMUM
UNBALANCE UNBALANCE
IN IN - 100% IN - 100%
SIDE TEE SIDE TEE FLOW SIDE TEE FLOW

SPLIT LIMITS SPLIT LIMITS
IN OUT
IN - 100% OUT - 70% IN - 100% OUT - 90%
SIDE TEE SIDE TEE

MINIMUM MAXIMUM
UNBALANCE UNBALANCE
OUT OUT - 30% OUT - 10%
Figure 4-2. Acceptable Tee Flow Splits for HFC-227ea
October 2014 4-10 06-236115-001

4-2.3.2 Tee Flow Splits

Flow splits at tee junctions are sensitive to gravity. Even though turbulent flow exists, there is
a tendency for the vapor phase to migrate to the upper portion of the pipe leaving a more
dense medium at the bottom of the pipe. For this reason, the limitations in Figure 4-2 must be
observed.
4-2.3.2.1 Requirements for Tee Flow Splits

1. Bull head tees must have both outlets in the horizontal plane. The inlet to a bull head tee
may approach in a horizontal, vertically up or vertically down direction.
2. Side tees must have the inlet and both outlets all in the horizontal plane.
3. Elbows either before a tee, or after, which split to a separate hazard must be located a min-
imum distance of 15 pipe diameters (nominal) before the tee.
4. Tee splits going to separate hazards from a common supply line must be spaced a minimum
of 15 pipe diameters (nominal) apart.
5. Pipe reducers must be the concentric reducer type.
6. Minimum flow out of a side tee branch is 10% of total flow at the tee.
7. For flow splits less than 30%, the split shall be done through a side tee with the smaller
flow going through the side tee member. The minimum flow through the side tee member
is 10%. The maximum flow through the tee is 90%.
8. For flow splits equal to or greater than 30%, the split shall be done through a bull head tee.
The maximum flow split through a bull head tee is 70%.
Table 4-6. 15 Pipe Diameters
Pipe Size 15 Pipe Diameters
feet feet and inches meters
1/2 in 0.63 7½ in 0.192
3/4 in 0.94 11¼ in 0.287

1 in 1.25 1 ft 3 in 0.381
1¼ in 1.56 1 ft 6 ¾ in 0.475
1½ in 1.88 1 ft10½ in 0.573
2 in 2.50 2 ft 6 in 0.762
2½ in 3.13 3 ft 1½ in 0.954
3 in 3.75 3 ft 9 in 1.143
4 in 5.00 5 ft 1.524
4-2.3.3 Duration of Discharge

Per NFPA 2001, 2012 Edition, the liquid agent discharge shall be completed in a nominal 10
seconds or less. Discharge times shorter than 10 seconds are desirable to minimize production
of breakdown products. Discharge times as short as six seconds should be considered when
circumstances permit.
06-236115-001 4-11 October 2014

4-2.3.4 Nozzle Selection and Placement

There are two basic Kidde ECS System nozzle configurations:
1. The 360° nozzle, which provides a full 360° discharge pattern designed for placement in
the center of the hazard.
2. The 180° nozzle, which provides a 180° discharge pattern designed for placement adjacent
to a side wall of the hazard.
Use the latest version of the flow calculation software program as a tool to determine the
selection of the required orifice area and nozzle.
Maximum orifice area to pipe area ratio:
• The ratio between the nozzle orifice area for a 360 degree nozzle at the given node and the
pipe cross sectional area for the pipe segment preceding that nozzle is 0.72, or 72%,
pipe cross sectional area for the pipe segment preceding that nozzle is 0.66, or 66%.
Minimum orifice area to pipe area ratio:
Nozzles are available in nominal pipe sizes of 1/2 in, 3/4 in, 1 in, 1¼ in, 1½ in and 2 in.
4-2.3.5 Nozzle Placement

There are certain coverage and height limitations which must be observed with each nozzle
configuration to ensure proper agent distribution.
40 ft. d = 29.7 ft. 40 ft.

d = 48.3 ft. (9.06 m) (12 m)
(12 m)
(14.73 m)
44 ft. 44 ft.
(13.3 m) (13.3 m)
180° Nozzle 360° Nozzle
Figure 4-3. Nozzle Placement and Coverage

• Orientation-Nozzles must be mounted perpendicular to the ceiling or subfloor surface and
oriented with the orifices radiating symmetrically outward from the pipe network.
• Ceiling Clearance-Nozzles must be installed so that the orifices are located 6 +/- 2 inches
(0.15 +/- 0.05 m) below the ceiling.
• Maximum Height-The maximum protected height for a single row of nozzles is 16 feet
(4.87 m). The 16 ft (4.87 m) coverage height includes the 6 +/- 2 inches (0.15 +/- 0.05
m) below the ceiling.
Nozzles may be tiered to accommodate enclosures with ceiling heights greater than 16 ft
(4.87 m).
• Minimum Ceiling Height-The minimum ceiling height for UL Listed/FM Approved systems
is 1 ft (0.3 m).
Systems designed for enclosures 6 to 12 inches (0.15 m to 0.3 m) are acceptable, but not
UL Listed or FM Approved.
October 2014 4-12 06-236115-001

• 180° Nozzles-180° nozzles must be located 12 +/- 2 inches (0.3 +/- 0.05 m) from a wall,
with the orifices directed away from the wall. The nozzle shall be located as close to the
center of the wall as possible, but at least 1/3 of the way along the wall.
180° nozzles have a maximum coverage area defined as any rectangle that can be in-
scribed in a semicircle of distance 48.3 ft (14.73 m, diagonal of a rectangle 20' x 44'). Refer
to Figure 4-3 for further information.
180° nozzles may be used in a back-to-back configuration. The nozzles should be place 1
to 2 ft (0.3 m to 0.6 m) apart.
• 360° Nozzles-360° nozzles must be located as close to the center of the enclosure as pos-
sible. 360° nozzles have a maximum coverage area defined as any rectangle that can be
inscribed in a circle of radius 29.7 ft (9.06 m, diagonal of a rectangle 20' x 22'). Refer to
Figure 4-3 for further information.
• Multiple Nozzles-Nozzles whose discharge patterns will intersect must be placed at least
10 ft (3.05 m) apart to assure adequate agent distribution.
• Walls and Obstructions-HFC-227ea discharged from the nozzle requires a certain length
from the nozzle to atomize into a gas. If the HFC-227ea comes into contact with a surface
before the agent is fully atomized, frosting can occur. As a result, the concentration
throughout the enclosure will be less than required to appropriately protect the space.
Therefore, nozzles must be located with at least four to six feet of clearance from walls
and/or significant obstructions (ex. high rise racking and columns). If this requirement can-
not be met, additional agent may be discharged to compensate for this agent "loss".
• Reduced Coverage Area-Consideration should be given to reducing nozzle spacing when
obstructions that would impede the uniform distribution of HFC-227ea throughout the area
are present. Nozzle coverage area must be reduced to 25 ft x 25 ft for enclosure heights
six to twelve inches (7.5 m x 7.5 m for heights 0.15 to 0.3 meters).
4-2.3.5.1 Limits on Nozzle Conditions

• Minimum average nozzle pressure-The nozzle pressure must be a minimum of 74 PSIG
for the nozzle to effectively disperse the agent and mix the agent into the air of the enclo-
sure being protected.
• Maximum arrival time imbalance-The difference between liquid arrival times at two of
the nozzles must not exceed the 0.8 seconds allowed maximum.
• Maximum run-out time imbalance-The difference between nozzle liquid runout times at
two of the nozzles must not exceed the 2.0 second allowed maximum.
4-2.3.5.2 Maximum Elevation Differences in Pipe Runs:

• If nozzles are only located above the container outlet, then the maximum elevation differ-
ence between the container outlet and the furthest horizontal pipe run or discharge nozzle
(whichever is furthest) shall not exceed 30 ft (9 m).
• If nozzles are only located below the container outlet, then the maximum elevation differ-
ence between the container outlet and the furthest horizontal pipe run or discharge nozzle
(whichever is furthest) shall not exceed 30 ft (9 m).
• If nozzles are located both above and below the container outlet, then the maximum ele-
vation difference between the furthest horizontal pipe runs or discharge nozzles (whichever
is furthest) shall not exceed 30 ft (9 m).
Note: If you have a system design that violates these limits, the factory must be consulted to
determine what course of action should be taken. See Figure 4-4 for further clarifica-
tion.
06-236115-001 4-13 October 2014

System With A System With A System With Ceiling

Single Row of Nozzles Multiple Row of Nozzles and Subfloor Nozzles
30ft. Max 30 ft. Max
30 ft. Max
Figure 4-4. Nozzle Limitations

Note: Any system designed for a space less than 12 in (0.3 m) in height is not a UL Listed or
FM Approved design.
4-2.3.6 Pipe Sizing

The following table may be used as an estimating guide for sizing distribution piping.
Table 4-7. Kidde Pipe Size Estimating Table
Flow Rate (lb/sec) Flow Rate (kg/s)

Nominal Pipe Size
(inches)
Minimum Design Max. Nom. Design Minimum Design Max. Nom. Design
1/2 1 3.0 0.5 1.4
3/4 2 5.5 0.9 2.5
1 3.5 8.5 1.6 3.9
1¼ 6 12.5 2.7 5.7
1½ 9 20.0 4.1 9.0
2 14 30.0 6.4 13.6
2½ 20 55.0 9.0 25.0
3 30 90.0 13.6 40.9
4 55 125.0 25 56.8
5 90 200.0 40.9 90.9
6 120 300.0 54.5 136.4
Note: This table is intended for use as a guide only. The latest version of the flow calculation
software program must be used for the final design.
October 2014 4-14 06-236115-001

4-2.4 Other Conditions
4-2.4.1 Operating/Storage Temperature Range

Kidde ECS System equipment listed herein is designed to operate within a temperature range
of 32°F to 130°F (0°C to 54°C). The latest version of the flow calculation software program
assumes a temperature of 70°F (21°C). Therefore, the container operating and storage
temperature must be in the range of 60°F to 80°F (16°C to 27°C) for a single unbalanced
system protecting two or more separate hazards. If the container operating/storage
temperature is outside this range, an insufficient quantity of agent may be discharged from
one or more discharge nozzles.
4-2.4.2 Storage Temperature

Kidde ECS System equipment is suitable for storage from 32°F to 130°F (0°C to 54°C).
4-2.4.3 System Operating Pressure

The normal system operating pressure for Kidde ECS System equipment is 360 PSIG at 70°F
(25 bar gauge at 21°C).
4-2.5 Pressure Actuation Limitations

Four modes of pressure actuation of the Kidde ECS System cylinders are available.
Note: When cylinders are all connected to a common manifold, they shall be at the same size
and fill density.
06-236115-001 4-15 October 2014

4-2.5.1 Cylinders Close Coupled Using Pressure From A Master Cylinder

For cylinders close coupled (reach of one flex hose, max. 30 in) using pressure from one master
HFC-227ea cylinder, a maximum of fourteen slave cylinders close coupled can be actuated
from that one master cylinder, using pressure operated control heads on the slave cylinders.
The slave cylinder operation will be through pilot flexible hoses.
PRESSURE ACTUA TION

SWITCH HOSE (TYP.)
P/N 81-486536-000 TEE (TYP .) P/N WK-264986-000 OR
P/N WK-699205-050 WK-264987-000
PRESSURE TRIP
P/N 81-874290-000 90° ELBOW
P/N WK-699205-030
MASTER
CONTROL
PIPING
HEAD
2 3 3 4 5 6 14
MASTER
CYLINDER
SLAVE PRESSURE
CYLINDER DISCHARGE OPERATED
(TYP .) HOSE OR CONTROL HEAD
VALVE (TYP .) P/N 82-878737-000
OUTLET
ADAPTER
Figure 4-5. Pressure Actuation Using Pressure from 1 Master Cylinder to Actuate a maximum of Fourteen
Slaves (Fifteen Sets Total), Close Coupled.
4-2.5.2 Cylinders Not Close Coupled Using Pressure From A Master Cylinder
For cylinders not close coupled using pressure from one master HFC-227ea cylinder, a
maximum of four slave cylinders (maximum five cylinders in a group) can be actuated by that
one master cylinder using pressure operated control heads on the slave cylinders. The slave
cylinder operation will be through a 5/16 in O.D. x 0.032 in wall copper tubing actuator line
having a maximum total length of 100 ft (30.5 m). See Figure 4-6.
PRESSURE TRIP (TYP)

P/N 81-874290-000
(IF REQUIRED)
PIPING
PRESSURE SWITCH (TYP.)
100 FT. MAX. P/N 81-486536-000
LENGTH OF TUBING
TEE P/N WK-699205-050 90° ELBOW
P/N WK-699205-030
MASTER PRESSURE OPERATED
CONTROL CONTROL HEAD (TYP)
HEAD 5/16” O.D. x .032 WALL P/N 82-878737-000
COPPER TUBING DISCHARGE HOSE
MASTER CYLINDER OR
1 VALVE OUTLET 4
ADAPTER KIT
ATTACHED TO ADAPTER
SLAVE ACTUATION PORT
MASTER P/N 82-844895-000 SLAVE SLAVE
CYLINDER CYLINDER CYLINDER
Figure 4-6. Pressure Actuation Using Pressure from 1 Master Cylinder to Actuate a Maximum of Four Slaves
(Five Sets Total), Not Close Coupled.
October 2014 4-16 06-236115-001

4-2.5.3 Cylinders Not Close Coupled Using Pilot Nitrogen Cylinder Pressure
For cylinders not close coupled using nitrogen pressure from one pilot nitrogen cylinder, from
one to fifteen slave HFC-227ea cylinders can be actuated from the one pilot nitrogen cylinder
using pressure operated control heads on the slave cylinders. See Figure 4-7.
Slave operation will be through a 5/16 O.D. x 0.032 in wall stainless steel tubing actuator line
having the following limitations:
• Maximum total length of tubing is 320 ft (97.5 m).
• Maximum length of tubing between cylinder #1 and the last cylinder is 220 ft (67 m).
• The nominal min/max. length of tubing between the nitrogen pilot cylinder and HFC-227ea
cylinder #1 is up to 100 ft (30.5 m).
• If required, the nitrogen pilot cylinder can be located at a distance greater than 100 ft (30.5
m) from HFC-227ea cylinder #1. In this instance, tubing length can be taken from the line
between the slave cylinders and added to the line between the nitrogen cylinder and slave
cylinder #1, provided that the maximum total length of tubing does not exceed 320 ft (97.5
m).
• The tubing actuation line must be designed for a minimum working pressure of 1800 PSIG
(124 bar gauge).
320 FT. TOTAL

MAX. LENGTH OF TUBING
220 FT. MAX

100 FT. NOMINAL LENGTH OF TUBING PRESSURE TRIP (TYP)
LENGTH OF TUBING P/N 81-874290-000
PIPING (IF REQUIRED)
PRESSURE SWITCH (TYP.)

MASTER TEE P/N P/N 81-486536-000
CONTROL WK-699205-050
HEAD 90° ELBOW
P/N WK-699205-030
PRESSURE OPERATED
CONTROL HEAD (TYP)
P/N 82-878737-000
PILOT N2 5/16” O.D. x
CYLINDER MALE DISCHARGE
1
.032 WALL
P/N WK-877940-000 CONNECTOR 2 HOSE OR 15
P/N WK-699205-010
STAINLESS
STEEL VALVE OUTLET
TUBING ADAPTER
MASTER SLAVE SLAVE SLAVE

CYLINDER CYLINDER CYLINDER CYLINDER
Figure 4-7. Pressure Actuation Using Pressure from 1 Nitrogen Pilot Cylinder to Actuate a Maximum of 15
HFC-227ea Cylinders NOT Closed Coupled
06-236115-001 4-17 October 2014

4-2.5.4 Cylinders Close Coupled Using Pilot Nitrogen Pressure

For cylinders close coupled using nitrogen pressure from one pilot nitrogen cylinder from one
to fifteen slave cylinder sets can be actuated from one pilot nitrogen cylinder using pressure
operated control heads on the nitrogen driver cylinders. See Figure 4-8.
Slave operation will be through a 1/4-inch Schedule 40 steel pipe actuator line having the
following limitations:
• Maximum length between the nitrogen cylinder and the first HFC-227ea cylinder is 320 ft
(97.5 m).
• Maximum quantity of flexible actuation hoses is fifteen (one at the nitrogen cylinder and
one at each HFC-227ea cylinder).
• All HFC-227ea cylinders must be located adjacent to one another.
ACTUATION HOSE PRESSURE

(TYP.) P/N WK-264986-000 SWITCH ACTUATION HOSE
OR WK-264987-000 (TYP.) P/N WK-264986-
P/N 81-486536-000
000 OR WK-264987-000
MALE CONNECTOR 90° ELBOW
P/N WK-699205-010 PRESSURE TRIP TEE (TYP.) P/N WK-699205-030
P/N 81-874290-000 P/N WK-699205-050
MASTER
CONTROL
HEAD PIPING
PILOT N2
CYLINDER
P/N WK-877940-000
MASTER 320’ 2 5
1 3 4 6 15
CYLINDER ¼” SCH.
40 PIPE
SLAVE DISCHARGE PRESSURE
SEE CYLINDER HOSE OR OPERATED
ENLARGED (TYP.) VALVE CONTROL HEAD
VIEW (TYP.) P/N 82-878737-000
MALE CONNECTOR
1/4” X 1/8” CONCENTRIC REDUCER (TYP.) (BOTH ENDS)
ACTUATION 1/4” SCH. 40 PIPE P/N WK-699205-010
HOSE
320 FT. MAX. ACTUATION HOSE

PIPE LENGTH
Figure 4-8. Pressure Actuation Using Pressure from 1 Cylinder to

Actuate a Maximum of Fifteen Sets of ECS Cylinders, Close Coupled.
October 2014 4-18 06-236115-001

4-2.5.5 Corner Pulley and Cable Limitations

Refer to Table 4-8 for corner pulley and cable length limitations.
Table 4-8. Corner Pulley and Cable Limitations
Max. Cable
Pulley
Control Head Length
Part Number
Type
P/N 81-803808-000 P/N WK-844648-000 ft
Cable Operated 81-979469-000 15 30 100
Electric/Cable 81-895630-000 6 30 100
Electric/Cable 81-895627-000 6 30 100
Electric/Cable, WK-897494-000 6 30 100

Explosion-Proof
Electric/Cable, WK-897560-000 6 30 100

Explosion-Proof
4-2.5.6 Pressure Trip Limitations

The maximum load to be attached to pressure trip (P/N 81-874290-000) is 100 lb (45.3 kg),
based on a minimum pressure of 75 PSIG (5.17 bar gauge) at the pressure trip.
4-3 EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION
4-3.1 General
All Kidde ECS System equipment must be installed to facilitate proper inspection, testing,
manual operation, recharging and any other required maintenance as may be necessary.
Equipment must not be subject to severe weather conditions or mechanical, chemical or other
damage that could render the equipment inoperative. Equipment must be installed in
accordance with NFPA Standard 2001.
The HFC-227ea cylinder/valve assemblies must be handled, installed and

serviced in accordance with the instructions contained in this paragraph and
Compressed Gas Association (CGA) pamphlets C-1, C-6 and P-1. CGA pamphlets
WARNING may be obtained from: http://www.cganet.com. Failure to follow these
instructions can cause HFC-227ea cylinders to violently discharge, resulting in
severe injury, death and/or property destruction.
4-3.2 Distribution Piping and Fittings
4-3.2.1 Threads
Threads on all pipe and fittings must be tapered threads conforming to ANSI Specification 8-
20.1. Joint compound, tape or thread lubricant must be applied only to the male threads of the
joint.
4-3.2.2 Pipe
Piping must be of noncombustible material having physical and chemical characteristics, such
that its integrity under stress can be predicted with reliability. The latest version of the flow
calculation software program has only been verified for the specific types and schedule of pipe
and fittings covered in this manual. There is a risk that the system may not supply the required
quantity of agent in unbalanced systems when other pipe types and fittings are used.
06-236115-001 4-19 October 2014

4-3.2.2.1 Ferrous Piping

Black steel or galvanized pipe must be either ASTM A-53 seamless or electric resistance
welded, Grade A or B, or ASTM A-53 furnace weld Class F (up to 1½” diameter) or ASTM A-
106, Grade A, B or C. ASTM B-120 and ordinary cast iron pipe must not be used. The thickness
of the pipe wall must be calculated in accordance with ANSI B-31.1, Power Piping Code. The
internal pressure for this calculation shall not be less than the minimum piping design pressure
of 402 PSIG (28 bar gauge) at 70°F (21°C). The minimum piping design pressure of 402 PSIG
at 70°F corresponds to eighty percent of the maximum pressure of 502 PSIG (35 bar gauge)
in the agent container at the maximum storage temperature at 130°F (54°C), using the
maximum allowable fill density at 70 lb/cu.ft (1121 kg/cu.m).
Pipe supplied as dual stenciled A-120/A-53 Class F meets the requirements of

Class F furnace welded pipe ASTM A-53 as listed above. Ordinary cast-iron pipe,
CAUTION steel pipe conforming to ASTM A-120, or nonmetallic pipe must not be used.
4-3.2.2.2 Piping Joints

The type of piping joint shall be suitable for the design conditions and shall be selected with
consideration of joint tightness and mechanical strength.
4-3.2.2.3 Fittings
Fittings shall conform to the requirements of NFPA 2001, Sections 2-2.3 and A-2-2.3.1. Class
150 and cast iron fittings must not be used. Class 300 lb malleable or ductile iron fittings in
sizes 3-inch and smaller, or 1000 lb ductile iron or forged steel fittings in sizes greater than 3-
inch are to be used. Class 300 flanged joints are acceptable for use in all sizes. All grooved
couplings and fittings shall be UL Listed and/or FM Approved (as appropriate) and have a
minimum rated working pressure equal to or greater than the minimum piping design pressure
of 402 PSIG (28 bar gauge) at 70°F (21°C).
Concentric bell reducers are the only means for reducing pipe size. Reductions can be made
after a tee or after a union. Where reducers are used at tees, the reducers must be downstream
of each tee. Reductions made after a union are possible only if the next change in direction
(tee split) is located a minimum of 15 nominal pipe diameters downstream of the concentric
bell reducer. Gaskets for flanged fittings shall be neoprene impregnated or compliant with
NFPA 2001.
The latest version of the flow calculation software program has only been
verified for use with the piping, inside pipe diameter and fittings specified in
CAUTION this manual. When unspecified piping and fittings are used, there is a risk that
the system will not supply the required quantity of HFC-227ea.
October 2014 4-20 06-236115-001

4-3.3 Installation of Pipe and Fittings

Pipe and fittings must be installed in strict accordance with the system drawings and good
commercial practices. The piping between the cylinder and the nozzles must be the shortest
route possible, with a minimum of fittings. Any deviations in the routing or number of fittings
must be approved by the design engineer before installation.
Note: Strict piping rules regarding flow splits to multiple hazards must be adhered to. Please
refer to Paragraph 4-2.3.2 of this manual for proper tee installations.
Piping must be reamed free of burrs and ridges after cutting, welding or threading. All threaded
joints must conform to ANSI B1-20-1. Joint compound or thread tape must be applied only to
the male threads of the joint, excluding the first two threads. Welding must be in accordance
with Section IX of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code. Each pipe section must be
swabbed clean, using a non-flammable organic solvent.
All piping must be blown clear with dry nitrogen or compressed air before installing the
discharge nozzles.
The piping must be securely braced to account for discharge reaction forces and thermal
expansion/contraction. Care must be taken to insure the piping is not subjected to vibration,
mechanical or chemical damage. All hangers must be FM Approved or UL Listed and must
conform to general industry standards for pipe hangers and conform to ANSI B-31.1. Refer to
ANSI B-31.1 for additional bracing requirements.
4-3.4 Installation of Check Valves

Install the check valves as shown on the system drawings. Apply Teflon tape or pipe compound
to all the male threads, except the first two threads. Valves greater than two inches in size are
provided with flanged outlets. All valves must be installed with the arrow on the valve body
pointing in the proper direction of the flow.
4-3.5 Installation of Discharge Nozzles

After the system piping has been blown free of debris, install the discharge nozzles in strict
accordance with the system drawings. Orient the nozzles as shown on drawings. Make certain
that the correct nozzle type, part number and orifice size are installed in the proper location.
See Paragraph 4-2.3.5 for correct nozzle placement and orientation.
4-3.6 Installation of Pressure Actuation Pipe

The pressure actuation pipe must be 1/4-inch Schedule 40 or 80 pipe. The pipe or tubing must
be routed in the most direct manner with a minimum of fittings. Pipe and fittings must be in
accordance with the requirements listed in Paragraph 4-2.5. Fittings can be flared or
compression type. The pressure-temperature ratings of the fitting manufacturer must not be
exceeded.
Piping must be reamed free of burrs and ridges after cutting, threading or flaring. Upon
assembly, pipes must be blown out with dry nitrogen or compressed air. Piping should be
securely braced and isolated from vibration, mechanical or chemical damage.
06-236115-001 4-21 October 2014

4-3.7 Installation of Valve Outlet Adapter
Always connect a valve outlet adapter into system piping (union connection)
WARNING before connecting to an HFC-227ea cylinder.
Install valve outlet adapter (P/Ns WK-283904-000, WK-283905-000, and WK-283906-000) in

system piping. Tighten securely and continue with threaded rigid pipe. A union needs to be
installed for ease of disconnecting the cylinder. Use check valves for connecting multiple
cylinders on to manifold.
Note: A groove-groove fitting is used in place of a valve outlet adapter for the 3-inch valve
and associated cylinders.
4-3.8 Installation of Flexible Discharge Hose

Attach the flexible discharge hose from system piping or El-check in the discharge manifold to
the cylinder valve. Tighten securely. See Figure 4-9 and Table 4-9 and Table 4-10.
Always connect the flexible discharge hose into system piping before
WARNING connecting to an HFC-227ea cylinder.
B
FACE OF
PIPE FITTING
C (HOSE NOMINAL DIAMETER)

A
Figure 4-9. Installation of the Flexible Hose Directly into System Piping
October 2014 4-22 06-236115-001

Table 4-9. Installation of the Flexible Hose Directly into System Piping, English (inches)
Dimensions in inches
Cylinder Capacity
A B C
10 lb 14 5/8 16 3/4 1 1/2
20 lb 14 5/8 16 3/4 1 1/2
40 lb 14 5/8 16 3/4 1 1/2
70 lb 14 5/8 16 3/4 1 1/2
125 lb 14 5/8 16 3/4 1 1/2
200 lb 19 21 3/4 2
350 lb 19 21 3/4 2
600 lb (old style) 29 5/8 32 3/4 2 1/2
600 lb (new style) 33 36 3
900 lb 33 36 3
Dimensions A and B must be maintained in order to

obtain a smooth radius in flexible loop.
Table 4-10. Installation of the Flexible Hose Directly into System Piping, Metric (millimeters)
Dimensions in
millimeters
Cylinder Capacity
A B C
10 lb 371 425 38
20 lb 371 425 38
40 lb 371 425 38
70 lb 371 425 38
125 lb 371 425 38
200 lb 483 552 51
350 lb 483 552 51
600 lb (old style) 752 832 64
600 lb (new style) 838 914 76
900 lb 838 914 76
Dimensions A and B must be maintained in order to

obtain a smooth radius in flexible loop.
06-236115-001 4-23 October 2014

4-3.9 Installation of Master Cylinder Adapter Kit P/N 82-894895-000

Note: Master cylinder adapter installation can be accomplished safely with a pressurized cyl-
inder.
1. Remove the 1/4-inch pipe plug from the slave actuation port on the master cylinder valve.
2. Before assembling the adapter to the cylinder valve, apply Permacel No. 412D Teflon® tape
to the male threads on the adapter.
3. Ensure the cap is screwed onto the adapter outlet port before assembling to the cylinder
valve.
4. Install the adapter into the slave actuation port on the master cylinder valve.
5. Attach the label to the valve body.
VALVE
LABEL
ADAPTER
CAP
Figure 4-10. Installation of Master Cylinder Adapter Kit
4-3.10 Installation of HFC-227ea Cylinder/Valve Assemblies

The HFC-227ea cylinders should be located as close as possible to the protected hazard area.
The assemblies should be located in a place which is readily accessible for manual actuation
and inspection, service and maintenance. The cylinders shall be located in an environment
protected from the weather, and where the ambient temperature does not exceed 80°F (27°C)
or fall below 60°F (16°C). External heating or cooling may be required to maintain this
temperature range. The following installation instructions must be followed in the exact
sequence outlined below to prevent accidental discharge, bodily injury and property damage.
October 2014 4-24 06-236115-001

4-3.10.1 Single Cylinder System
Cylinders must be located and mounted where they will not be accidently
damaged or moved. If necessary, install suitable protection to prevent the
WARNING cylinder from damage or movement.
1. Position HFC-227ea cylinder in designated location and secure in place with cylinder strap
and attaching hardware (see Figure 4-11 and Table 4-11, through Table 4-12). Orient cyl-
inder with valve outlet angled toward system piping.
2. Remove the safety cap from the cylinder valve outlet port.
3. Connect a 1½-, 2-, 2½-, or 3-inch flexible discharge hose or valve outlet adapter to the
cylinder outlet port.
Note: If a valve outlet adapter is used, a union must be installed in the discharge piping.
Connect the discharge hose to system piping before attaching it to the cylinder
valve.
WARNING The valve outlet adapter must be connected into system piping (union
connection) before attaching it to the cylinder valve.
1. Remove the protection cap from the cylinder valve actuation port.
The control head must be in the SET position (that is, the actuating pin must be
in the fully retracted or SET position) before attaching it to an HFC-227ea
WARNING cylinder in order to prevent accidental discharge.
2. Install the control head to the cylinder valve actuation port.
STRAP
E F (BOLT SIZE) END VIEW
C
D
Figure 4-11. Single Cylinder Installation, Vertical Mounting (See Table 4-11)
06-236115-001 4-25 October 2014

Table 4-11. Single Cylinder Installation Dimensions, English (inches)
Cylinder P/N A B C D E F
90-10001X-001 9.62 7.19 7.07 8.52 7.38 3/8
90-10002X-001 9.62 7.19 7.07 8.52 12.50 3/8
90-10004X-001 11.69 9.13 9.00 10.69 10.63 3/8
90-10007X-001 11.69 9.13 9.00 10.69 27.50 3/8
90-100121-001 16.18 12.94 12.75 14.56 23.75 9/16
90-100125-001 16.18 12.94 12.75 14.56 23.75 9/16
90-10020X-001 17.06 13.78 13.60 15.44 39.00 9/16
90-10020X-101 16.18 12.94 12.75 14.56 39.00 9/16
90-10035X-001 19.50 16.19 16.00 17.88 44.00 9/16
90-10060X-001 25.75 22.25 22.00 24.12 38.50 9/16
90-10060X-100 25.75 22.25 22.00 24.12 38.50 9/16
90-10090X-001 27.75 25.00 24.00 26.00 48.50 9/16
Note: The "X" within the part numbers denotes whether a Liquid Level Indicator (LLI) is ordered with the
cylinder. A one (1) is used if a LLI is needed, a five (5) is used if one is not.
Table 4-12. Single Cylinder Installation Dimensions, Metric (millimeters)
Cylinder P/N A B C D E F
90-10001X-001 244 183 180 216 187 M10
90-10002X-001 244 183 180 216 318 M10
90-10004X-001 297 232 229 272 270 M10
90-10007X-001 297 232 229 272 699 M10
90-100121-001 411 329 324 370 603 M14
90-100125-001 411 329 324 370 603 M14
90-10020X-001 433 350 345 392 991 M14
90-10020X-101 411 329 324 370 991 M14
90-10035X-001 495 411 406 454 1118 M14
90-10060X-001 654 565 559 613 978 M14
90-10060X-100 654 565 559 613 978 M14
90-10090X-001 704 635 610 660 1232 M14
Note: The "X" within the part numbers denotes whether a Liquid Level Indicator (LLI) is ordered with the
cylinder. A one (1) is used if a LLI is needed, a five (5) is used if one is not.
October 2014 4-26 06-236115-001

Table 4-13. Strap Part Numbers for Cylinder Installation
Strap Part Number Cylinder Size
WK-283945-000 10 and 20 lb
WK-283934-000 40 and 70 lb
WK-292971-000 125 and 200 lb (old style)
06-235317-001 125 and 200 lb (new style)
WK-281866-000 350 lb
WK-294651-000 600 lb
06-236125-001 900 lb
4-3.10.2 Multiple Cylinder System
Cylinders must be located and mounted where they will not be accidently
damaged or moved. If necessary, install suitable protection to prevent the
WARNING cylinder from damage or movement.
1. Position the cylinders in the designated location and secure them in place with cylinder
straps and attaching hardware (see Figure 4-12 and Table 4-14 and Table 4-15). Orient the
cylinders so that the valve outlets are angled towards the El-check valves in the manifold.
The discharge hose must be connected into the system piping before attaching
WARNING it to the cylinder valve.
2. Remove the safety cap from one cylinder outlet port and connect the flexible discharge
hose to the cylinder outlet port. Repeat for each cylinder in the system.
3. Remove the protection caps from the cylinder actuation ports.
4. Install the control heads on the cylinder valve actuation ports.
Control heads must be in the SET position (that is, the actuating pin must be in
the fully retracted or SET position) before attaching to HFC-227ea cylinders in
WARNING order to prevent accidental discharge. Personal injury and/or property damage
could occur.
06-236115-001 4-27 October 2014

A ANCHOR AND STUD (TYP)

(TYP) WALL
FRAMING
CYLINDER
SUPPORT
B B B
CYLINDER
(TYP)
C
(BOLT SIZE) CYLINDER
STRAP
FLOOR VERSABAR
LEVEL D
Figure 4-12. Multiple Cylinder Installation, Vertical Mounting (see Table 4-14 and Table 4-15 for
dimensions)
Table 4-14. Multiple Cylinder Installation Dimensions, Inches
Dimensions
Cylinder Part Number
A B C D
90-10001X-001 8.52 11.00 3/8 7.38
90-10002X-001 8.52 11.00 3/8 12.50
90-10004X-001 10.69 13.00 3/8 10.63
90-10007X-001 10.69 13.00 3/8 20.00
90-100125-001 14.56 18.00 9/16 20.88
90-10020X-001 15.44 18.00 9/16 29.63
90-10020X-101 14.56 18.00 9/16 29.63
90-10035X-001 17.88 21.00 9/16 37.13
90-10060X-001 24.12 27.00 9/16 34.00
90-10060X-100 25.75 27.00 9/16 38.50
90-10090X-001 25.75 30.00 9/16 48.50
October 2014 4-28 06-236115-001

Table 4-15. Multiple Cylinder Installation Dimensions, Millimeters
Dimensions
Cylinder Part
Number
A B C D
90-10001X-001 216 279 10 187
90-10002X-001 216 279 10 318
90-10004X-001 272 330 10 270
90-10007X-001 272 330 10 508
90-100125-001 370 457 14 530
90-10020X-001 392 457 14 753
90-10020X-101 370 457 14 753
90-10035X-001 454 533 14 943
90-10060X-001 613 686 14 864
90-10060X-100 654 686 14 864
90-10090X-001 704 762 14 1232
4-3.10.3 Main and Reserve System

Install main and reserve systems as instructed in the previous paragraphs.
4-3.11 Installation of Electric Control Heads
Before installing a control head on an HFC-227ea cylinder valve, ensure the

control head is in the SET position (that is, the actuating pin is in the fully
retracted or SET position). Failure to position the control head in the SET
position will result in accidental HFC-227ea cylinder discharge when the control
head is installed on cylinder valve. Personal injury and/or property damage
could occur.
WARNING
Electric Control Head, P/N 82-486500-010 is designed for Kidde 1½ in, 2 in and
2½ in HFC-227ea cylinder valves only. Installing this control head on any other
device (for example, pressure operated control head) will cause the device to
malfunction when the control head is actuated.
1. Remove the protection cap from the HFC-227ea cylinder actuation port. Ensure the control
head is in SET position (that is, the actuating pin is in the fully retracted or SET position).
2. Install the electric control head on the cylinder actuation port. Tighten the swivel nut.
3. Make all electrical connections.
Note: P/N 82-486500-010 is a polarized control head. Improper wiring will cause the device
to malfunction.
The stackable control head (P/N 82-486500-010) cannot be used with the 3-
inch valve cylinder (P/Ns 90-100600-100, 90-100601-100, 90-100900-001 and
90-100901-001). The stackable control head does not have sufficient force to
CAUTION activate the 3-inch valve (P/N 90-17000-000) and may result in system failure.
Use the electric/manual control heads (P/Ns 8901XX) with the 3-inch valve.
06-236115-001 4-29 October 2014

2.90 in.
(73.66 mm)
1.25-18 UNEF-2A
CONNECTION
½ in.-14 NPT
CONDUIT
CONNECTION
5.28 in.(134.11 mm)
(3) 18 AWG-LEADS
18 in. (457.2 mm) LONG
SWIVEL NUT
1.25 - 18 UNEF - 2B
CONNECTION
Figure 4-13. Installation of Electric Control Head (Stackable Type), P/N 486500-01
0.750 NPT TO FLEXIBLE

CONDUIT ADAPTER
FLEXIBLE CONDUIT
OPTIONAL CONNECTION
FOR MICROSWITCH
PLUS OR HOT CONNECTION (TERMINAL 2)
(TERMINAL 3)
MINUS, NEUTRAL
OR GROUND CONNECTION
(TERMINAL 1)
TERMINAL STRAP
3 2
MICROSWITCH
MICROSWITCH
LEVER
SWIVEL
INDICATOR AND NUT
RESET STEM CAM
Figure 4-14. Electrical Connections for Control Head, P/Ns WK-890181-000, 81-895630-000, and
81-890149-000
October 2014 4-30 06-236115-001

4-3.12 Installation of Pressure Operated Control Head, P/N 82-878751-000

1. Remove the protection cap from the cylinder actuation port (see Figure 4-15).
When attaching the Lever/Pressure operated control head to the valve, the
WARNING nut may result in leakage during actuation.
1.00" HEX
(25.4 mm) 1/8 in.-27 NPT
PRESSURE INLET
PISTON
2.19 in.
(55.6 mm) SWIVEL NUT
SET
OPERATED 1.250-18
UNEF-3B
1.50 in. HEX

(38 mm)

2. Install a pressure operated control head with flexible actuation hose attached to the cylin-
der actuation port.
Ensure that the pilot line is non-pressurized and the actuating pins are in the
retracted (SET) position. Failure to follow this procedure will cause the HFC-
WARNING 227ea cylinder to discharge accidentally when the control head is installed on
the cylinder valve.
06-236115-001 4-31 October 2014

4-3.13 Installation of Electric/Cable Operated Control Head,

P/N 81-895630-000 and P/N WK-897494-000
The following procedures must be performed before attaching a control head to a cylinder
valve. See Figure 4-16.
DIRECTION
1/16 in. CABLE
OF PULL
½ in. E.M.T. FLEXIBLE CONDUIT
3/4 in. NPT BY FLEXIBLE

PLUS OR HOT CONDUIT CONNECTOR
CONNECTION
MINUS, NEUTRAL
THREAD CABLE OR GROUND
THRU HOLE IN CONNECTION
OPERATING LEVER
TERMINAL STRIP
POSITION CABLE
BLOCK APPROXIMATELY OPTIONAL CONNECTION
AS SHOWN LEAVING FOR MICROSWITCH
1/4 in. - ½ in. GAP
MICROSWITCH
SWIVEL NUT
INDICATOR AND
RESET STEM MICROSWITCH
LEVER
CAM
VIEW WITH COVER AND

NAMEPLATE REMOVED
Figure 4-16. Electric/Cable Operated Control Head
Before installing a control head on a nitrogen driver cylinder valve, ensure the
WARNING position will result in accidental discharge and possible personal injury when
the control head is installed on the driver valve.
1. Remove the four screws holding the cable housing cover on the control head. Remove the
cover.
2. Position the control head in the approximately installed position at the HFC-227ea cylinder
valve control port but do not assemble onto the actuation port of the HFC-227ea cylinder
valve.
3. Check that the control head is in the SET position.
4. Assemble the pull cable conduit to the conduit connection on the control head.
5. Feed the cable into the control head through the hole in the operating lever.
6. Feed the cable through the cable clamp. Pull the cable taut, allowing approximately 1/4 in
to 1/2 in clearance between the cable clamp and the operating lever. Tighten the set screws
in the cable clamp to secure the cable to the clamp.
7. Cut off any excess cable.
8. Verify the manual remote cable operation to ensure control head actuates and all cable
clamps are tight.
9. Pull the cable back to its normal set (non-operated) position.
10. Reset the control head.
11. Replace the control head cover.
12. Examine the seal wire at the safety pull pin. Make sure it is intact.
13. Make all electrical connections.
14. Assemble the control head to the cylinder valve actuation port. Tighten the swivel nut se-
curely.
October 2014 4-32 06-236115-001

4-3.14 Installation of Cable Operated Control Head, P/N 81-979469-000
The cable operated control head (P/N 81-979469-000) must not be used with
the stackable pressure operated control head (P/N 82-878750-000). Installing
WARNING the cable operated control head on the actuation port of the stackable pressure
operated control head will cause the device to malfunction.
The following procedures must be performed before attaching the control head to the cylinder
valve.
1. Remove the protection cap from the cylinder actuation port.
2. Remove the cover from the control head and take out the wheel assembly, cable pipe lock-
nut and closure disc.
3. Make sure the plunger is below the surface of the control head body. Position the control
head at the valve control port with the arrow pointing in the direction of pull.
4. Assemble the cable pipe locknut to the cable pipe and place the cable pipe in the control
head body.
5. Slide the wheel assembly on the control cable to the SET position. Tighten the set screws
securely. Make sure the wheel assembly is at the start of the stroke.
6. Cut off any excess control cable close to the wheel assembly.
7. Insert the closure disc and replace the cover on the control head. The control head is now
armed.
To ensure the manual lever does not snag or trap the cable, make sure the local
manual release lever is in the SET position with the locking pin and seal wire
CAUTION installed before assembling the control head cover to the body.
8. Assemble control head to cylinder valve actuation port. Tighten swivel nut securely.
4-3.15 Installation of Lever Operated Control Head, P/N WK-870652-000

1. Ensure the control head is in the SET position with the safety pull pin and seal wire intact.
3. Using a suitable wrench, assemble the control head to the cylinder valve actuation port.
Tighten the swivel nut securely.
06-236115-001 4-33 October 2014

4-3.16 Installation of Nitrogen Cylinder, P/N WK-877940-000 and Mounting

Bracket, P/N WK-877845-000
1. Locate the nitrogen cylinder mounting bracket in an area where the cylinder valve assembly
and control head will be protected from inclement weather by a suitable total or partial en-
closure, preferably adjacent to the HFC-227ea storage cylinders.
2. Install the mounting bracket clamps and hardware. Install the nitrogen cylinder in position
in a mounting bracket; tighten sufficiently to hold the cylinder in place while allowing the
cylinder enough free play to be rotated.
3. Turn the cylinder until the cylinder valve discharge outlet is in the desired position. The ni-
trogen cylinder must be positioned so that control head is readily accessible during manual
operation.
4. Securely tighten the mounting bracket clamps and hardware.
5. Attach the adapter (P/N WK-699205-010) and connect the nitrogen pilot lines.
6. Remove the protective cap from the cylinder valve actuation port.
Ensure the control head is in the SET position (that is, the actuating pin is in the
fully retracted or SET position) before attaching it to the cylinder valve. If the
WARNING control head is not in the SET position, HFC-227ea will discharge accidentally.
7. Install the control head to the cylinder valve actuation port and tighten securely.
4-3.17 Installation of Pressure Switch, P/N 81-486536-000 and

P/N 81-981332-000
To prevent personal injury, de-energize all electrical components before

WARNING installing the pressure switch.
Pressure switches must be connected to the discharge manifold or piping in an upright position
as shown on the system drawings. Both the standard and explosion-proof switches have 1/2-
inch NPT pressure inlets to connect to the system piping. The electrical connections are either
1/2-inch conduit knockouts for the standard pressure switch and 1-inch NPT fittings for the
explosion-proof pressure switch.
October 2014 4-34 06-236115-001

4-3.18 Installation of Pressure Trip, P/N 81-874290-000

Install the pressure trip on the discharge manifold or piping in the horizontal position as shown
on the system drawings. Connect the trip to the piping with 1/2-inch Schedule 40 pipe. The
minimum operating pressure required is 75 PSIG (5 bar gauge). The maximum allowable load
to be attached to the retaining ring is 100 lb (45 kg).
4-3.19 Installation of Manual Pull Station, P/N 81-871403-000

1. Locate the remote pull boxes as shown on the system installation drawings.
2. Connect the pull boxes to the control heads using 3/8-inch, Schedule 40 pipe. Do not run
more than one cable in each pipe run.
3. Install a corner pulley at each change in pipe direction. Do not bend the pipe. A dual-pull
equalizer (P/N 81-840051-000) should be installed where one pull box operates two con-
trols. A dual pull mechanism (P/N 81-840058-000) should be installed where two pull boxes
operate one control.
4. Beginning at the pull boxes, remove the covers of the first corner pulley. Feed the cable
through the pulley into the 3/8-inch pipe. Connect one end of the cable to the cable fastener
in the pull box, allowing the short end to project at least 1/2-inch. Seat the cable in the
groove by pulling on the long end. Screw the fastener and cable into the handle. Route the
other end to the control heads, taking up as much slack as possible. Attach the end of the
cable to the fastener in the control head.
5. Reattach the corner pulley covers.
6. Check that control head is in SET position. Install the control head to the HFC-227ea cylin-
der valve.
4-3.20 Installation of Discharge Indicator (P/N 81-875553-000)

The discharge indicator must be installed on the discharge manifold, either in a vertical or
horizontal position. The indicator has a 3/4-inch NPT male connection. Make certain the
indicator stem is in the normal position.
06-236115-001 4-35 October 2014

4-3.21 Installation of Supervisory Pressure Switch (P/Ns 06-118262-001 and

06-118263-001)
Installation of the supervisory pressure switch can be accomplished safely on a pressurized
cylinder.
Before installing the pressure switch, de-energize all electrical components to

WARNING prevent injury.
When attaching or removing the supervisory pressure switch from the cylinder
valve, attach a wrench to the fitting and hold securely while tightening or
CAUTION loosening the pressure switch.
VALVE
WRENCH FLATS
SUPERVISORY PRESSURE
SWITCH FITTING
PRESSURE SWITCH
ELECTRICAL CABLE
FOR SWITCH CONNECTION
Figure 4-17. Installation of Supervisory Pressure Switch (Up to 2½ in Valve)

Note: The control panel must be UL Listed and/or FM Approved for releasing device service
and compatible with Kidde ECS System equipment.
October 2014 4-36 06-236115-001

3 BLUE: N.O. (N.C. UNDER PRESSURE)

2 BLACK: N.C. (N.O. UNDER PRESSURE)
1 VIOLET: COM.
FACTORY SEALED
LEADWIRES 36 in. LONG ± 1 in.
0.500 -14 NPT
CAUTION LABEL

(10.48 cm)
O-RING
0.250 in. SAE 45° FLARE

(CONNECTION FOR
06-118262-001
SHOWN)
Figure 4-18. Supervisory Pressure Switch Electrical Connections
3 1 2
• 5A 24 Vdc (Resistive)
• 5A 240 Vac (Resistive)
Figure 4-19. Supervisory Pressure Switch Connection Diagram and Electrical Rating
Note: When cylinder supervisory pressure switch (P/N 06-11826X-001) is connected to a su-
pervised control panel circuit, and the switch is wired NC under pressure, it is not pos-
sible to distinguish between a wiring fault and a loss of container pressure. This
configuration should only be used if accepted by the Authority Having Jurisdiction.
06-236115-001 4-37 October 2014

4-3.21.1 Installation of Pressure Switch 06-118262-001

Install the pressure switch as follows:
Note: Do not use with 3" valves manufactured prior to May 1, 2013.
1. Check that the sealing surface of the flare connection of the supervisory switch is not
scratched, dented, scored, etc.
2. Remove the end cap from the pressure switch port of the valve. This is a flare fitting and
does not require tape dope or any type of sealant.
3. Install the pressure switch onto the pressure port of the valve. Be sure to secure the pres-
sure port with a wrench so that you are not turning the port fitting further into the valve.
Tighten the switch hand-tight and then tighten 1/4-turn further using a wrench.
Important: Leak test the pressure switch connection with an HFC-227ea leak detector or
a bubbling solution. If the connection leaks, the switch may be tightened further until the
leak is eliminated, again, be sure to have a counter wrench on the switch port.
4-3.21.2 Installation of Pressure Switch 06-118263-001

Install the pressure switch as follows:
Note: For 3" valves manufactured prior to May 1, 2013 only.
1. Hold the pressure switch fitting on the valve with a wrench and remove the 1/8-inch plug
with a second wrench. Ensure that the fitting does not rotate in the valve body. The fitting
contains a check valve that will prevent the escape of the cylinder contents.
2. Before fitting the switch, apply Permacel® No. 412D Teflon® tape to the male threads of
the pressure switch.
3. Install the pressure switch into the port of the valve. Be sure to secure the pressure port
fitting with a wrench. Tighten the switch hand-tight and then tighten 1¼-turns further us-
ing a wrench.
Important: Leak test the pressure switch connection with an HFC-227ea leak detector or
a bubbling solution. If the connection leaks, the switch may be tightened further a 1/4-inch
turn at a time until the leak is eliminated, again, be sure to have a counter wrench on the
switch port. Do not exceed two turns from hand-tight. Refer to ANSI B1.20.3 for NPT thread
engagement details.
October 2014 4-38 06-236115-001

4-3.22 Post-Installation Checkout

After an HFC-227ea system installation has been completed, perform the following inspections
and tests.
1. Verify that the cylinders of correct weight and pressure are installed in accordance with in-
stallation drawings.
2. Verify that the cylinder brackets and straps are properly installed and all fittings are tight.
3. The piping distribution system must be inspected for compliance with the system drawings,
NFPA 2001, design limitations within this manual and the computerized hydraulic calcula-
tions associated with each independent piping and nozzle configuration.
4. Check that the discharge manifold, discharge piping and actuation piping are securely
hung. Ensure all fittings are tight and securely fastened to prevent agent leakage and haz-
ardous movement during discharge. The means of pipe size reduction and installation po-
sition of the tees must be checked for conformance to the design requirements.
5. The piping distribution system must be cleaned, blown free of foreign material and inspect-
ed internally to ensure that oil or particulate matter will not soil the hazard area or reduce
the nozzle orifice area and affect agent distribution.
6. System piping should be pressure tested in accordance with the requirements of NFPA
2001.
7. Ensure that the check valves are installed in the proper location as indicated on the instal-
lation drawings and that the equipment is installed with the arrow pointing in the direction
of flow.
8. Verify the nozzles are installed in the correct locations and have the correct part numbers
and orifice sizes as indicated on installation drawings. Discharge nozzles must be oriented
such that optimum agent dispersal can be achieved. Check the nozzle orifices for any ob-
structions.
9. The discharge nozzles, piping and mounting brackets must be installed such that they will
not cause injury to personnel. The agent must not be discharged at head height or below
where people in a normal work area could be injured by the discharge. The agent must not
directly impinge on any loose objects or shelves, cabinet tops or similar surfaces where
loose objects could be propelled by the discharge.
10. For systems with a main/reserve capability, the MAIN/RESERVE switch must be clearly
identified and properly installed where it is readily accessible.
11. Manual pull stations must also be clearly identified and properly installed where they are
readily accessible. All manual stations that activate HFC-227ea systems should be properly
identified as to their purpose. Particular care should be taken where manual pull stations
for more than one system are in close proximity and could be confused and the wrong sys-
tem actuated. In this case, manual stations should be clearly identified as to which hazard
area they affect.
12. Perform the electric control head test outlined in Paragraph 5-4.3.1 on all cylinders
equipped with electric control heads.
13. Perform the pressure switch test outlined in Paragraph 4-2.3.1 for all pressure switches in-
stalled.
14. All acceptance testing shall be in accordance with NFPA 2001.
06-236115-001 4-39 October 2014

October 2014 4-40 06-236115-001

Maintenance
CHAPTER 5
MAINTENANCE
5-1 INTRODUCTION
This chapter contains maintenance instructions for the Kidde ECS System. These procedures
must be performed regularly in accordance with regulations. If problems arise, corrective
action must be taken.
5-2 MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES
HFC-227ea and nitrogen cylinder valve assemblies must be handled, installed,

inspected and serviced only by qualified and trained personnel in accordance
with the instructions contained in this manual and Compressed Gas Association
(CGA) pamphlets C-1, C-6 and P-1. CGA pamphlets my be obtained from
WARNING http://www.cganet.com.
Before performing these maintenance procedures, refer to the Material Safety
Data Sheets and Safety Bulletins in the appendices of this manual.
5-2.1 General
A regular program of systematic maintenance is essential for continuous, proper operation of
all HFC-227ea systems. A periodic maintenance schedule must be followed and an inspection
log maintained for ready reference. As a minimum, the log must record:
• Inspection interval
• Inspection procedure performed
• Maintenance performed, if any, as a result of inspection
• Name of inspector performing task
If the inspection indicates areas of rust or corrosion, immediately clean and repaint the area.
Perform cylinder hydrostatic pressure testing in accordance with Paragraph 5-5 of this manual.
06-236115-001 5-1 October 2014

Maintenance
5-3 PREVENTATIVE MAINTENANCE

Perform preventive maintenance per Table 5-1.
Table 5-1. Preventive Maintenance Schedule
Schedule Requirement Paragraph
Daily Check HFC-227ea cylinder pressures 5-4.1
Check Nitrogen cylinder pressures
Monthly Inspect hazard area system components 5-4.2
Semi-Annually Test pressure switches 5-4.3

Test electric control heads
Check HFC-227ea cylinder weights and pressures
Every 2 Years Blow out distribution piping 5-4.4
Every 5 Years HFC-227ea and nitrogen cylinder and flexible hose 5-5 and 6-4.1
hydrostatic pressure test and/or inspection
5-4 INSPECTION PROCEDURES
5-4.1 Daily
5-4.1.1 Check HFC-227ea Cylinder Pressure

Check the HFC-227ea cylinder pressure gauges for proper operating pressure. If the pressure
gauge indicates a pressure loss (adjusted for temperature) of more than 10%, or loss in agent
quantity shown on cylinder valve of more than 5%, it shall be refilled. Remove and recharge
the cylinder as instructed in Paragraph 5-7 and Paragraph 6-3.
5-4.1.2 Check Nitrogen Cylinder Pressure

Check the nitrogen cylinder for proper operating pressure. If the pressure loss (adjusted for
temperature) exceeds 10%, recharge with nitrogen to 1800 PSIG at 70°F (124 bar gauge at
21°C).
5-4.2 Monthly
5-4.2.1 General inspection

Make a general inspection survey of all cylinders and equipment for damaged or missing parts.
If the equipment requires replacement, refer to Paragraph 5-6.3.
5-4.2.2 Hazard access

Ensure access to hazard areas, manual pull stations, discharge nozzles, and cylinders are
unobstructed and that nothing obstructs the operation of the equipment or distribution of HFC-
227ea agent.
October 2014 5-2 06-236115-001

Maintenance
5-4.2.3 Inspect hoses

Inspect 1/4-inch flexible actuation hoses for loose fittings, damaged threads, cracks,
distortion, cuts, dirt and frayed wire braid. Tighten loose fittings and replace hoses with
stripped threads or other damage. If necessary, clean parts as directed in Paragraph 5-6.1.
Inspect the adapters, couplings and tees at the HFC-227ea cylinder pilot outlets and tighten
couplings if necessary. Replace any damaged parts.
5-4.2.4 Inspect Pressure Control Heads

Inspect HFC-227ea cylinder pressure operated control heads for physical damage,
deterioration, corrosion, distortion, cracks, dirt and loose couplings. Tighten loose couplings.
Replace damaged caps. Replace the control head if damaged. If necessary, clean as directed
in Paragraph 5-6.1.
Before resetting the lever/pressure operated control head, all pressure must be
relieved from the cylinder and actuation lines.
Pressure can be relieved from unvented actuation tubing by loosening the
WARNING fitting on the control head slightly and allowing the line to bleed out completely.
Failure to perform this action can result in damage to the control head.
5-4.2.5 Inspect Electric Control Heads

Inspect the HFC-227ea cylinder electric control heads for damage, corrosion, and dirt. Check
the control heads' flexible electrical line for wear and damage. Check the control head for loose
coupling and tighten if necessary. Check that the indicator is in the SET position, the pull pin
is installed in the manual lever, and the seal wire is intact. Replace the control head if
damaged. If necessary, clean as directed in Paragraph 5-6.1
5-4.2.6 Inspect Cylinder and Valve Assembly

Inspect the HFC-227ea cylinder and valve assembly for leakage and physical damage such as
cracks, dents, distortion and worn parts. Check the burst disc and pressure gauges for damage.
Replace damaged gauges or burst disc per Paragraph 6-2.7 or Paragraph 6-2.8. If the gauge
pressure is not normal (360 PSIG at 70°F [25 bar gauge at 21°C]), remove and recharge the
cylinder as instructed in Paragraph 5-7 and Paragraph 6-3. If damaged parts are found on the
HFC-227ea cylinder or cylinder valve, replace the HFC-227ea cylinder. If necessary, clean the
cylinder and associated parts as directed in Paragraph 5-6.1.
5-4.2.7 Inspect Brackets, Straps, Cradles and Mounting Hardware

Inspect the HFC-227ea cylinder brackets, straps, cradles and mounting hardware for loose,
damaged or broken parts. Check the cylinder brackets, straps and associated parts for
corrosion, oil, grease and grime. Tighten any loose hardware. Replace damaged parts. If
necessary, clean as directed in Paragraph 5-6.1.
5-4.2.8 Inspect Discharge Hoses

Inspect The flexible discharge hoses for loose fittings, damaged threads, cracks, rust, kinks,
distortion, dirt and frayed wire braid. Tighten loose fittings and replace hoses with stripped
threads. If necessary, clean as directed in Paragraph 5-6.1.
5-4.2.9 Inspect Actuation Line

Inspect the nitrogen actuation line (if used) and support brackets for continuity, physical
damage, loose fittings, distortion, cracks or cuts. Tighten loose fittings. Replace damaged
parts. If necessary, clean as directed in Paragraph 5-6.1.
06-236115-001 5-3 October 2014

Maintenance
5-4.2.10 Inspect Discharge Nozzles

Inspect discharge nozzles for dirt and physical damage. Replace damaged nozzles. If nozzles
are dirty or clogged, refer to Paragraph 5-6.1.
Nozzles must never be painted.

Nozzles must be replaced by nozzles of the same part number. (A part number
is located on each nozzle.) Nozzles must never be interchanged since random
CAUTION interchanging of nozzles could adversely affect proper HFC-227ea distribution
and concentration within a hazard area.
5-4.2.11 Inspect Pull Stations

Inspect all manual pull stations for cracks, broken or cracked glass plate, dirt or distortion.
Inspect the station for signs of physical damage. Replace damaged glass. Replace the station
if damaged. If necessary, clean as directed in Paragraph 5-6.1.
5-4.2.12 Inspect Pressure Switches

Inspect pressure switches for deformations, cracks, dirt or other damage. Replace the switch
if damaged. If necessary, clean the switch as directed in Paragraph 5-6.1.
5-4.3 Inspection Procedures, Semi-Annual
5-4.3.1 Pressure Switch Test

Perform the pressure switch test as follows:
1. Contact the appropriate personnel and obtain authorization for shutdown.
2. Ensure the hazard area operations controlled by pressure switch are operative.
3. Manually operate the switch by pulling up on the plunger and verify that hazard area oper-
ations controlled by pressure switch shut down.
4. Return the pressure switch to the SET position.
5. Reactivate all systems that were shut down by the pressure switch (such as power, venti-
lation systems and compressors).
October 2014 5-4 06-236115-001

Maintenance
5-4.3.2 Electric Control Head Test

Electric control heads must be tested semiannually for proper operation. This test can be
performed without discharging the HFC-227ea cylinders. Test one hazard area at a time before
proceeding to the next, as follows:
All control heads must be removed from HFC-227ea cylinders and nitrogen pilot
CAUTION cylinders prior to testing to prevent accidental cylinder discharge.
1. Remove all electric control heads from all HFC-227ea cylinders and nitrogen pilot cylinders
serving the hazard area being tested. Let the electric control heads hang freely from the
flexible electric conduit connections. Leave all pressure operated control heads and pilot ac-
tuation hoses attached to the cylinders.
2. Operate HFC-227ea system electrically. This can be accomplished by actuation of the HFC-
227ea system at the system control panel or by manual operation of an electric pull station.
3. Ensure all electric control heads have operated, that is, the indicator on the electric control
head has moved to the RELEASED position, or in the case of a control head (P/N 82-
486500-010) observe that the actuating pin has moved to the fully actuated position. If
any control heads have not operated, check the circuit for electric continuity to these par-
ticular heads and repeat the test. Replace all damaged heads. Repeat the test if any control
heads have been replaced.
Electric control heads must be reset manually before reconnecting to the

CAUTION cylinder valves.
4. Observe the instructions on the caution label attached to each electric control head (P/N
82-486500-010). Replace any damaged heads which fail to reset properly before recon-
necting to cylinders. Reattach all electric control heads to the threaded port on the cylinder
valve or pressure operated control head. Tighten the swivel nut securely. Make certain each
electric control head is in SET position before reconnecting to cylinders. Failure to follow
this procedure will result in accidental HFC-227ea discharge.
06-236115-001 5-5 October 2014

Maintenance
5-4.3.3 Check HFC-227ea cylinder weights and pressures

Use the following procedures to check the weights and pressures of all HFC-227ea cylinders.
5-4.3.3.1 Cylinders Not Equipped with Flexible Tape Liquid Level Indicator
Weigh 10 through 900 lb HFC-227ea cylinders as follows:
Install a protection cap on the HFC-227ea cylinder valve actuation port and
safety cap on the cylinder valve outlet port.
WARNING Disconnect all cylinder control heads, discharge hoses, and flexible pilot hoses
to prevent accidental system discharge.
1. Remove the cylinder as instructed in Paragraph 5-7.

2. Place the cylinder on a scale.
3. Record the weight and date on a record card and attach it to the cylinder. The gross weight
and tare (empty) weight are metal stamped on the HFC-227ea cylinder valve label. There-
fore, subtract tare weight from the gross weight to determine net weight of the original
charge. Then, subtract tare weight from the scale reading to determine net weight of the
HFC-227ea agent remaining in the cylinder. If the recorded agent net weight is less than
95% of original charge net weight, replace the cylinder with a fully charged HFC-227ea cyl-
inder (recharging the cylinders is explained in Paragraph 6-3).
4. Reinstall the cylinder (see Paragraph 5-8 for reinstallation instructions).
5-4.3.3.2 Cylinders Equipped with Flexible Tape Liquid Level Indicator

The following procedure explains how to determine the HFC-227ea weight of 125, 200, 350,
600 and 900 lb cylinders equipped with a flexible tape liquid level indicator. This procedure can
be performed without removing the HFC-227ea cylinders from the system.
1. Remove the protective cap to expose the tape.
2. Raise the flexible tape slowly until it latches.
3. Note the reading at the point where the tape emerges from the fitting.
Take care to not pull the flexible tape upwards after it latches to ensure an
CAUTION accurate reading.
4. To determine the final, more precise reading, repeat the above procedure. About two inch-
es before the tape should latch, raise the tape very slowly until it latches.
5. While supporting the weight of the tape, record the liquid level measurement.
October 2014 5-6 06-236115-001

Maintenance
CAP
GRADUATED TAPE
SHOWN IN MAGNETIC
INTERLOCK POSITION
READY TO TAKE
READING TAKEN AT TOP READING.
EDGE OF FITTING
O-RING
BRASS TUBE
TAPE INSIDE HFC-227ea

BRASS TUBE CYLINDER
HFC-227ea
TAPE ENGAGES
IN MAGNETIC FIELD
OF FLOAT WHEN
TAPE IS PULLED
UP TO TAKE READING.
MAGNET EMBEDDED
IN FLOAT.

OF LIQUID HFC-227ea
OUTSIDE OF BRASS TUBE.
RETAINER - FLOAT RESTS

HERE WHEN CYLINER
IS EMPTY.
Figure 5-1. Liquid Level Indicator

6. Check the ambient temperature where the HFC-227ea cylinders are stored and record the
temperature.
7. Refer to the appropriate calibration charts (see Figure 5-2 through Figure 5-7) and locate
the level reading on the vertical axis (labeled Flexible Tape Reading). Trace horizontally to
the right to the appropriate temperature line. Read the weight of HFC-227ea from the scale
at the bottom of the chart. Record the weight and date on the record tag attached to the
cylinder.
8. After taking the reading, carefully push the tape down into the liquid level housing. Replace
the protective cap.
Note: If the weight measured by the liquid level indicator indicates the cylinder should be re-
charged, we recommend the cylinder first be removed from service and the weight loss
verified using a weigh scale before recharging.
All HFC-227ea cylinders must be filled or recharged by weight using a platform scale or
equivalent. If weight loss is more than 5% of the HFC-227ea charge, the unit must be
recharged.
06-236115-001 5-7 October 2014

Maintenance
25.0
20.0 130°F
100°F
70°F
Flexible Tape Reading (inches)

30°F
15.0
10.0
5.0
0.0
50 75 100 125
HFC-227ea Weight (lb.)
Figure 5-2. Calibration Chart 125lb Cylinder
30.0
130°F
28.0 100°F
26.0 70°F
40°F
24.0
22.0
20.0
18.0
16.0
14.0
12.0
125 150 175 200
Figure 5-3. Calibration Chart for Old 200lb Cylinder
October 2014 5-8 06-236115-001

Maintenance
35.0
130°F
30.0
100°F
70°F
25.0
30°F
Flexible Tape Reading (Inches)

20.0
15.0
10.0
5.0
75 100 125 150 175 200
Figure 5-4. Calibration Chart for a New 200lb Cylinder

(New Design Ellipsoidal Head Manufactured After 3/98)
30.0 130°F
100°F
70°F
25.0
30°F
20.0
Flexible Tape Reading (Inches)
15.0
10.0
5.0
0.0
150 175 200 225 250 275 300 325 350
Figure 5-5. Calibration Chart for 350lb Cylinder
06-236115-001 5-9 October 2014

Maintenance
30.0 130°F
100°F
70°F
25.0
30°F

20.0
15.0
10.0
5.0
250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600
40
36
130°F (54°C)
32
100°F (38°C)
28
70°F (21°C)
30°F (-1°C)
24
20
16
12
0
380 430 480 530 580 630 680 730 780 830 880
October 2014 5-10 06-236115-001

Maintenance
5-4.4 Inspection Procedures–2 Year
Do not use water or oxygen to blow out pipe lines. Using oxygen is especially
WARNING dangerous since even a minute quantity of oil may cause an explosion.
1. Remove any nozzles from piping to allow any foreign matter to blow clear.
2. Remove all pressure operated control heads from the HFC-227ea cylinders.
Do not disconnect the flexible hose from the pressure operated control head. If
HFC-227ea accidentally discharges, the unattached flexible hose will whip
WARNING around and may damage equipment and cause severe bodily injury.
3. Open the distributing valves and keep them open long enough to ensure the pipes are
clean.
4. Blow out all distribution piping with air or nitrogen to ensure it is not obstructed.
5. Reconnect all control heads.
5-5 INSPECTION AND RETEST PROCEDURES FOR HFC-227ea CYLINDERS

A cylinder that is damaged or corroded should be emptied, retested and restamped in
accordance with DOT Regulatory Compliance Guide, 49 CFR 180.209 (see Paragraph 5-5.3).
These guidelines do not apply to cylinders containing a commodity other than

CAUTION HFC-227ea.
All Kidde ECS cylinders are designed, fabricated, and factory tested at 1000 PSIG (68.9 bar
gauge) in compliance with DOT CFR 49 4BA-500 or 4BW-500 as stamped on each cylinder.
Two sets of regulations will apply to periodic inspection and test procedures depending on the
following:
5-5.1 Cylinders Continuously in Service Without Discharge

These cylinders are governed by NFPA 2001 regulations. Cylinders in continuous service
without discharge require a complete external visual inspection every five years in accordance
with Compressed Gas Association Pamphlet C-6, Section 3, except that the cylinders need not
be emptied or stamped while under pressure. Record date of inspection on record tag attached
to each cylinder. Where the visual inspection shows damage or corrosion, the cylinder shall be
emptied, retested and restamped in accordance with the DOT Regulatory Compliance Guide, 49
CFR 180.209.
5-5.2 Discharged Cylinders or Charged Cylinders That are Transported

These cylinders may come under NFPA 2001 requirements, or, in the case of shipment of
charged cylinders, DOT, federal or state regulations may apply. In either case, the cylinders
shall not be charged and shipped if more than five years have elapsed from the date of the last
test date stamped on the cylinder. The cylinders shall be retested and restamped in accordance
with the DOT Regulatory Compliance Guide, 49 CFR 180.209.
06-236115-001 5-11 October 2014

Maintenance
5-5.3 Retest
DOT 4BA and 4BW cylinders used exclusively in HFC-227ea services that are commercially free
from corroding components are required to be hydrostatically retested and restamped every
five years, in accordance with the DOT Regulatory Compliance Guide, 49 CFR 180.209, prior to
recharge and shipment. An alternate option is an external visual inspection performed in lieu
of the hydrostatic test at the time the periodic retest becomes due (this option is in accordance
with CFR 49, Paragraph 180.209). Table 5-2 highlights the two options for retesting HFC-
227ea cylinders.
Table 5-2. Retest Schedule
Retest Method First Retest Due Subsequent Retest Due Special Marketing
Full hydrostatic test including

determination of cylinder 5 Years 5 Years Retest Date Month/Year
expansion
External visual inspection per DOT

Regulatory Compliance Guide, 49 Retest Date Followed by
5 Years 5 Years
CFR 180.209 and CGA Pamphlet “E”
C-6, Section 3
5-5.4 Flexible Hoses

In accordance with NFPA 2001 Edition 2012 (Clause 7.3), all system hoses shall be examined
annually for damage. If visual examination shows any deficiency, the hose shall be replaced or
tested.
5-6 SERVICE
5-6.1 Cleaning
Remove dirt from metallic parts using a lint-free cloth moistened with dry cleaning solvent. Dry
parts with a clean, dry, lint-free cloth, or air blow dry. Wipe non-metallic parts with a clean,
dry lint-free cloth. Remove corrosion with a crocus cloth.
5-6.2 Nozzle Service

Service nozzles after use as follows:
1. Clean the outside of the nozzles with a rag or soft brush.
2. Examine the discharge orifices for damage or blockage. If the nozzles appear to be ob-
structed, unscrew the nozzles and clean by immersing them in cleaning solvent. Dry thor-
oughly with lint-free cloth. Replace damaged nozzles. Nozzles must be replaced with the
same part number in the same location. See Paragraph 4-2.3.5 for the correct nozzle place-
ment and orientation.
October 2014 5-12 06-236115-001

Maintenance
5-6.3 Repairs
Replace all damaged parts found during inspection. Replacement procedures for HFC-227ea
cylinders are provided below. Since replacement for other system components are similar,
refer to the installation drawings and HFC-227ea system assembly drawings for guidance.
HFC-227ea cylinders must be recharged when the cylinder pressure gauge indicates the
pressure is below normal (360 PSIG at 70°F [25 bar gauge at 21°C]), immediately after
discharge, when a loss in weight is in excess of 5% of the original charged net weight or when
there is a loss of pressure (adjusted for temperature) of more than 10%.
5-7 REMOVING AN HFC-227ea CYLINDER

Remove an HFC-227ea cylinder as follows:
Do not disconnect the flexible discharge hose or valve outlet adapter prior to
removing pressure and electric control heads from the HFC-227ea cylinders.
WARNING Before replacing an HFC-227ea cylinder in a hazard area group, ensure that the
pilot line is completely vented of all pressure.
5-7.1 Single Cylinder System

1. Remove the supervisory pressure switch (where installed) by disconnecting the electrical
connection at the switch, then remove the wire lead protection or conduit. Unscrew the
switch from the cylinder valve and install the protection cap on the switch connection port.
Install a protection cap on the nitrogen driver cylinder valve actuation port.
2. Disconnect the swivel nut on the control head from the cylinder valve actuation port, Re-
move the control head from the HFC-227ea cylinder.
3. Install a protection cap on the HFC-227ea cylinder valve actuation port.
4. Remove the valve outlet adapter or loosen the swivel nut and remove the flexible discharge
hose from the discharge outlet port adapter.
5. Immediately install a safety cap on the cylinder valve outlet port.
6. Remove the cylinder strap. Remove the HFC-227ea cylinder from the bracket. Weigh the
cylinder using a platform scale.
06-236115-001 5-13 October 2014

Maintenance
5-7.2 Multiple Cylinder System
Remove all control heads from the HFC-227ea cylinders.

WARNING
1. Remove the supervisory pressure switches (where installed) by disconnecting the electrical
connection at the switch, then remove the wire lead protection or conduit. Unscrew the
switch from the cylinder valve and install the protection cap on the switch connection port.
2. Disconnect the swivel nut on the pressure operated control heads from the cylinder valve
actuation port. Remove the control heads from all HFC-227ea cylinder valves, leaving the
flexible actuation hose or tubing attached to the pressure operated control heads.
3. Immediately install a protection cap on all HFC-227ea cylinder valve actuation ports.
4. Remove the tubing from the master cylinder adapter on the master cylinder (if used).
To prevent injury in the event of discharge, the master cylinder adapter cap
must be installed on the adapter whenever tubing is not connected to the
WARNING master cylinder valve. Under no circumstances is the protection cap to be
removed from its chain.
5. Immediately install the protection cap on the master cylinder adapter port.
6. Loosen swivel nut and remove flexible discharge hose from discharge outlet port.
To prevent injury, all cylinders must have safety caps installed immediately on
the outlet ports when discharge hoses or the valve outlet adapter is
WARNING disconnected.
7. Immediately install the safety cap on the cylinder valve outlet port.
8. Remove the attaching hardware or cylinder straps. Remove the HFC-227ea cylinder from
the bracket. Weigh the cylinders using a platform scale.
October 2014 5-14 06-236115-001

Maintenance
5-8 REINSTALLING AN HFC-227ea CYLINDER

Installing an HFC-227ea Cylinder. Install HFC-227ea cylinders as follows:
5-8.1 Single Cylinder System

1. Position the HFC-227ea cylinder in the designated location. Secure it in place with a cylinder
strap or wall bracket and mounting hardware. Orient the cylinder with the valve outlet an-
gled toward the cylinder discharge piping (refer to the installation drawings).
Discharge hoses or valve outlet adapters must be connected into system piping
WARNING (union connection) before attaching to cylinder valves.
2. Remove the safety cap from the cylinder valve outlet port.
3. Immediately reconnect the valve outlet adapter or flexible discharge hose to the cylinder
outlet port.
4. Remove the protection cap from the HFC-227ea cylinder actuation port.
in the fully retracted or SET position) before being attached to the cylinder
WARNING valve. Control heads not in the SET position will cause discharge of HFC-227ea
when installed on the cylinder valve.
5. Install the control head.

6. If required, install the supervisory pressure switch, as instructed in Paragraph 4-3.21.
5-8.2 Multiple Cylinder System

1. Position the HFC-227ea cylinders in the designated locations. Secure it in place with a cyl-
inder strap or wall bracket and mounting hardware. Orient the cylinder with the valve outlet
angled toward the cylinder discharge piping (refer to the installation drawings).
Discharge hoses or valve outlet adapters must be connected into system piping
WARNING (union connection) before attaching to cylinder valves.
2. Remove the safety caps from the cylinder valve outlet ports.
3. Immediately reconnect the flexible discharge hoses or valve outlet adapters to the cylinder
valve outlet ports.
4. Remove the protection cap from the master cylinder adapter port (if used) and reconnect
the tubing to the slave port on the master cylinder. Tighten the swivel nut.
5. Remove the protection caps from the HFC-227ea cylinder valve actuation ports.
in the fully retracted or SET position) before being attached to the cylinder
WARNING valve. Control heads not in the SET position will cause discharge of HFC-227ea
when installed on the cylinder valve.
6. Reinstall electric and pressure operated control heads with flexible actuation hoses or tub-
ing on the cylinder valve actuation ports. Tighten the swivel nuts.
7. If required, install the supervisory pressure switches as explained in Paragraph 4-3.21.
06-236115-001 5-15 October 2014

Maintenance
5-8.3 Nitrogen Pilot Cylinders

1. Install nitrogen cylinder in mounting bracket. Rotate cylinder until valve outlet is in desired
position.
2. Tighten mounting bracket strap.
3. Remove pipe plug and connect adapter (Part No. WK-699205-010) to cylinder valve outlet
port. Attach flexible actuation hose to outlet port adapter.
4. Remove protection cap from cylinder valve control head port.
Control head must be in the “set” or “closed” position before attaching to the
cylinder valve, which will prevent:
an accidental discharge of the nitrogen cylinder and any corresponding
WARNING suppression agent or nitrogen leak during actuation
Failure to properly set the control head may cause damage to the unit and could
result in one of the aforementioned concerns.
5. Install control head to cylinder valve.

6. Tighten the control head to the valve. Tightening the control head to the valve requires that
a wrench be used to hold the valve while the control head hex nut is tightened. The outlet
fitting (1/8 NPT to 5/16 tube connector) must be removed to expose the two flats on the
valve body (new cylinders are supplied with plastic shipping plug in this outlet).
7. Both the valve body and the control head hex nut are 1-1/2” across the flats. Hold the valve
body using a 1-1/2” wrench (preferred) or a suitable smooth jawed adjustable wrench.
8. Position the control head in the desired orientation and hand tighten the hex-nut. Using a
torque wrench1 fitted with a 1-1/2" crowfoot wrench, tighten to a minimum torque of
60 ft· lb2.
9. Reinstall outlet fitting and connect to system hose, tubing or pipe (as appropriate).
1
Recommended 10-100 ft·lb 1/2” drive torque wrench. Other ranges are acceptable pro-
vided 40-60 ft·lb is within optimum tolerance for the tool.
2
Set wrench to a minimum setting of 55 ft·lb (most styles of crowfoot will increase the
actual torque value by approximately 10% since a typical 1-1/2" crowfoot wrench has a
center-to-center dimension of 2”. Actual minimum torque value is 60 ft· lb Calculate effect
of crowfoot using tool manufacturer’s data.
October 2014 5-16 06-236115-001

Post-Discharge Maintenance
CHAPTER 6
POST- DISCHARGE MAINTENANCE
6-1 INTRODUCTION
Follow these procedures after the Kidde ECS System has been activated and HFC-227ea has
been discharged.
6-2 POST-FIRE MAINTENANCE
6-2.1 HFC-227ea Valve Inspection and Service

Inspect and service the HFC-227ea valve as follows:
Important–Because the HFC-227ea tends to dissolve and wash out lubricant, certain
components in the HFC-227ea valve assembly will have to be inspected and serviced before
recharging the cylinder/valve assembly. Part numbers for items which may require
replacement are listed in Table 6-1.
Note: Whenever the valve is rebuilt, the Safety Disc Assembly must be replaced along with
the O-rings.
6-2.2 Valve Disassembly (1½ in, 2 in and 2½ in Valve)

Refer to Figure 6-1, Figure 6-2, Table 6-1, and Table 6-2.
Before removing the valve, make sure that all pressure has been relieved from
the cylinder. To relieve any remaining pressure, restrain the cylinder and
WARNING depress the pressure switch Schraeder valve until all pressure is relieved.
1. Remove the valve with the siphon tube from the cylinder.
2. Remove the O-ring and replace it, applying a lubricant to the new O-ring.
3. Remove the valve cap, spring and piston assembly.
Note: Remove all internal components of HFC-227ea valve from the top of the assembly.
However, if there is excessive piston O-ring friction, the siphon tube may have to be
removed and the piston assembly pressed out from the bottom.
4. Remove the O-rings and replace, applying lubricant to the new O-rings.
5. Ensure that the O-ring protrudes a minimum or 0.020 in (0.5 mm) above the conical seat-
ing surface of the piston assembly. Replace this O-ring by removing the seat retainer. Be-
fore reassembly, apply a lubricant to the O-ring.
6. Examine the valve core pin for any evidence of bending or other damage. Depress the pin
and make certain it snaps back freely. Replace the valve core if necessary using a standard
Schraeder core wrench. When reinstalling a new Schraeder core element, torque to 1½ to
3 in· lb (0.17 to .34 N-m).
After reinstalling a Schraeder core, the distance from the top of the core pin to
the control head seating surface must fall between the dimensions of 0.515 in
CAUTION to 0.565 in (13 mm to 14 mm) when in the “shut” or non-actuated position (see
Figure 6-1).
06-236115-001 6-1 October 2014

GAGING DIMENSIONS
0.515/0.565 5 VALVE CORE
VALVE CAP
1 O-RING CAP SPRING
2 O-RING, PISTON,
SAFETY 6 BACK-UP RING
CAP (See enlarged view
in Figure 6-2.)
PISTON
3 O-RING SEAT
SEAT RETAINER
4 O-RING, NECK
SIPHON TUBE
Figure 6-1. Valve Assembly (1 1/2”, 2”, and 2 1/2”)
O-RING, PISTON
TEFLON BACK-UP
RING
Figure 6-2. Piston O-Ring
Table 6-1. Valve Components
Figure Item No. Description 1 1/2” Valve 2” Valve 2 1/2” Valve
1 O-ring, cap WK-566102-250 WK-566102-300 WK-566102-340
2 O-ring, piston WK-566103-250 WK-566103-300 WK-566103-340
3 O-ring, seat WK-566102-150 WK-566103-260 WK-566103-310
4 O-ring, neck WK-566109-320 WK-566103-350 WK-566103-390
5 Schraeder core WK-220278-000 WK-220278-000 WK-220278-000
6 Back-up ring WK-554003-250 WK-554003-300 WK-554003-340
Table 6-2. Other Valve Component Materials
Other Materials Manufacturer and Nomenclature
Lubricant Parker Seal Co. Super-O-Lube or equivalent
Loctite Sealant Loctite Corp. Sealant, Grade CV or equivalent
Locquic Primer Loctite Corp. Primer, Grade N or equivalent
October 2014 6-2 06-236115-001

6-2.3 Valve Disassembly (3-inch Valve)

Note: Refer to Figure 6-3 and Table 6-3 for items.
the cylinder. To relieve any remaining pressure, ensure the cylinder is secured
WARNING then depress the pressure check in the Supervisory Pressure Switch.
2. Remove the cylinder neck O-ring and replace it. Before reinstalling the O-ring, apply lubri-
cant.
3. Remove the valve cap, spring and piston assembly.
Note: Remove all internal components of the HFC-227ea valve from the top of the assembly.
However, if there is excessive piston O-ring friction, the siphon tube may have to be
removed and the piston assembly pressed out from the bottom.
4. Remove the O-rings and replace them. Before reinstalling the O-rings, apply lubricant.
5. Ensure that the O-ring protrudes a minimum of 0.020 in. (0.5 mm) above the conical seat-
ing surface of the piston assembly. Replace this O-ring by removing the seat retainer. Be-
fore reassembling, apply lubricant to the O-ring.
6. Examine the pilot check for any evidence of bending or other damage. Depress the check
and make certain it snaps back freely. Replace pilot check if necessary.
Valve Cap
Pilot Check
WK-923066-000
Pilot Check Spring
WF-230640-000
Piston O-Ring
Valve Cap O-Ring WK-566103-370
WK-566102-410 Back-Up Teflon Ring
Spring WK-554003-400
Piston
Retainer O-Ring
WK-566103-400
Safety Cap
Refill Part
(½ inch NPT Thread)
Neck O-Ring Retainer

WK-566103-470 06-235924-001
Inner Piston O-Ring

WK-566101-170
Figure 6-3. 3-inch Valve Assembly
Table 6-3. 3-inch Valve Components
Description Part Number
O-ring, Cap WK-566102-410
O-ring, Piston WK-566103-370
O-ring, Seat WK-566103-400
O-ring, Neck WK-566103-470
O-ring, Inner Piston WK-566101-170
Back-up Ring WK-554003-400
06-236115-001 6-3 October 2014

6-2.4 Replacing 3-Inch Valve Pilot Check

Note: Refer to Figure 6-4 for items.
1. Remove the valve cap.
2. Using retaining ring pliers, remove the retaining ring holding the pilot check, spring, and
disk in place. Save the retaining ring.
3. Remove the disk, spring, and pilot check. Save the disk.
4. Install the new pilot check and new spring.
5. Place the disk in and hold the assembly in place with the retaining ring.
6. Make sure the pilot check moves freely.
Valve Cap
Pilot Check
Spring
Disk
Retaining Ring
Figure 6-4. 3-Inch Valve Pilot Check Assembly
6-2.5 Valve Assembly (1½ in, 2 in and 2½ in Valve)

Note: The items refer to Figure 6-1.
If the siphon tube is being replaced due to damage or wear, contact Kidde
Fenwal Inc. to ensure the proper replacement part is ordered based on the
CAUTION manufacturing date of the valve.
1. Install the O-ring in the piston groove.
Make certain that the Teflon® back-up ring is below the O-ring as shown in
CAUTION Figure 6-2.
2. Press the piston back into the valve body.

3. Install the spring.
4. Install the O-ring (Item 1) onto the groove in the valve cap, screw the cap into the valve
body and torque to 250 in lb (28.2 N-m).
5. If the siphon tube had to be removed to disassemble the valve, wire brush the siphon tube
threads to remove the old Loctite® residue.
6. Apply a film of Loctite® primer to the siphon tube threads and allow three to five minutes
to dry.
7. Apply a film of Loctite® sealant to the threads and reinstall the siphon tube.
8. Install the O-ring onto the valve neck groove, screw the valve and siphon tube into the
cylinder, and torque to 50 to 55 ft lb (68 to 75 N-m).
October 2014 6-4 06-236115-001

6-2.6 Valve Assembly (3-inch)

Note: Refer to Figure 6-3 and Table 6-3.
If the siphon tube is being replaced due to damage or wear, contact Kidde
Fenwal Inc. to ensure the proper replacement part is ordered based on the
CAUTION manufacturing date of the valve.
1. Install the O-ring (Item 2 in Figure 6-3) in the piston groove.
Make certain that the Teflon® back-up ring is below the O-ring as shown in
CAUTION Figure 6-3.
2. Press the piston back into the valve body.

4. Install the O-ring onto the groove in the valve cap. Screw the cap onto the valve body and
torque to 360 in lb (41 N-m).
5. If the siphon tube had to be removed for valve disassembly, wire brush the siphon tube
threads to remove the old Loctite residue.
6. Apply a film of Loctite® primer to the siphon tube threads and allow three to five minutes
to dry.
7. Apply a film of Loctite® sealant to the threads and reinstall the siphon tube.
8. Install the O-ring onto the valve neck groove, screw the valve and siphon tube onto the
cylinder, and torque to 600 to 660 in lb (68 to 75 N-m).
6-2.7 Safety Disc Replacement (1½-inch and 2½-inch valves and 2-inch
valves manufactured prior to May 2014)
Note: For 2 inch valves, this process only applies to those 2 inch valves manufactured prior
to or during April 2014. For 2 inch valves manufactured after April 2014, see
Section 6-2.8.
Whenever the valve is rebuilt, the Safety Disc Assembly must be replaced. Refer
CAUTION to Figure 6-5.
WARNING depress the pressure check in the Supervisory Pressure Switch.
The safety disc is located on the valve.

1. Remove the safety disc retainer including safety disc and safety disc washer from the cyl-
inder body. See Figure 6-5. Discard the safety disc and washer.
2. Assemble the new safety disc retainer with a new safety disc and safety disc washer to the
valve body. Torque to the appropriate value listed in Table 6-4.
06-236115-001 6-5 October 2014

Never install any type disc other than specified in Table 6-4 for the appropriate
cylinder. Installing the incorrect disc could result in violent rupture of the
cylinder and serious injury.
Make sure that multiple safety discs are not stuck together. Installing more
than one safety disc could result in violent rupture of the cylinder and serious
WARNING injury.
Never reinstall a used safety disc and/or washer. Once the retainer has been
removed or the valve has been rebuilt, the disc and washer must be replaced
with new components.
VALVE
SAFETY
DISC
WASHER
SAFETY
DISC
SAFETY
DISC
RETAINER
Figure 6-5. Safety Disc Replacement
Table 6-4. Safety Disc Replacement (11/2 in, 2 in and 21/2 in Valve)
Valve Size Safety Disc P/N Safety Disc Washer P/N Torque Valve PSIG @ 70°F
1 1/2 in WK-242461-000 WK-294500-000 33 ft lb 750-900
2 in WK-264925-000 WK-220360-000 38 ft lb 800-975
2 1/2 in WK-264929-000 WK-220362-000 48 ft lb 800-975
October 2014 6-6 06-236115-001

6-2.8 Safety Disc Replacement (3-inch and 2-inch Manufactured after April
2014)
Note: This process only applies to 3-inch valves and 2-inch valves manufactured after April
2014. For 2-inch valves manufactured during or before April 2014, see Section 6-2.7.
Whenever the valve is rebuilt, the Safety Disc Assembly must be replaced.
CAUTION
Before removing the Safety Burst Disc Assembly, make sure that all pressure
has been relieved from the cylinder. To relieve any remaining pressure, restrain
WARNING the cylinder and depress the pressure check in the Supervisory Pressure Switch.
The safety disc for the new 2-inch valve and the 3-inch valve is located on the cylinder head,
not on the cylinder valve.
1. Remove and discard the safety burst disc assembly (see Figure 6-6 and Figure 6-7).
2. Apply lubricant to the packing o-ring of the new safety burst disc assembly.
3. Install the new safety disc assembly to the cylinder. Torque to the appropriate value listed
in Table 6-5.
Never install any other type of safety burst disc assembly than specified in
Table 6-5 for the corresponding cylinder. Installing the incorrect assembly
could result in a violent rupture of the cylinder and cause death, serious injury
WARNING and/or property damage. The Safety Disc Retainer on the 2-inch valve is
smaller than the Safety Disc Retainer on the 3-inch valve.
Packing O-ring
Figure 6-6. 2” Valve/Cylinder Safety Burst Disc Assembly
Packing O-ring
Figure 6-7. 3” Valve/Cylinder Safety Burst Disc Assembly
Table 6-5. Safety Disc Replacement Table (3-inch Valve and New 2-inch Valve)
Safety Disc Assembly

Torque PSIG @ 70°F Cylinder Size
P/N
90-150100-000 90 ft lb 800-975 200 and 350 lb.
90-170100-000 90 ft lb 800-975 600 and 900 lb.
06-236115-001 6-7 October 2014

6-3 RECHARGING HFC-227ea CYLINDERS
HFC-227ea cylinders may require retest before recharging. See Paragraph 5-5
for details on cylinder retest. FM Approval is based upon the usage of factory
CAUTION filled HFC-227ea cylinders.
Under no circumstances while performing either cylinder recharge or leak test

should a charged cylinder be allowed to free stand without either the charging
apparatus attached or the safety cap installed. Whenever these devices are not
installed, a charged cylinder must be securely clamped to a rigid structure
capable of sustaining the full thrust that would result should the valve
WARNING inadvertently open. The clamping device and supports must be capable of
withstanding a thrust force of 1800 lb (816 kg) for the 2-inch valve or 2800
(1270 kg) for the 3-inch valve. This approximates the thrust force generated
out of the HFC-227ea cylinder valve outlet on a full, wide open discharge.
HFC-227ea charging equipment consists of an HFC-227ea storage container, piping adapter,

control valves, strainer, pressure gauge, flexible hoses, seating adapter, recharge adapter,
pump, scale and interconnecting plumbing. Recharge equipment must be suitable for the
purpose intended and must be compatible with HFC-227ea. A typical HFC-227ea charging
system schematic is shown in Figure 6-8.
Note: During recharge, cylinder pressure gauge is not to be used to determine charging pres-
sure.
Locate the charging equipment in a clean, well-ventilated area near the HFC-227ea sup-
ply and cylinder storage. There should be sufficient room for moving the cylinders to
and from the charging equipment.
6-3.1 Charging Equipment Installation

Before assembling the charging equipment, apply Permacel® No. 412D Teflon® tape to all pipe
threads.
October 2014 6-8 06-236115-001

6-3.2 Charging System Diagram
nitrogen line 16
R
45
22
HFC-227ea return line N2

38
HFC-227ea 45 42 18
liquid supply
15 line 19 44 6
23 34 P 5
41 4
24 20 28 P
38 7 30 33
29 2
41 40 40 21 27
32 1
39
38
15 8
38
13 HFC-227ea
15 Fire
43 Suppression
HFC-277ea Agent
Storage Container System
11 Cylinder 26
25 37 38
9 12
10 14
15
scale 3
43
36 31
35
39
optional salvage
connection
Flexible Hose
Figure 6-8. Typical HFC-227ea Charging System for Kidde ECS Cylinders
Table 6-6. Item List for Figure 6-8

Item No. Description Item No. Description Item No. Description Item No. Description
1 Recharge adapter 13 Safety 25 HFC-227ea 37 Strainer

relief - vapor storage
container
2 Seating adapter 14 Pump 26 HFC-227ea Fire 38 Stainless Steel pipe

Suppression
System cylinder
3 Weigh scale 15 Check valve 27 Ball valve 39 Flex hose
4 Vent valve - 16 Ball valve 28 Master pressure 40 Valve adapter

recharge gauge
5 Vent valve - 17 Regulator 29 Ball valve 41 Hose, flex metal

seating
6 Ball valve 18 Nitrogen cylinder 30 Vent valve 42 Flex metal hose
7 Ball valve 19 HFC-227ea 31 Ball valve 43 Relief Valve

Supply Line
8 Ball valve 20 Vent valve 32 Quick disconnect 44 1/4” NPT check

fitting valve
9 3-Way valve 21 Ball valve 33 Ball valve 45 1/4” sch stainless

steel pipe
10 Ball valve 22 HFC-227ea 34 Pressure Gauge

return line valve
11 Ball valve 23 Vent valve 35 Salvage adapter
12 Safety relief - 24 Ball valve 36 Vent valve -

liquid salvage
06-236115-001 6-9 October 2014

6-3.3 Charging Procedure

Recharge HFC-227ea cylinder and valve assembly as follows:
Note: HFC-227ea cylinder received from Kidde Fire Systems may be pressurized per the par-
tial fill tag.
1. Check the cylinder for the last hydrostatic test date. Perform any required Department of
Transportation (DOT) requalification tests or examinations.
2. Check the cylinder and valve assembly for physical defects. If you find any of the following,
do not charge the cylinder: cracks of any kind, elongated pits of any length, inclusions of
any size, pitting, bulging, dents, corrosion, fire damage, mechanical defects, scratches,
nicks or gouges if more than superficial in nature. These defects shall be cause for rejection.
3. Weigh the cylinder/valve assembly to verify the quantity of agent in cylinder. Ensure that
no more than 10 PSIG (0.7 bar) of nitrogen is in cylinder before beginning fill procedures.
HFC-227ea is a colorless, odorless gas, low in toxicity, and is an extremely

effective fire suppression agent. HFC-227ea can be liquefied by compression,
and is normally shipped and stored in this condition. Being a liquefied
compressed gas, HFC-227ea is stored and handled under saturated conditions
(that is, the liquid and vapor coexist in equilibrium). A reduction in pressure,
CAUTION without a corresponding reduction in temperature, will cause the liquid to
flash into vapor with accompanying refrigeration effects. By understanding
the physical properties of HFC-227ea and its safe handling techniques, the
agent may be transferred from shipping cylinders to the desired end use
container safely.
4. Connect the HFC-227ea supply and return lines to the HFC-227ea storage container valves.
5. Close all valves in the charging system.
6. Set the 3-way valve (Item 9 in Figure 6-8) to allow flow from the HFC-227ea supply to the
cylinder.
7. Open the HFC-227ea supply valves (Items 19, 21, 10, 11, 8 and 27). DO NOT open the
return line valve (Item 22) at this time.
The pressure gauge (Item 28) should indicate supply pressure.
8. Crack the vent valve (Item 30) until HFC-227ea liquid is present, then close the valve (Item
30).
9. Turn the 3-way valve (Item 9) to the return line position.
10. Open the valve (Item 24).
11. Crack the vent valve (Item 23) until HFC-227ea liquid is present. Then, close the valve
(Item 23).
12. Open the return line valve (Item 22).
The charging system is now ready for use.
13. Position the HFC-227ea cylinder/valve assembly (Item 26) with safety cap and pilot actu-
ation port protection cap in place and properly connected on the weigh scale (Item 3).
Note: The empty weight of the cylinder assembly and the HFC-227ea weight must be stamped
on the cylinder valve nameplate.
14. Remove the safety cap and immediately connect the cylinder assembly to the charging sys-
tem by assembling the recharge adapter with o-ring packing (Item 1) to the cylinder valve
outlet port.
Note: When approximately 10 PSIG (0.7 bar) differential exists at the outlet port, the main
piston in the cylinder valve assembly will unseat, permitting flow into the assembly.
Valve seating occurs with the removal of pressure from the valve outlet port and sub-
sequent momentary application of 450 to 600 PSIG (31 to 41 bar) of nitrogen as dis-
cussed below.
October 2014 6-10 06-236115-001

15. Monitor the scale and record the empty cylinder assembly weight. Determine the charge
weight using the formula C=A+B+N2 where A is the empty cylinder weight, B is the weight
of the HFC-227ea agent indicated on the valve nameplate and N2 is the weight of the ni-
trogen charge.
16. Set the 3-way valve (Item 9) to allow flow from the HFC-227ea supply to the cylinder.
17. Open the valves (Items 29 and 33) and start the pump (Item 14).
18. Monitor the pressure of the cylinder with the pressure gauge (Item 34). Monitor the weigh
scale (Item 3).
Note: The 44 PSIG (3.0 bar gauge) pressure applies to the filling procedure without nitrogen
and HFC-227ea at 70°F ± 10°F (21°C ± 5°C). When the temperature is other than 70°F
(21°C), refer to Table 6-7 for required total pressure. Do not fill HFC-227ea cylinders
at temperatures below 60°F (16°C) or above 90°F (32°C).
The final pressure required, after the charged container has had sufficient time to stabilize,
is 44.1 PSIG @ 70°F (3 bar gauge @ 21°C).
Table 6-7. Pressure vs. Temperature
Pressure versus Temperature
Temperature °F (°C) Pressure PSIG (bar)
60 (15.6) 34.4 (2.37)

70 (21.1) 44.1 (3.04)
80 (26.7) 55.1 (3.79)
90 (32.2) 67.6 (4.66)
19. When the scale indicates a fill weight of the agent determined in Step 15, shut off the pump
(Item 14) and close the HFC-227ea supply valves (Items 29 and 8). Do not remove the
recharge adapter (Item 1). Fill tolerances are listed in Table 6-8.
Table 6-8. Fill Tolerances
300 lb. and greater

Less than 100 lb. 100 too 300 lb.
(136 kg and
(45.3 kg) (45.3 to 136 kg)
greater)
Max Cylinder Capacity + 0.5, -0 (+0.22, -0) +1, -0 (+0.45, -0) +2, -0 (+0.9, -0)
lb. (kgs)
20. Obtain the temperature of the HFC-227ea in the supply line. This is required for the N2 fill-
ing procedure.
21. Remove the pilot actuation port protection cap and assemble the seating adapter (Item 2)
with the flexible hose on the cylinder valve actuation port.
22. Open the valves (Item 6 and 16) and adjust the regulator (Item 17) to momentarily apply
450 to 600 PSIG (31 to 41 bar) nitrogen pressure to the actuation port to firmly seat the
cylinder valve piston.
23. While momentarily maintaining pressure on the actuation port, open the vent valve (Item
4) on the recharge adapter (Item 1) to rapidly vent HFC-227ea from the valve assembly
outlet port. The sudden decrease in pressure at the valve outlet will ensure the valve seat
stays in the closed position.
24. Leave the vent valve (Item 4) open. Close valve (Item 6) and open valve (Item 5) to vent
nitrogen from the seating adapter.
06-236115-001 6-11 October 2014

Hissing or discharge coming from vent valve (Item 4) indicates the piston is
not seated properly or has opened. If this occurs, repeat Step 23. Verify that
CAUTION the cylinder valve piston remains closed.
25. Keep the vent valve (Item 4) open. Close valve (Item 5) and once again open valve (Item
6) to reapply nitrogen pressure to the actuation port.
26. While momentarily maintaining pressure on the actuation port, remove the recharge adapt-
er (Item 1) from the cylinder valve outlet port and immediately install the safety cap.
27. Close the vent valve (Item 4) and open vent valve (Item 30) to relieve pressure on the
quick disconnect fitting (Item 32).
28. Ensure Vent valve (Item 4) and valve (Item 29) are closed.
29. Separate the quick disconnect fitting (Item 32).
30. Close the nitrogen supply valve (Item 16) and open vent valve (Item 5) to vent nitrogen
from the supply line.
31. Remove the seating adapter (Item 2) from the cylinder valve and reinstall the actuation
port protection cap.
32. Close vent valves and the nitrogen supply valve (Items 5, 6, and 30).
Note: When charging more than one HFC-227ea cylinder, it may be advantageous to leave
the pump (Item 14) running. In this case, when a cylinder is full, rotate the 3-way valve
(Item 9) to direct the flow back to the supply tank through the HFC-227ea return line.
To resume charging operations, return the 3-way valve (Item 9) back to the filling po-
sition.
To change the HFC-227ea storage container (Item 25), close the cylinder valves (Items 19 and
22) and close valves (Items 21 and 24). Carefully open vent valves (Item 20 and 23) to bleed
pressure. Disconnect the charging lines from the HFC-227ea supply cylinder. Position a new
HFC-227ea supply cylinder in its place. Connect the charging lines to the new HFC-227ea
supply cylinder, ensuring vapor and liquid lines are connected to their proper valves. Close vent
valves (Items 20 and 23). Open valves (Items 21 and 24).
October 2014 6-12 06-236115-001

6-3.4 HFC-227ea Cylinder Leak Test
Clamp HFC-227ea cylinder securely in place. The clamping device and supports
must be capable of withstanding a thrust force of 1800 lb (817 kg). This
WARNING approximates the thrust force generated out of the HFC-227ea cylinder valve
outlet on a full, wide open discharge.
HFC-227ea cylinder leak tests must be conducted in a well-ventilated area,

away from the charging station so as not to be influenced by extraneous HFC-
227ea vapors released during the filling operations. Kidde recommends the
CAUTION Bacharach Model H-25C leak detector for HFC-227ea and the Bacharach H-25IR
leak standard for HFC-227ea for calibrating the leak detector.
1. Warm up the leak detector for 30 minutes before proceeding with Step 2.
2. Calibrate the detector against the H-25IR leak standard by holding the probe about 1/8-
inch (3 mm) away, and noting the meter deflection for the leakage allowance of the stan-
dard. Maximum allowable leak rates are shown in Table 6-9.
3. Remove the safety cap from the discharge outlet. Blow nitrogen on the surface where the
plug was removed.
4. Move the probe back and forth slowly about 1/8 in (3 mm) away from all potential leak
points (such as the discharge outlet area, pilot check, valve bonnet, supervisory pressure
switch connection, safety outlet, liquid level indicator, valve-to-cylinder connections, gauge
and container welds).
5. Meter deflections greater than indicated during calibration are considered excessive and
will be cause for rejection.
6. Replace the safety cap immediately after the test.
7. If excess leakage is detected, salvage the HFC-227ea agent, perform the required mainte-
nance on the container and recharge.
8. After the leak test is complete, reassemble the protection cap to the actuation port of the
valve assembly. Unclamp the cylinder.
Table 6-9. Maximum Permitted Leakage Rates
Cylinder Size Cylinder Fill Weight Maximum Allowable Leakage

Part Number
lb lb ounces/year
90-100010-001 10 6-11 0.11

90-100020-001 20 9-23 0.20
90-100040-001 40 17-40 0.37
90-100070-001 70 30-70 0.67
90-100125-001 125 54-125 1.20
90-100200-001 200 86-200 1.81
90-100201-001* 200 86-200 1.81
90-100200-101 200 86-200 1.81
90-100201-101* 200 86-200 1.81
90-100350-001 350 150-350 3.34
90-100351-001* 350 150-350 3.34
90-100600-001 600 258-600 5.74
90-100601-001* 600 258-600 5.74
90-100900-001 900 390-900 8.68
90-100901-001* 900 390-900 8.68
*Note: Includes liquid level indicator.
06-236115-001 6-13 October 2014

6-3.5 Salvaging HFC-227ea from a Leaking Cylinder Assembly
Target container must be significantly larger than the source container to

WARNING prevent dangerous pressure buildup.
1. Close the HFC-227ea supply valve (Item 19) and close valve (Item 21). Open valve (Item
20) to vent pressure. Disconnect the charging flexible hose from the HFC-227ea supply
valve (Item 19).
2. Connect the salvage discharge assembly to the flexible hose coupling. Then assemble the
discharge assembly to the outlet port of the leaking cylinder assembly (not shown).
3. Position an empty cylinder assembly of suitable size for HFC-227ea storage on the scale.
Record the empty weight.
4. Connect the recharge adapter (Item 1) to the empty cylinder outlet port.
5. Assemble a manually operated control head onto the cylinder valve actuation port of the
leaking cylinder assembly.
6. Check that all charging system valves are closed. Open valves (Items 8, 9, 10, 11, 21 and
27). Set the manually operated control head to the OPEN position. The pressure gauge
(Item 28) should indicate the supply pressure. Crack vent valve (Item 30) until HFC-227ea
liquid is present. Shut valve (Item 30).
7. If the cylinder assembly on the scale is of sufficient size and is being used to store HFC-
227ea, monitor the scale, open the valve (Item 29) and start the pump. Continue pumping
until a maximum of HFC-227ea is transferred from the leaking cylinder assembly as indi-
cated by a pressure drop on the pressure gauge.
8. If the cylinder assembly on the scale is being charged, fill with the required weight of HFC-
227ea by adding the required pounds to the empty cylinder weight. Follow the charging
procedure outlined in Section 6-3.3. Conduct a cylinder leak test as described in
Paragraph 6-3.4.
9. Continue to transfer the HFC-227ea agent until the leaking cylinder assembly is empty as
indicated by pressure drop as measured by the pressure gauge. Shut off the pump and
close the hose control valve (Item 29) and valve (Item 21).
10. Open valve (Item 20) to vent pressure, then disassemble the adapter from the outlet port
of the leaking cylinder assembly and from the flexible hose hookup. Reassemble the flexible
hose to the HFC-227ea supply valve (Item 19).
11. If the cylinder assembly being recharged, is not charged sufficiently, continue the charging
procedure as indicated in Paragraph 6-3.3 using the HFC-227ea supply.
October 2014 6-14 06-236115-001

6-4 NITROGEN PILOT CYLINDER SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE
Any area in which nitrogen is used or stored must be properly ventilated. A

person working in an area where air has become enriched with nitrogen can
become unconscious without sensing the lack of oxygen. Remove the victim to
WARNING fresh air. Administer artificial respiration if necessary and summon a physician.
Never dispose of liquefied nitrogen in an indoor work or storage area.
6-4.1 Nitrogen Driver Cylinder Hydrostatic Pressure Test

A hydrostatic test must be performed in accordance with the DOT Regulatory Compliance Guide,
49 CFR 180.209. Nitrogen cylinders shall not be recharged and shipped without hydrostatic test
if more than five years has elapsed from the date of the last test.
Nitrogen cylinders continuously in service without discharging can be retained in service for a
maximum of five years from the date of the last hydrostatic test. At the end of five years the
cylinder shall be visually inspected per CGA pamphlet C-6.
Cylinders must also be hydrostatic pressure tested immediately if the cylinder shows evidence
of distortion, cracking, corrosion or mechanical or fire damage.
6-4.2 Nitrogen Cylinder Replacement
When removing a pressurized cylinder due to pressure loss, the control head
must be in the SET position with the safety pull pin installed. A control head in
the released position will cause the remaining contents of cylinder to discharge
WARNING resulting in a system activation which may damage property and cause bodily
injury.
Replace the nitrogen cylinder when expended or when loss of pressure occurs, as follows:
1. Remove the control head from the nitrogen driver cylinder valve.
2. Immediately install the protection cap on the nitrogen cylinder actuation port.
3. Remove the flexible actuation hose or tubing and adapter (P/N WK-699205-010) from the
cylinder valve outlet.
4. Remove the clamps and hardware that secure the nitrogen cylinder to the mounting
bracket.
06-236115-001 6-15 October 2014

6-4.3 Nitrogen Cylinder Recharge

Nitrogen cylinders must be recharged when the cylinder pressure gauge indicates pressure is
below normal (1800 PSIG at 70°F [124 bar gauge at 21°C] or as adjusted for temperature) or
immediately after discharge. Nitrogen used for charging must comply with Federal
Specification BB-N-411C, Grade A, Type 1. Copies of this specification may be obtained from:
http://www.global.ths.com/.
Before recharging, the cylinder must be firmly secured by chains, clamps or

other devices to an immovable object such as a wall, structural I-beam or
WARNING permanently mounted holding rack.
Recharge the nitrogen cylinders as follows:

2. Install the cylinder seating adapter (P/N WK-933537-000) to the cylinder valve actuation
port.
3. Connect the nitrogen recharging supply hose to the adapter. Tighten securely.
4. Open the nitrogen recharging control valve slowly until full nitrogen flow is obtained.
5. Monitor the recharging supply pressure gauge. Close the charging control valve when the
gauge indicates the proper cylinder pressure (1800 PSIG at 70°F [124 bar gauge at 21°C]).
6. Allow the cylinder to cool to ambient temperature and recheck the nitrogen cylinder pres-
sure.
7. Open the valve and add additional nitrogen as necessary to obtain a full cylinder charge at
ambient temperature (1800 PSIG at 70°F [124 bar gauge at 21°C]).
8. Close the valve and remove the supply hose and charging adapter from the nitrogen cylin-
der.
9. Using a soap solution, thoroughly check the nitrogen cylinder valve for leakage. Bubbles in
the soap solution indicate leakage and shall be cause for rejection of the cylinder.
10. At the completion of the leak test, thoroughly clean and dry the cylinder valve.
11. Ensure the cylinder valve control head port is clean and dry.
12. Immediately install the protective cap to the actuation port of the cylinder valve.
13. Install the charged cylinder as described below.
N2 PRESSURE - TEMPERATURE CHART
2100
2000
1900
E
1800 S UR
E
ES UR
PRESSURE PSIG
R S
LP ES
1700
I NA E PR
OM BL
1600
N
O WA
A LL
U M
1500
NIM
MI
1400
RECHARGE
1300
1200
-40° -20° 0° -20° 40° 60° 80° 100° 120° 140°
TEMPERATURE °F
Figure 6-9. Nitrogen Temperature vs. Pressure Data
October 2014 6-16 06-236115-001

6-4.4 Nitrogen Cylinder Installation

1. Install the nitrogen cylinder in position in the mounting bracket.
2. Tighten sufficiently to hold cylinder in place while allowing cylinder enough free play to be
manually rotated.
3. Turn the cylinder until the cylinder valve discharge outlet is in the desired position.
The nitrogen cylinder must be positioned so that the control head, when
installed, is readily accessible and cannot be obstructed during manual
CAUTION operation.

5. Remove the pipe plug, reconnect the adapter (P/N WK-699205-010) and flexible actuation
hose or tubing to the cylinder valve outlet port.
fully retracted or SET position). Failure to do so will cause the nitrogen cylinder
WARNING to discharge when the control head is installed.
7. Install the control head to the cylinder valve and tighten securely.
06-236115-001 6-17 October 2014

October 2014 6-18 06-236115-001

Parts List
CHAPTER 7
PARTS LIST
7-1 INTRODUCTION AND PARTS LIST

The table below, and on the following pages, provides a complete list of the Kidde Fire Systems
ECS Fire Suppression System with HFC-227ea Agent parts and associated system equipment.
Equipment can be ordered as complete assemblies or as individual items. In most situations,
when ordering a system, it will be easier and more cost effective to order by assembly part
numbers.
Note: Unless otherwise noted, the parts documented in this section are UL Listed and FM Ap-
proved. For non-agency approved parts, see datasheet K-90-2075.
Table 7-1. Parts List
Nomenclature Part Number Original P/N
Cylinder/Valve Assemblies
10 lb STD 90-100010-001
20 lb STD 90-100020-001
40 lb STD 90-100040-001
70 lb STD 90-100070-001
125 lb STD 90-100125-001
125 lb W/LLI 90-100121-001
200 lb STD Old Style Hemispherical Head before 3/98 90-100200-001
200 lb W/LLI Old Style Hemispherical Head before 3/98 90-100201-001
200 lb STD New Style Ellipsoidal Head after 3/98 90-100200-101
200 lb W/LLI New Style Ellipsoidal Head after 3/98 90-100201-101
350 lb STD 90-100350-001
350 lb W/LLI 90-100351-001
600 lb STD old style supplied before 9/01 (discontinued) 90-100600-001
600 lb W/LLI old style supplied before 9/01 (discontinued) 90-100601-001
600 lb STD new style supplied after 9/01 90-100600-100
600 lb W/LLI new style supplied after 9/01 90-100601-100
900 lb STD 90-100900-001
900 lb W/LLI 90-100901-001
(STD=Standard Cylinder Assembly, W/LLI=Cylinder with liquid level indicator)
Flexible Discharge Hoses
10-125 lb Cylinders WK-283898-000 283898
200-350 lb Cylinders WK-283899-000 283899
600 lb Cylinders (old style supplied before 9/01) WK-283900-000 283900
600 lb Cylinders (new style after 9/01) 06-118225-001
900 lb Cylinders 06-118225-001
06-236115-001 7-1 October 2014

Parts List
Valve Outlet Adapters

10-125 lb. Cylinders WK-283904-000 283904
200-350 lb. Cylinders WK-283905-000 283905
600 lb. Cylinders (old style; before 9/01) WK-283906-000 283906
Cylinder Straps
10-20 lb WK-283945-000 283945
40-70 lb WK-283934-000 283934
125-200 lb (new style cylinder, after 3/98) 06-235317-001 235317
350 lb WK-281866-000 281866
600 lb (old and new style) WK-294651-000 294651
900 lb 06-236125-001 236125
Brackets, Wall Mounting
10 lb 82-486485-000 486485
20 lb 82-486486-000 486486
40 lb 82-486487-000 486487
70 lb 82-486488-000 486488
Cradles
125 lb and 200 lb 06-235431-001 235431
350 lb WK-281867-000 281867
600 lb WK-294652-000 294652
Front Clamps
125 lb and 200 lb 06-235432-001 235432
350 lb WK-281868-000 281868
600 lb WK-294653-000 294653
Control Heads
Electric, Stackable (Explosion Proof) 24 Vdc 82-486500-010 486500-01
Electric, Standard 24 Vdc* WK-890181-000 890181
Electric, Standard 115 Vac* WK-890165-000 890165
Electric, Standard 125 Vdc* 81-890149-000 890149
Electric/Cable, Standard 24 Vdc 81-895630-000 895630
Electric/Cable (Explosion Proof) 24 Vdc WK-897494-000 897494
Lever Operated WK-870652-000 870652
Pressure Operated 82-878737-000 878737
Pressure Operated, Stackable 82-878750-000 878750
Lever/Pressure Operated 82-878751-000 878751
Cable Operated 81-979469-000 979469
October 2014 7-2 06-236115-001

Parts List
Pressure Control Equipment

Master Cylinder Adapter Kit 82-844895-000 844895
Male Branch Tee, 5/16 in Flare x 1/8 in NPT WK-699205-050 6992-0505
Male Elbow, 5/16 in Flare x 1/8 in NPT WK-699205-030 6992-0503
Male Connector, 5/16 in Flare x 1/8 in NPT WK-699205-010 6992-0501
Actuation Hose, 22 in (10-200 lb cylinder) WK-264987-000 264987
Actuation Hose, 30 in (350-600 lb cylinder) WK-264986-000 264986
Nitrogen Pilot Cylinder WK-877940-000 877940
Mounting Bracket, N2 Pilot Cylinder WK-877845-000 877845
1/4 in Check Valve WK-264985-000 264985

Safety Outlet, 3/4 in NPT 82-844346-000 844346
Safety Outlet, 3/4 in NPT 2400-2800 psi (165-193 bars) 81-803242-000 803242
Remote Control Equipment, Electronic Operated
Pull Box, Electric Remote 24 Vdc 84-330001-001 893607
Remote Control Equipment, Cable Operated
Pull Box, Break Glass 81-871403-000 871403
Corner Pulley, Watertight 81-803808-000 803808
Corner Pulley, 1/2 in EMT WK-844648-000
1/16 in Cable 100 ft Roll 06-118316-100 1593-0002
1/16 in Cable 500 ft Roll WK-219649-000 1593-0002
Pull Box Bracket (Z-Bracket) 81-605320-000 60532
Adapter, 1/2 in EMT WK-843837-000 843837
Dual Pull Equalizer 81-840051-000 840051
Dual Pull Mechanism 81-840058-000 840058
Auxiliary Equipment
Supervisory Pressure Switch 06-118262-001
Supervisory Pressure Switch (600-900 lb cylinders manufactured prior 06-118263-001
to XXX 2013)
Pressure Operated Switch, Standard 81-486536-000 486536
Pressure Operated Switch, Ex-Proof 81-981332-000 981332
Pressure Trip 81-874290-000 874290
Transfer Switch, Main to Reserve 84-802398-000 802398
Discharge Indicator 1/2 in (Al) 81-875553-000 875553
Discharge Indicator 3/4 in (Brass) 81-967082-000 967082
Adapter, CO2/N2 Recharge or Agent Valve Seating WK-933537-000 933537
06-236115-001 7-3 October 2014

Parts List
Check Valves
Check Valve, 1/2 in NPT 81-800327-000 800327
Check Valve, 3/4 in NPT 81-800266-000 800266
Check Valve, 1 in NPT WK-800443-000 800443
Check Valve, 1-1/4 in NPT 81-800444-000 800444
Check Valves, 1-1/2 in NPT 81-870152-000 870152
Check Valve, 2 in NPT 81-870151-000 870151
Check Valves, 2-1/2 in NPT WK-263716-000 263716
Check Valves, 3 in NPT 81-870100-000 870100
Swing Check Valve, 2 in NPT 06-118213-001
Swing Check Valve, 3 in NPT 06-118058-001
Manifold El-Check Valve, 2 in NPT WK-877690-000 877690
Manifold El-Check Valve, 2-1/2 in NPT 82-878743-000 878743
Cylinder Recharge Adapters
Cylinder Size, 10-125 82-878757-000 878757
Cylinder Size, 200, 350 82-878758-000 878758
Cylinder Size, 600 (old style) 82-878759-000 878759
Name Plate
“Main” WK-310330-000 31033
“Reserve” WK-310340-000 31034
Agent Warning Nameplate 85-909300-001
October 2014 7-4 06-236115-001

Parts List
Safety Burst Disc Assemblies and Rebuild kits
Assembly, 3" Valve Safety Burst Disc 90-170100-000

Assembly, 2" Valve Safety Burst Disc 90-150100-000
Kit, 2" Valve re-build. For valves manufactured prior to May 2014. 90-150100-000
Includes 1 of each of the following:
WK-264925-000 - Safety Disc, 2" Valve
WK-220360-000 - Washer, Safety Disc (2" valve)
WK-258426-000 - Nut, Safety Disc (1-1/2 - 2-1/2 Vlv) Retainer
WK-566102-300 - O-Ring, Cap (2" valve)
WK-566103-300 - O-Ring, Piston (2" valve)
WK-554003-300 - Teflon Back-Up Ring, Piston (2" valve)
WK-566103-260 - O-Ring, Seat (2" valve)
WK-566103-350 - O-Ring, Cylinder Neck (2" valve)
Kit, 1-1/2"Valve re-build. Includes 1 of each of the following: 90-140100-000
WK-242461-000 - Safety Disc (1-1/2" Valve)
WK-294500-000 - Washer, Safety Disc - 1-1/2" Valve
WK-258426-000 - Nut, Safety Disc (1-1/2 - 2-1/2 Vlv) Retainer
WK-566102-250 - O-Ring, Cap (1-1/2" valve)
WK-566103-250 - O-Ring, Piston (1-1/2" valve)
WK-554003-250 - Teflon Back-Up Ring, Piston (1-1/2" valve)
WK-566102-150 - O-Ring, Seat (1-1/2" valve)
WK-566109-320 - O-Ring, Cylinder Neck (1-1/2" valve)
2-1/2" Valve Maintenance Kit - Includes 1 each of the following: 90-160100-000
WK-264929-000 - Safety Disc
WK-220362-000 - Washer
WK-554003-340 - Teflon Back-up Ring
WK-566102-340 - O-Ring, Cap
WK-566103-340 - O-Ring, Piston
WK-566103-310 - O-Ring, Seat
WK-566103-390 - O-Ring, Cylinder Neck
06-236115-001 7-5 October 2014

Parts List
7-2 OBSOLETE PARTS

The following parts are no longer in service. For replacement options, contact your distributor
or Kidde-Fenwal, Inc.
10-125 lb Cylinders (old style supplied before 9/01) WK-283906-000 283906

125-200 lb (old style cylinder, before 3/98) WK-292971-000 292971
200 lb Cradle WK-292938-000 292938
200 lb Front Clamp WK-293457-000 293457
Check Valve 3/8 in NPT 81-261193-100 261193
Cylinder Strap WK-292971-000 292971
Cable Housing, 125, 200 260702
Cable Housing, 350 260951
Cable Housing, 600 263602
October 2014 7-6 06-236115-001

Parts List
7-3 DISCHARGE NOZZLES
Only listed Kidde ECS System HFC-227ea nozzles are to be used on Kidde ECS
Systems. Failure to comply with this WARNING can result in unpredictable
WARNING agent distribution.
7-3.1 UL Listed 360 Degree Nozzles

Note: An additional nozzle finish has been added for a special application. This is a nickel plated nozzle
designed to the specifications of the brass version which is FM Approved. The part numbers are
exact to that below except for the sixth digit which is a “3” instead of a “0”.
UL Listed 360 Degree Nozzles

Area (in2)
1/2 in NPT 3/4 in NPT 1 in NPT 1-1/4 in NPT 1-1/2 in NPT 2 in NPT
0.0774 90-194023-111
0.0802 90-194023-113
0.0845 90-194023-116
0.0905 90-194023-120
0.0982 90-194023-125
0.1037 90-194023-129
0.1162 90-194023-136
0.1240 90-194023-141
0.1303 90-194023-144
0.1358 90-194023-147 90-194024-147
0.1404 90-194023-150 90-194024-150
0.1534 90-194023-156 90-194024-156

0.1629 90-194023-161 90-194024-161
0.1731 90-194023-166 90-194024-166
0.1856 90-194023-172 90-194024-172
0.1968 90-194023-177 90-194024-177
0.2035 90-194023-180 90-194024-180
0.2080 90-194023-182 90-194024-182
0.2150 90-194023-185 90-194024-185
0.2244 90-194024-189 90-194025-189
0.2353 90-194024-194 90-194025-194
0.2488 90-194024-199 90-194025-199
0.2653 90-194024-206 90-194025-206
0.2851 90-194024-213 90-194025-213
0.3007 90-194024-219 90-194025-219
0.3069 90-194024-221 90-194025-221
0.3266 90-194024-228 90-194025-228
0.3440 90-194024-234 90-194025-234
0.3559 90-194024-238 90-194025-238
0.3802 90-194025-246 90-194026-246
06-236115-001 7-7 October 2014

Parts List

Area (in2)
0.3927 90-194025-250 90-194026-250
0.4150 90-194025-257 90-194026-257

0.4280 90-194025-261 90-194026-261
0.4433 90-194025-266 90-194026-266
0.4649 90-194025-272 90-194026-272
0.4821 90-194025-277 90-194026-277
0.5284 90-194025-290 90-194026-290 90-194027-290
0.5468 90-194025-295 90-194026-295 90-194027-295
0.5731 90-194025-302 90-194026-302 90-194027-302
0.6136 90-194025-313 90-194026-313 90-194027-313
0.6274 90-194026-316 90-194027-316
0.6555 90-194026-323 90-194027-323

0.6765 90-194026-328 90-194027-328
0.6926 90-194026-332 90-194027-332
0.7221 90-194026-339 90-194027-339
0.7424 90-194026-344 90-194027-344
0.8053 90-194026-358 90-194027-358
0.8115 90-194026-359 90-194027-359
0.8509 90-194026-368 90-194027-368 90-194028-368
0.8836 90-194026-375 90-194027-375 90-194028-375
0.8930 90-194026-377 90-194027-377 90-194028-377

0.9362 90-194026-386 90-194027-386 90-194028-386
0.9587 90-194026-391 90-194027-391 90-194028-391
0.9903 90-194026-397 90-194027-397 90-194028-397

1.0255 90-194026-404 90-194027-404 90-194028-404
1.0717 90-194026-272 90-194027-413 90-194028-413
1.1183 90-194026-277 90-194027-422 90-194028-422
1.2026 90-194026-290 90-194027-438 90-194028-438
1.2901 90-194026-295 90-194027-453 90-194028-453
1.3806 90-194026-302 90-194027-469 90-194028-469
1.4742 90-194026-313 90-194027-290 90-194028-484
1.5708 90-194026-316 90-194027-295 90-194028-500
1.6705 90-194026-323 90-194027-302 90-194028-516
1.7733 90-194026-328 90-194027-313 90-194028-531
1.8791 90-194026-332 90-194027-316 90-194028-547
1.9880 90-194026-339 90-194027-323 90-194028-563
2.1000 90-194026-344 90-194027-328 90-194028-578
2.2151 90-194026-358 90-194027-332 90-194028-594
2.3332 90-194026-359 90-194027-339 90-194028-609
October 2014 7-8 06-236115-001

Parts List
7-3.2 UL Listed 180 Degree Nozzles:

Note: An additional nozzle finish has been added for a special application. This is a nickel plated nozzle
designed to the specifications of the brass version which is FM Approved. The part numbers are
exact to that below except for the sixth digit which is a “3” instead of a “0”.

Area (in2)
0.0770 90-194013-109
0.0810 90-194013-111
0.0820 90-194013-113
0.0875 90-194013-116
0.0931 90-194013-120
0.1030 90-194013-125
0.1072 90-194013-129
0.1190 90-194013-136
0.1289 90-194013-141
0.1342 90-194013-144 90-194014-144
0.1384 90-194013-147 90-194014-147
0.1428 90-194013-150 90-194014-150
0.1605 90-194013-156 90-194014-156
0.1694 90-194013-161 90-194014-161
0.1779 90-194013-166 90-194014-166

0.1909 90-194013-172 90-194014-172
0.2049 90-194014-177
0.2113 90-194014-180
0.2177 90-194014-182 90-194015-182
0.2215 90-194014-185 90-194015-185
0.2313 90-194014-189 90-194015-189

0.2405 90-194014-194 90-194015-194
0.2597 90-194014-199 90-194015-199
0.2744 90-194014-206 90-194015-206
0.3005 90-194014-213 90-194015-213
0.3080 90-194014-219 90-194015-219
0.3128 90-194014-221 90-194015-221
0.3364 90-194014-228 90-194015-228
0.3504 90-194015-234
0.3623 90-194015-238
0.4039 90-194015-246 90-194016-246
06-236115-001 7-9 October 2014

Parts List

Area (in2)
0.4056 90-194015-250 90-194016-250
0.4233 90-194015-257 90-194016-257
0.4400 90-194015-261 90-194016-261
0.4485 90-194015-266 90-194016-266
0.4734 90-194015-272 90-194016-272
0.4954 90-194015-277 90-194016-277
0.5379 90-194015-290 90-194016-290 90-194017-290
0.5636 90-194016-295 90-194017-295
0.5967 90-194016-302 90-194017-302
0.6382 90-194016-313 90-194017-313
0.6439 90-194016-316 90-194017-316
0.6787 90-194016-323 90-194017-323
0.6875 90-194016-328 90-194017-328

0.7254 90-194016-332 90-194017-332
0.7401 90-194016-339 90-194017-339
0.7884 90-194016-344 90-194017-344

0.8439 90-194016-358 90-194017-358 90-194018-358
0.8439 90-194016-359 90-194017-359 90-194018-359
0.8767 90-194016-368 90-194017-368 90-194018-368

0.9047 90-194016-375 90-194017-375 90-194018-375
0.9311 90-194016-377 90-194017-377 90-194018-377
0.9588 90-194016-386 90-194017-386 90-194018-386
0.9896 90-194017-391 90-194018-391
1.0140 90-194017-397 90-194018-397
1.0498 90-194017-404 90-194018-404

1.1081 90-194017-413 90-194018-413
1.1699 90-194017-422 90-194018-422
1.2368 90-194017-438 90-194018-438
1.3374 90-194018-453
1.4146 90-194018-469
1.5114 90-194018-484
1.6264 90-194018-500
1.7045 90-194018-516
1.8205 90-194018-531
1.9075 90-194018-547
2.0304 90-194018-563
2.1566 90-194018-578
October 2014 7-10 06-236115-001

APPENDIX A
MATERIAL SAFETY DATASHEETS
P/N 06-236115-001 A-1 October 2014

MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEET
FM-200 (Fire Extinguishing Agent)
1. IDENTIFICATION OF THE SUBSTANCE/PREPARATIONS AND OF THE COMPANY UNDERTAKING
Product Name FM-200 (Fire Extinguishing Agent)

Other Trade Names Heptafluoropropane, HFC-227ea
Product Description Fire Extinguishing Agent
Manufacturer/Supplier Kidde Fire Systems
Address 400 Main Street
Ashland, MA 01721
USA
Phone Number (508) 881-2000
Chemtrec Number (800) 424-9300
(for emergencies only) (703) 527-3887 (International)
Revision Date: February 12, 2012
MSDS Date: February 9, 2009
Safety Data Sheet according to EC directive 2001/59/EC and OSHA’s Hazcom Standard (29 CFR 1910.1200)
2. HAZARDS IDENTIFICATION
EU Main Hazards
Non Flammable Gas
Routes of Entry
Eye contact - Inhalation - Skin contact
Carcinogenic Status
Not considered carcinogenic by NTP, IARC, and OSHA.
Target Organs
Respiratory System - Skin - Eye - Cardiovascular System - Central Nervous System
Health Effects - Eyes
Direct contact with the cold gas or liquid can cause freezing of exposed tissues, with pain, redness,
burns and corneal damage.
Health Effects - Skin
Direct contact with the cold gas or liquid can cause freezing of exposed tissues.
Health Effects - Ingestion
Ingestion is not a possible route of exposure.
Health Effects - Inhalation
Exposure to vapor at high concentrations have the following effects: - light headedness - dizziness -
difficulty with breathing - drowsiness - nausea - mental confusion - increased blood pressure – increased
respiratory rate - heart irregularities - loss of consciousness - suffocation if air is displaced by vapors.
Individuals with preexisting diseases of the cardiovascular system or nervous system may have
increased susceptibility from excessive exposures.
3. COMPOSITION/INFORMATION ON INGREDIENTS
Component Name CAS#/Codes Concentration R Phrases EU Classification

1,1,1,2,3,3,3-Heptafluoropropane 431-89-0 >99.9% None Non Flammable Gas
EC#207-079-2
Revision Date: February 9, 2012 Page 1 of 6

4. FIRST AID MEASURES
Eyes
Immediately flood the eye with plenty of warm water for at least 15 minutes, holding the eye open.
Obtain medical attention if soreness or redness persists.
Skin
Flush with water. Obtain medical attention if frostbite or blistering occurs or redness persists.
Ingestion
Ingestion is not considered a potential route of exposure.
Inhalation
Remove from exposure. If there is difficulty in breathing, give oxygen. Obtain medical attention
immediately.
Advice to Physicians
In case of frostbite, place the frostbitten part in warm water. If warm water is not available or impractical
to use, wrap the affected parts gently in blankets. DO NOT USE HOT WATER.
The use of epinephrine or similar compounds can increase susceptibility to heart irregularities caused by
excessive exposure to these types of compounds.
5. FIRE - FIGHTING MEASURES
Extinguishing Media
FM-200 is used as an extinguishing agent and therefore is not a problem when trying to control a blaze.
Use extinguishing agent appropriate to other materials involved. Keep containers and surroundings cool
with water spray as containers may rupture or burst in the heat of a fire.
Unusual Fire and Explosion Hazards
Containers may explode in heat of fire.
Protective Equipment for Fire-Fighting
Wear full protective clothing and self-contained breathing apparatus as appropriate for specific fire
conditions.
6. ACCIDENTAL RELEASE MEASURES
Wear full protective clothing and self-contained breathing apparatus. Remove leaking cylinder to a safe
place. Ventilate the area. Leaks inside confined spaces may cause suffocation as vapors may displace
air, and should not be entered without a self-contained breathing apparatus.
7. HANDLING AND STORAGE
Containers should be properly stored and secured to prevent falling or being knocked over. Do not drag,
slide or roll containers. Do not drop containers or permit them to strike against each other. Never apply
flame or localized heat directly to any part of the containers. Store away from sources of heat or ignition.
Storage area should be: - cool - dry - well ventilated - under cover - out of direct sunlight
8. EXPOSURE CONTROLS/PERSONAL PROTECTION
Occupational Exposure Standards

Occupational exposure limits are listed below, if they exist.
1,1,1,2,3,3,3-Heptafluoropropane
None established.

Engineering Control Measures

Use with adequate ventilation. There should be local procedures for the selection, training, inspection
and maintenance of this equipment. When used in large volumes or odor becomes apparent, use local
exhaust ventilation.
Respiratory Protection
Not normally required under conditions of use as a portable fire extinguisher. For other applications
creating oxygen deficient atmospheres, use a self contained breathing apparatus, as an air purifying
respirator will not provide protection.
Hand Protection
Wear rubber gloves. Avoid contact with skin.
Eye Protection
Chemical goggles or safety glasses with side shields. Avoid contact with eyes.
Body Protection
Normal work wear.
9. PHYSICAL AND CHEMICAL PROPERTIES
Physical State Liquefied gas under pressure

Color Colorless
Odor Odorless
Specific Gravity 1.46
Boiling Range/Point (°C/F) -16.4oC/3 oF
Flash Point (PMCC) (°C/F) Not Flammable
Solubility in Water 260 mg/L
Vapor Density (Air = 1) 6.04
o
Vapor Pressure 58.8 psia @ 70 F
2.01 lb/ft @ 70oF
3
Gas Density
Evaporation Rate Not applicable
10. STABILITY AND REACTIVITY
Stability
Stable under normal conditions.
Conditions to Avoid
- Heat - High temperatures - Exposure to direct sunlight
Materials to Avoid
- powdered metals (ex. aluminum, zinc, etc.) - strong oxidizing agents – strong reducing agents – strong
alkalis
Hazardous Polymerization
Will not occur.
Hazardous Decomposition Products
- oxides of carbon - hydrogen fluoride

11. TOXICOLOGICAL INFORMATION
Acute Toxicity
4 hour LC50(rat) >788,698 ppm
Chronic Toxicity/Carcinogenicity
This product is not expected to cause long term adverse health effects.
Genotoxicity
This product is not expected to cause any mutagenic effects. Tests have shown that this material does
not cause genetic damage in bacterial or mammalian cell cultures.
Reproductive/Developmental Toxicity
This product is not expected to cause adverse reproductive effects.
12. ECOLOGICAL INFORMATION
Mobility
No data available.
Persistence/Degradability
No data available.
Bio-accumulation
No data available.
Ecotoxicity
No data available.
13. DISPOSAL CONSIDERATIONS
Dispose of container in accordance with all applicable local and national regulations. Do not cut,
puncture or weld on or near to the container. If spilled, contents will vaporize to the atmosphere.
14. TRANSPORT INFORMATION
DOT CFR 172.101 Data Heptafluoropropane, 2.2, UN3296

UN Proper Shipping Name Heptafluoropropane
UN Class (2.2) Non-Flammable Gas
UN Number UN3296
UN Packaging Group Not applicable
15. REGULATORY INFORMATION
EU Label Information
Classification and labelling have been performed according to EU directives 67/548/EEC and 99/45/EC
including amendments(2001/60/EC and 2006/8/EC)
EU Hazard Symbol and Indication of Danger.
Non Flammable Gas
R phrases
None
S phrases
None

US REGULATIONS (Federal, State) and INTERNATIONAL CHEMICAL REGISTRATION LAWS

TSCA Listing
This product contains ingredients that are listed on or exempt from listing on the EPA Toxic Substance
Control Act Chemical Substance Inventory.
EINECS Listing
All ingredients in this product are listed on the European Inventory of Existing Commercial Chemical
Substances (EINECS) or the European List of New Chemical Substances (ELINCS) or are exempt from
listing.
DSL/NDSL (Canadian) Listing
All ingredients in this product are listed on the Domestic Substance List (DSL) or the Non-Domestic
Substance List (NDSL) or are exempt from listing.
WHMIS Classification
A
This product was classified in accordance with the hazard criteria of the Canadian Controlled Products
Regulations and the MSDS contains all the information required by these regulations.
MA Right To Know Law
All components have been checked for inclusion on the Massachusetts Substance List (MSL). Those
components present at or above the de minimis concentration include: - none
PA Right To Know Law
This product contains the following chemicals found on the Pennsylvania Hazardous Substance List: -
none
NJ Right To Know Law
This product contains the following chemicals found on the NJ Right To Know Hazardous Substance
List: - none
California Proposition 65
This product does not contain materials which the State of California has found to cause cancer, birth
defects or other reproductive harm.
SARA Title III Sect. 302 (EHS)
This product does not contain any chemicals subject to SARA Title III Section 302.
SARA Title III Sect. 304
SARA Title III Sect. 311/312 Categorization
- Immediate (Acute) Health Hazard - Pressure Hazard
This product does not contain a chemical which is listed in Section 313 at or above de minimis
concentrations.
16. OTHER INFORMATION
NFPA Ratings
NFPA Code for Health - 1
NFPA Code for Flammability - 0
NFPA Code for Reactivity - 0
NFPA Code for Special Hazards – None

HMIS Ratings
HMIS Code for Health - 1
HMIS Code for Flammability - 0
HMIS Code for Reactivity - 0
HMIS Code for Personal Protection - See Section 8
Abbreviations
N/A: Denotes no applicable information found or available
CAS#: Chemical Abstracts Service Number
ACGIH: American Conference of Governmental Industrial Hygienists
OSHA: Occupational Safety and Health Administration
TLV: Threshold Limit Value
PEL: Permissible Exposure Limit
STEL: Short Term Exposure Limit
NTP: National Toxicology Program
IARC: International Agency for Research on Cancer
R: Risk
S: Safety
Prepared By: EnviroNet LLC.
The information contained herein is based on data believed to be accurate. However, no representation,
warranty, or guarantee is made to its accuracy, reliability or completeness. It is the user's responsibility
to satisfy himself as to the suitability and completeness of such information for its own particular use.
Kidde Fire Systems assumes no responsibility for personal injury or property damage resulting from use,
handling or from contact with this product.

Nitrogen (Expellant)
Product Name Nitrogen (Expellant)

Other Trade Names N2
Product Description Expellant
Ashland, MA 01721
USA
EU Main Hazards
Non Flammable Gas
Routes of Entry
Carcinogenic Status
Target Organs
Respiratory System
Non-irritating gas
Non-irritating gas
Avoid direct inhalation of undiluted gas. Can cause suffocation by reducing oxygen available for
breathing. Breathing very high concentrations can cause dizziness, shortness of breath,
unconsciousness or asphyxiation.

Nitrogen 7727-37-9 100% None Non Flammable Gas
EC#231-783-9

Eyes
No specific measures.
Skin
No specific measures.
Ingestion
Inhalation
Remove from exposure. If there is difficulty in breathing, give oxygen. Obtain medical attention
immediately.
Treat symptomatically.
Extinguishing Media
All known extinguishing media can be used. Use extinguishing media appropriate for containers in the
area.
conditions.
Material is a normal atmospheric gas. Remove leaking cylinder to a safe place. Ventilate the area.
Wear self contained breathing apparatus when entering confined spaces unless atmosphere is proven
to be safe.
Cylinders should be properly stored and secured to prevent falling or being knocked over. Do not drag,
slide or roll cylinders. Do not drop cylinders or permit them to strike against each other. Never apply
flame or localized heat directly to any part of the cylinder. Store away from sources of heat or ignition.
Storage area should be: - cool - dry - well ventilated - under cover - out of direct sunlight

Nitrogen
None
Use with adequate ventilation (natural or mechanical), especially in a confined space.

Not normally required. In oxygen deficient atmospheres, use a self contained breathing apparatus, as
an air purifying respirator will not provide protection.
Hand Protection
Use leather or sturdy work gloves when handling cylinders.
Eye Protection
Chemical goggles or safety glasses with side shields.
Body Protection
Normal work wear.
Physical State Compressed gas

Color Colorless
Odor None
Specific Gravity Not applicable
Boiling Range/Point (°C/F) -321oF
Solubility in Water 0.2 g/l
Vapor Density (Air = 1) 0.97.
Vapor Pressure Not determined
3 o
Gas Density 0.075 lb/ft @70 F as vapor
Stability
Conditions to Avoid
Extremely high temperatures - flames
Materials to Avoid
None known
Will not occur.
None
Acute Toxicity
Simple asphyxiant.

Genotoxicity
This product is not expected to cause any mutagenic effects.
Mobility
Nitrogen occurs naturally in the atmosphere.
Bio-accumulation
Ecotoxicity
No data available
Dispose of container in accordance with all applicable local and national regulations. Do not cut,
puncture or weld on or near to the container. If spilled, contents will vaporize to the atmosphere.
DOT CFR 172.101 Data Nitrogen, compressed, 2.2, UN1066

UN Proper Shipping Name Nitrogen, compressed
UN Number UN1066
Non Flammable Gas
R phrases
None
S phrases
S9 Keep container in a well ventilated place.


TSCA Listing
EINECS Listing
listing.
A
components present at or above the de minimis concentration include: Nitrogen
Nitrogen
This product contains the following chemicals found on the NJ Right To Know Hazardous Substance
List: - Nitrogen
concentrations.
NFPA Ratings
NFPA Code for Special Hazards – None

HMIS Ratings
Abbreviations
R: Risk
S: Safety
The information contained herein is based on data believed to be accurate. However, no
representation, warranty, or guarantee is made to its accuracy, reliability or completeness. It is the
user's responsibility to satisfy himself as to the suitability and completeness of such information for its
own particular use. Kidde Fire Systems assumes no responsibility for personal injury or property
damage resulting from use, handling or from contact with this product.

Carbon Dioxide
(Fire Extinguishing Agent and Expellant)
Product Name Carbon Dioxide (Fire Extinguishing Agent and Expellant)

Other Trade Names CO2
Product Description Fire Extinguishing Agent and Expellant
Ashland, MA 01721
USA
EU Main Hazards
Non Flammable Gas
Routes of Entry
Carcinogenic Status
Target Organs
Respiratory System - Skin - Eye – Cardiovascular System
Direct contact with the cold gas or liquid can cause freezing of exposed tissues, with pain, redness, burns
and corneal damage. Moisture in the air can react to form carbonic acid which causes eye irritation.
Direct contact with the cold gas or liquid can cause freezing of exposed tissues.
Exposure to vapor at high concentrations have the following effects: - light headedness - dizziness - difficulty
with breathing - drowsiness - nausea - mental confusion - increased blood pressure – increased respiratory
rate - loss of consciousness which may prove fatal due to suffocation as it displaces oxygen. Individuals
with pre-existing disease will be at increased risk.

Carbon Dioxide 124-38-9 >99.8 None Non Flammable Gas
EC#204-696-9

Carbon Dioxide
Eyes
Immediately flood the eye with plenty of warm water for at least 15 minutes, holding the eye open. Obtain
medical attention if soreness or redness persists.
Skin
Gently warm affected areas. Obtain medical attention if blistering occurs or redness persists.
Ingestion
Inhalation
Remove from exposure. If there is difficulty in breathing, give oxygen. Obtain medical attention immediately.
In case of frostbite, place the frostbitten part in warm water. If warm water is not available or impractical to
use, wrap the affected parts gently in blankets. DO NOT USE HOT WATER.
Extinguishing Media
Carbon Dioxide is used as an extinguishing agent and therefore is not a problem when trying to control a
blaze. Use extinguishing agent appropriate to other materials involved. Keep containers and surroundings
cool with water spray as containers may rupture or burst in the heat of a fire.
conditions.
Wear full protective clothing and self-contained breathing apparatus. Remove leaking cylinder to a safe
place. Ventilate the area. Vapors can accumulate in low areas. Leaks inside confined spaces may cause
suffocation as oxygen is displaced and should not be entered without a self-contained breathing apparatus.
Cylinders should be properly stored and secured to prevent falling or being knocked over. Do not drag, slide
or roll cylinders. Do not drop cylinders or permit them to strike against each other. Never apply flame or
localized heat directly to any part of the cylinder. Store away from sources of heat or ignition. Storage area
should be: - cool - dry - well ventilated - under cover - out of direct sunlight

Occupational exposure limits are listed below, if they exist.
Carbon Dioxide
ACGIH TLV: 5000 ppm (9000 mg/m3) STEL: 30,000 ppm (54,000 mg/m3)
OSHA PEL: 5000 ppm (9000 mg/m3)
Use with adequate ventilation. There should be local procedures for the selection, training, inspection and
maintenance of this equipment. When used in large volumes or odor becomes apparent, use local exhaust
ventilation.

Carbon Dioxide
Not normally required under conditions of use as a portable fire extinguisher. For other applications creating
oxygen deficient atmospheres, use a self contained breathing apparatus, as an air purifying respirator will
not provide protection.
Hand Protection
Wear rubber gloves. Avoid contact with skin.
Eye Protection
Chemical goggles or safety glasses with side shields. Avoid contact with eyes.
Body Protection
Normal work wear.
Physical State Liquefied gas under pressure

Color Colorless
Odor Odorless to Slightly Acidic
Specific Gravity 1.522
Boiling Range/Point (°C/F) -109.3oF
Solubility in Water Soluble
Vapor Density (Air = 1) Heavier than air.
Vapor Pressure 838 psig @70oF and 1 atmosphere
Gas Density 0.1144 lb/ft3
Stability
Conditions to Avoid
- Heat - High temperatures - Exposure to direct sunlight
Materials to Avoid
- alkali or alkaline earth metal (ex. aluminum, zinc, etc.) - Strong oxidizing agents
Will not occur.
- in contact with moisture will generate carbonic acid
Acute Toxicity
Simple asphyxiant. LCLo (inhalation in humans): 90,000ppm/ 5 minutes.

Carbon Dioxide
Genotoxicity
This product is not expected to cause any mutagenic effects.
Mobility
Carbon dioxide occurs naturally in the atmosphere.
Bio-accumulation
Ecotoxicity
Aquatic Toxicity: 100-200 mg/l/no time specified/various organisms/fresh water
Waterfowl toxicity: 5-8%, no effect
Dispose of container in accordance with all applicable local and national regulations. Do not cut, puncture or
weld on or near to the container. If spilled, contents will vaporize to the atmosphere.
DOT CFR 172.101 Data Carbon Dioxide, 2.2, UN1013

UN Proper Shipping Name Carbon Dioxide
UN Number UN1013
Non Flammable Gas
R phrases
None
S phrases
S9 Keep container in a well ventilated place.

Carbon Dioxide

TSCA Listing
EINECS Listing
listing.
A
components present at or above the de minimis concentration include: - carbon dioxide
carbon dioxide
This product contains the following chemicals found on the NJ Right To Know Hazardous Substance List: -
carbon dioxide
concentrations.
NFPA Ratings
NFPA Code for Special Hazards - None

Carbon Dioxide
HMIS Ratings
Abbreviations
R: Risk
S: Safety
LCLo: Lethal concentration low
The information contained herein is based on data believed to be accurate. However, no representation,
warranty, or guarantee is made to its accuracy, reliability or completeness. It is the user's responsibility to
satisfy himself as to the suitability and completeness of such information for its own particular use. Kidde
Fire Systems assumes no responsibility for personal injury or property damage resulting from use, handling
or from contact with this product.

October 2014 A-2 P/N 06-236115-001

Kidde is a registered trademark of Kidde-Fenwal, Inc.
All other trademarks are property of their respective owners.
These instructions do not purport to cover all the details or variations in the equipment
described, nor do they provide for every possible contingency to be met in connection with
installation, operation and maintenance. All specifications subject to change without no-
tice. Should further information be desired or should particular problems arise which are
400 Main Street not covered sufficiently for the purchaser’s purposes, the matter should be referred to
Ashland, MA 01721 KIDDE-FENWAL INC., Ashland, MA 01721.
Tel.: 508-881-2000
06-236115-001 Rev. BA ©2014 Kidde-Fenwal, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
Fax: 508-881-8920
www.kiddefiresystems.com
06-236115-003
July 2016
Supplement to
Kidde Fire Systems®
ECS Fire Suppression
System
Design, Installation, Operation, and
Maintenance Manual
Rev BA, P/N 06-236115-001
Placement Supervision
R
FM
LISTED LISTED APPROVED
UL Listing File UL Listing File FM Approvals

No. EX 4674 No. EX 4674 Project ID 3054754
Jurisdiction: EAR
US ECCN: EAR99
This document contains technical
data subject to the EAR
TABLE OF CONTENTS
1 General ............................................................................................... 1
2 Component Descriptions ........................................................................ 2
2.1 Control Head Monitor with Explosion Proof Assembly,
P/N 85-100000-100 .............................................................................. 2
2.1.1 Standards for US Explosion Proof Approval ............................................... 3
2.1.2 Standards for Canadian Explosion Proof Approval ...................................... 3
2.2 Spacer, P/N 85-100000-002 (Optional) .................................................... 3
3 Installation Details ................................................................................ 4
3.1 Installation of Electric Control Heads
(P/N WK-890181-000 and 82-486500-010) .............................................. 4
3.2 Installation of Electric/Cable Operated Control Head,
(P/N 81-895630-000 and WK-897494-000) .............................................. 7
3.3 Installation of Nitrogen Pilot Cylinder, P/N WK-877940-000
and Mounting Bracket, P/N WK-877845-000 ............................................. 8
3.4 Installation of Stackable Pressure Operated Control Heads
(P/N 82-878750-000) ............................................................................ 9
4 Preventive Maintenance ....................................................................... 11
4.1 Semi-Annual Electric Control Head Test.................................................. 11
5 Parts List ........................................................................................... 12
06-236115-003 i July 2016

July 2016 ii 06-236115-003

1 GENERAL
To comply with NFPA 2001 (2012 ed.), all control head must be under placement supervision
such that, if an electric actuator is removed, an audible and visual signal will be initiated at the
control panel indicating system impairment. To accomplish this, Kidde is offering a Control
Head Monitor suitable for mounting between the electric control head and the corresponding
discharge valves.
This document provides instructions to install the Control Head Monitor.
For other details, see the Kidde Fire Systems® ECS Fire Suppression System with HFC-227ea
Agent: DIOM Rev BA, P/N 06-236115-001.
06-236115-003 1 July 2016

2 COMPONENT DESCRIPTIONS
2.1 Control Head Monitor with Explosion Proof Assembly,

P/N 85-100000-100
The Control Head Monitor with explosion proof assembly provides supervision for control head
placement in normal and explosive environments in one easy to install component.
The following specifications apply to the Control Head Monitor:
• Rated Voltage: 42 VDC maximum
• Resistive Load: 0.5A maximum
Figure 1. Control Head Monitor with Explosion Proof Assembly
WHITE WIRES
BLUE WIRES
Figure 2. Control Head Monitor Dimensions

This component can be placed between the items listed below and one of the following Electric
or Electric/Cable operated control heads (P/N: WK-890181-000, WK-897494-000,
82-486500-010, and 81-895630-000):
• 1-1/2”, 2”, and 3” cylinder discharge valve
• Nitrogen Pilot valve
• Nitrogen Driver valve
• Stackable Pressure Operated Control head (with special spacer)
July 2016 2 06-236115-003

For US and Canada Explosion proof installations, seal all conduits within 18
WARNING inches from the end of the component.
2.1.1 Standards for US Explosion Proof Approval
Number Issue Date
FM 3600 2011
FM 3615 2006
FM 3616 2011
FM 3810 2005
ANSI/ISA 60079-0 2013
ANSI/ISA 60079-1 2013
ANSI/ISA 60079-31 2013
US Hazardous Location Markings:

• Class I, Div 1, Groups CD
• Class I, Zone 1, AEx d IIB T6
• Class II, III, Div 1, Groups EFG
• Zone 21, AEx tb IIIC T85°C
• Ta = -40°C to 60°C
2.1.2 Standards for Canadian Explosion Proof Approval
Number Issue Date
CSA C22.2 NO. 0.4 2013

CSA C22.2 NO. 0.5 2012
CSA C22.2 NO. 25 2014
CSA C22.2 NO. 30 2012
61010-1 2012
CAN/CSA 60079-0 2011
CAN/CSA 60079-1 2011
Canada Hazardous Location Markings:

• Class I, Div 1, Groups CD
• Class I, Zone 1, Ex d IIB T6
• Class II, III, Div 1, Groups EFG
• Zone 21, Ex tb IIIC T85°C
• Ta = -40°C to 60°C
2.2 Spacer, P/N 85-100000-002 (Optional)

A spacer, P/N 85-100000-002, must be used when installing the Control Head Monitor between and
electric control head and the Stackable Pressure Operated Control head (P/N 82-878750-000).
See Section 2.2 for more information.
06-236115-003 3 July 2016

3 INSTALLATION DETAILS
• Electric Control Head
• Electric/Cable Control Head
• Electric to N2 108 cu. in. Pilot Driver
3.1 Installation of Electric Control Heads

(P/N WK-890181-000 and 82-486500-010)
Follow all instructions contained in the main body of the DIOM up to this section.
Before installing a control head on an agent cylinder valve, ensure the control
head is in the SET position (that is, the actuating pin is in the fully retracted or
SET position). Failure to position the control head in the SET position will result
in accidental agent cylinder discharge when the control head is installed on
cylinder valve. Personal injury and/or property damage could occur.
WARNING
Electric Control Head, P/N 82-486500-010 is designed for Kidde 1½ in, 2 in, and
2½ in agent cylinder valves only. Installing this control head on any other
device (for example, pressure operated control head) will cause the device to
malfunction when the control head is actuated.
1. Remove the protection cap from the agent cylinder actuation port. Ensure the control head
is in SET position (that is, the actuating pin is in the fully retracted or SET position).
2. Insert the Control Head Monitor (P/N 85-100000-001) between the control head and the
cylinder valve as shown in Figure 3 for the Electrical Control Head and Figure 5 for the
Stackable Electric Control Head.
3. Install the electric control head on the cylinder actuation port. Tighten the swivel nut.
Note: When installed, the Control Head Monitor does not sit completely snug against the
valve. This play allows for easier attachment of conduit to the component.
The placement supervision signal is not a substitute for ensuring proper

interlock of the actuator plunger to the valve core assembly. Make sure the
WARNING control head is properly seated.
4. If installing the Stackable Electric Control Head (P/N 82-486500-010), install the Lever Op-
erated Control Head to the top of the Stackable Electric Control Head.
5. Make all electrical connections as outlined in the DIOM.
Note: P/N 82-486500-010 is a polarized control head. Improper wiring will cause the device
to malfunction.
July 2016 4 06-236115-003

Figure 3. Order of Installation for Electric Control Head, P/N WK-890181-000
0.750 NPT TO FLEXIBLE

CONDUIT ADAPTER
FLEXIBLE CONDUIT
OPTIONAL CONNECTION
FOR MICROSWITCH
PLUS OR HOT CONNECTION (TERMINAL 2)
(TERMINAL 3)
MINUS, NEUTRAL
OR GROUND CONNECTION
(TERMINAL 1)
TERMINAL STRAP
3 2
MICROSWITCH
MICROSWITCH
LEVER
SWIVEL
INDICATOR AND NUT
RESET STEM CAM
Figure 4. Electrical Connections for Control Head, P/Ns WK-890181-000
06-236115-003 5 July 2016

The stackable control head (P/N 82-486500-010) cannot be used with the 3-
inch valve cylinder (P/Ns 90-100600-100, 90-100601-100, 90-100900-001 and
90-100901-001), the 108 cubic inch Nitrogen Pilot Cylinder or any size of
Nitrogen Driver. The stackable control head does not have sufficient force to
activate these valves and may result in system failure. Use the electric/manual
CAUTION control heads (P/Ns 8901XX) with the 3-inch valve (P/N 90-17000-000) or
with other high pressure Kidde valves.
The stackable control head must be used in conjunction with a manual pull
lever.
Figure 5. Order of Installation for Electric Control Head (Stackable Type), P/N 82-486500-010
July 2016 6 06-236115-003

3.2 Installation of Electric/Cable Operated Control Head,
(P/N 81-895630-000 and WK-897494-000)
Follow all instructions contained in the main body of the DIOM up to this section. The following
procedures must be performed before attaching a control head to a cylinder valve.
Before installing a control head on a nitrogen driver cylinder valve, ensure the
WARNING position will result in accidental discharge and possible personal injury when
the control head is installed on the driver valve.
1. Remove the four screws holding the cable housing cover on the control head. Remove the
cover.
2. Position the control head in the approximately installed position at the agent cylinder valve
control port but do not assemble onto the actuation port of the agent cylinder valve.
3. Check that the control head is in the SET position.
4. Assemble the pull cable conduit to the conduit connection on the control head.
5. Feed the cable into the control head through the hole in the operating lever.
6. Feed the cable through the cable clamp. Pull the cable taut, allowing approximately 1/4 in
to 1/2 in clearance between the cable clamp and the operating lever. Tighten the set screws
in the cable clamp to secure the cable to the clamp.
7. Cut off any excess cable.
8. Verify the manual remote cable operation to ensure control head actuates and all cable
clamps are tight.
9. Pull the cable back to its normal set (non-operated) position.
10. Reset the control head.
11. Replace the control head cover.
12. Examine the seal wire at the safety pull pin. Make sure it is intact.
13. Insert the Control Head Monitor between the control head and the cylinder valve. This is
similar to the order of installation shown in Figure 3.
14. Assemble the control head to the cylinder valve actuation port. Tighten the swivel nut se-
curely.

06-236115-003 7 July 2016

3.3 Installation of Nitrogen Pilot Cylinder, P/N WK-877940-000 and
Mounting Bracket, P/N WK-877845-000
1. Locate the nitrogen cylinder mounting bracket in an area where the cylinder valve assembly
and control head will be protected from inclement weather by a suitable total or partial en-
closure, preferably adjacent to the agent storage cylinders.
2. Install the mounting bracket clamps and hardware. Install the nitrogen cylinder in position
in a mounting bracket; tighten sufficiently to hold the cylinder in place while allowing the
cylinder enough free play to be rotated.
3. Turn the cylinder until the valve discharge outlet is in the desired position. The nitrogen
cylinder must be positioned so that control head is readily accessible for manual operation.
5. Attach the adapter (P/N WK-699205-010) and connect the nitrogen pilot lines.
fully retracted or SET position) before attaching it to the cylinder valve. If the
WARNING control head is not in the SET position, agent will discharge accidentally.
7. Insert the Control Head Monitor between the control head and the cylinder valve actuation
port as shown in Figure 6.
Figure 6. Order of Installation

8. Install the control head to the cylinder valve actuation port and tighten securely.

interlock of the actuator plunger to the pilot check assembly. Make sure the
July 2016 8 06-236115-003

3.4 Installation of Stackable Pressure Operated Control Heads (P/N 82-
878750-000)
Note: The Spacer (P/N: 85-100000-002) is only needed when installing an electric control
head (P/N WK-890181-000, 81-895630-000, and 81-895630-000) onto a stackable
pressure operated control head. The order of installation must be followed as outlined
below.
When attaching the pressure-operated control head to the valve, the swivel nut
must be tightened to a torque of 55 ft-lb. Failure to tighten the swivel nut as
WARNING directed may result in leakage during actuation.
Require Control Head Monitor

(P/N 85-100000-100)
Require Spacer (P/N 85-100000-002)
Oponal Control Head Monitor

(P/N 85-100000-100)
Figure 7. Pressure Operated Control Head Order of Assembly

der actuation port.
3. Insert the spacer (P/N 85-100000-002) on to top of the stackable pressure operated con-
trol head.
4. Insert the Control Head Monitor between the electric control head and the spacer as shown
in Figure 7.
06-236115-003 9 July 2016

5. Install the electric control head to the top port of the stackable pressure operated control
head and tighten securely.
Ensure that the pilot line is not pressurized and the actuating pins are in the SET
position (that is, the actuating pins are in the fully retracted or SET position).
Failure to follow this procedure will result in accidental discharge and possible
WARNING death, personal injury, and property damage when the control head is installed
on the valve.

July 2016 10 06-236115-003

4 PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE
Perform preventive maintenance per Table 1-1.
Table 1-1. Preventive Maintenance Schedule
Schedule Requirement Paragraph
Semi-Annually Test electric control heads 4.1
4.1 Semi-Annual Electric Control Head Test

Electric control heads (including electric/cable operated combination control heads) must be
tested semi-annually for proper operation. In addition, the Control Head Monitor must be
tested to ensure it is functional. These tests can be performed without discharging the
cylinders. Test one hazard area at a time completely before proceeding to the next, as follows:
All control heads and Control Head Monitors must be removed from the
cylinders before testing to prevent possible personal injury, death, or property
WARNING damage in the event of accidental cylinder discharge.
1. Remove all electric control heads and Control Head Monitors from all cylinders serving the
hazard area being tested. Let the electric control heads and Control Head Monitors hang
freely from the flexible electric conduit connections. Leave all pressure operated control
heads, and pilot actuation hoses attached to the cylinders. Attach the safety cap to the
valve actuation port.
2. Check the control panel to see that the Control Head Monitor reports a supervision alarm
to the panel.
3. Operate the system electrically. This can be done by actuating the system at the system
control panel or from an electric pull station.
4. Ensure all electric control heads have operated, (that is, the indicator on the electric control
head has moved to the RELEASED position). If any control heads have not operated, check
the circuit for electric continuity to these particular heads and repeat the test. Replace all
damaged heads. Repeat the test if any control heads have been replaced.
Control head must be reset to the SET position (fully retracted actuation pin)
before reconnecting to a cylinder valve. Failure to follow this instruction will
CAUTION result in cylinder discharge when attempting to install the control head.
5. Observe the instructions on the caution label attached to each electric control head. Re-
move the safety cap. Re-Install the Control Head Monitor between the control head and
corresponding valve. Re-attach all electric control heads to threaded port on cylinder valve
or pressure operated control head. Tighten the swivel nut securely. Make certain each elec-
tric control head is in the SET position before reconnecting to the cylinders. Failure to follow
this procedure will result in accidental discharge.
06-236115-003 11 July 2016

5 PARTS LIST
Part Number Description
Control Head Monitor, with Explosion Proof Assembly

85-100000-100 Control Head Monitor, with Explosion Proof Assembly
85-100000-002 Spacer, required when installing Control Head Monitor onto
Stackable Pressure Operated Control Head
July 2016 12 06-236115-003

All trademarks are properties of their respective owners.
400 Main Street

Ashland, MA 01721 These instructions do not purport to cover all the details or variations in the equipment
Ph:(508)881-2000 described, nor do they provide for every possible contingency to be met in connection with
Fax:(508)881-8920 installation, operation and maintenance. All specifications subject to change without no-
http://www.kidde-fenwal.com tice. Should further information be desired or should particular problems arise which are
not covered sufficiently for the purchaser’s purposes, the matter should be referred to
KIDDE-FENWAL INC., Ashland, MA 01721.
06-236115-003 Rev. AB ©2016 Kidde-Fenwal, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

06-236115-004
May 2016
Supplement to
Kidde Fire Systems®
ECS Fire Suppression
System
Maintenance Manual
Rev BA, P/N 06-236115-001
Stainless Steel Nozzles
R
FM

Jurisdiction: EAR
US ECCN: EAR99
TABLE OF CONTENTS
1 General ............................................................................................... 1-1
2 Component Descriptions ........................................................................ 1-2
2.1 Stainless Steel Discharge Nozzles............................................................ 1-2
3 Stainless Steel Discharge Nozzle Parts List ............................................... 1-4
3.1 360 Degree Nozzles .............................................................................. 1-4
3.2 180 Degree Nozzles: ............................................................................. 1-6
06-236115-004 i May 2016

May 2016 ii 06-236115-004

1 GENERAL
Kidde Fire Systems® now offers Stainless Steel Nozzles as an alternative to the Brass Nozzles.
Stainless Steel Nozzles can be used in sterilized areas, the food industry, pharmaceutical
industry, medical facilities, and in harsh environments where the properties of Stainless Steel
are more beneficial.
This document provides a component description and parts list for the new nozzles.
For other details, see the Kidde Fire Systems® ECS Fire Suppression System with HFC-227ea
Agent: DIOM Rev BA, P/N 06-236115-001.
06-236115-004 1 May 2016

2.1 Stainless Steel Discharge Nozzles

The 180° and 360° stainless steel discharge nozzles function similarly to the brass nozzles and
are designed to provide the proper flow rate and distribution of agent to flood a hazard area.
The 180° nozzle is engineered to provide a 180° discharge pattern for sidewall applications.
The 360° nozzle offers a full 360° discharge pattern for installations where nozzles are located
in the center of the hazard. See Figure 3 and Figure 4 and Table 1 and Table 2 for further
information. For part numbers, see See “Stainless Steel Discharge Nozzle Parts List” on page 4.
Figure 1. 360° Stainless Steel Nozzle
Figure 2. 180° Stainless Steel Nozzle
Note: Installation details and coverage areas for the Stainless Steel Nozzle are the same as
the Brass Nozzles. Please refer to the Kidde Fire Systems® ECS Fire Suppression Sys-
tem with HFC-227ea Agent: DIOM Rev BA, P/N 06-236115-001 for further details.
May 2016 2 06-236115-004

D
C
A
B
60°
30°
Figure 3. 180° Discharge Nozzle

Table 1. Dimensions–180° Discharge Nozzle
Pipe Size A B C D
½ in (12.70 mm) 1.25 in (31.75 mm) 1.187 in (30.15 mm) 1.625 in (41.28 mm) 1.937 in (49.20 mm)
1 in (25.40 mm) 1.75 in (44.45 mm) 1.562 in (39.67 mm) 2.218 in (56.34 mm) 2.671 in(67.84 mm)
1½ in (38.10 mm) 2.5 in (63.5 mm) 1.95 in (49.53 mm) 2.95 in (74.93 mm) 3.625 in(92.07 mm)
A B
Figure 4. 360° Discharge Nozzle

Table 2. Dimensions–360° Discharge Nozzle
Pipe Size A B C D
½ in (12.70 mm) 1.250 in (31.75 mm) 1.468 in (37.30 mm) 1.937 in (49.20 mm) 1.250 in (31.75mm)
1½ in (38.10 mm) 2.500 in (63.50 mm) 2.000 in (50.80 mm) 2.937 in (74.60 mm) 2.500 in (63.50 mm)
06-236115-004 3 May 2016

3 STAINLESS STEEL DISCHARGE NOZZLE PARTS LIST
Only listed Kidde ECS System agent nozzles are to be used on Kidde ECS
Systems. Failure to comply with this WARNING can result in unpredictable
WARNING agent distribution.
3.1 360 Degree Nozzles
360 Degree Nozzle Part Number

Area (in2)
0.0774 90-194523-111
0.0802 90-194523-113
0.0845 90-194523-116
0.0905 90-194523-120
0.0982 90-194523-125
0.1037 90-194523-129
0.1162 90-194523-136
0.1240 90-194523-141
0.1303 90-194523-144
0.1358 90-194523-147 90-194524-147
0.1404 90-194523-150 90-194524-150
0.1534 90-194523-156 90-194524-156

0.1629 90-194523-161 90-194524-161
0.1731 90-194523-166 90-194524-166
0.1856 90-194523-172 90-194524-172
0.1968 90-194523-177 90-194524-177
0.2035 90-194523-180 90-194524-180
0.2080 90-194523-182 90-194524-182
0.2150 90-194523-185 90-194524-185
0.2244 90-194524-189 90-194525-189
0.2353 90-194524-194 90-194525-194

0.2488 90-194524-199 90-194525-199
0.2653 90-194524-206 90-194525-206
0.2851 90-194524-213 90-194525-213
0.3007 90-194524-219 90-194525-219
0.3069 90-194524-221 90-194525-221
0.3266 90-194524-228 90-194525-228
0.3440 90-194524-234 90-194525-234
0.3559 90-194524-238 90-194525-238
0.3802 90-194525-246 90-194026-246
May 2016 4 06-236115-004

Area (in2)
0.3927 90-194525-250 90-194526-246
0.4150 90-194525-257 90-194526-250

0.4280 90-194525-261 90-194526-257
0.4433 90-194525-266 90-194526-261
0.4649 90-194525-272 90-194526-266
0.4821 90-194525-277 90-194526-272
0.5284 90-194525-290 90-194526-277 90-194527-290
0.5468 90-194525-295 90-194526-290 90-194527-295
0.5731 90-194525-302 90-194526-295 90-194527-302
0.6136 90-194525-313 90-194526-302 90-194527-313
0.6274 90-194526-313 90-194527-316
0.6555 90-194526-316 90-194527-323

0.6765 90-194526-323 90-194527-328
0.6926 90-194526-328 90-194527-332
0.7221 90-194526-332 90-194527-339
0.7424 90-194526-339 90-194527-344
0.8053 90-194526-344 90-194527-358
0.8115 90-194526-358 90-194527-359
0.8509 90-194526-359 90-194527-368 90-194528-368
0.8836 90-194526-368 90-194527-375 90-194528-375
0.8930 90-194526-375 90-194527-377 90-194528-377

0.9362 90-194526-377 90-194527-386 90-194528-386
0.9587 90-194526-386 90-194527-391 90-194528-391
0.9903 90-194526-391 90-194527-397 90-194528-397

1.0255 90-194526-397 90-194527-404 90-194528-404
1.0717 90-194526-404 90-194527-413 90-194528-413
1.1183 90-194527-422 90-194528-422
1.2026 90-194527-438 90-194528-438
1.2901 90-194527-453 90-194528-453
1.3806 90-194527-469 90-194528-469
1.4742 90-194528-484
1.5708 90-194528-500
1.6705 90-194528-516
1.7733 90-194528-531
1.8791 90-194528-547
1.9880 90-194528-563
2.1000 90-194528-578
2.2151 90-194528-594
2.3332 90-194528-609
06-236115-004 5 May 2016

3.2 180 Degree Nozzles:

Area (in2)
0.0770 90-194513-109
0.0810 90-194513-111
0.0820 90-194513-113
0.0875 90-194513-116
0.0931 90-194513-120
0.1030 90-194513-125
0.1072 90-194513-129
0.1190 90-194513-136
0.1289 90-194513-141
0.1342 90-194513-144 90-194514-144
0.1384 90-194513-147 90-194514-147
0.1428 90-194513-150 90-194514-150
0.1605 90-194513-156 90-194514-156
0.1694 90-194513-161 90-194514-161
0.1779 90-194513-166 90-194514-166

0.1909 90-194513-172 90-194514-172
0.2049 90-194514-177
0.2113 90-194514-180
0.2177 90-194514-182 90-194515-182
0.2215 90-194514-185 90-194515-185
0.2313 90-194514-189 90-194515-189

0.2405 90-194514-194 90-194515-194
0.2597 90-194514-199 90-194515-199
0.2744 90-194514-206 90-194515-206
0.3005 90-194514-213 90-194515-213
0.3080 90-194514-219 90-194515-219
0.3128 90-194514-221 90-194515-221
0.3364 90-194514-228 90-194515-228
0.3504 90-194515-234
0.3623 90-194515-238
0.4039 90-194515-246 90-194516-246
May 2016 6 06-236115-004

Area (in2)
0.4056 90-194515-250 90-194516-250
0.4233 90-194515-257 90-194516-257
0.4400 90-194515-261 90-194516-261
0.4485 90-194515-266 90-194516-266
0.4734 90-194515-272 90-194516-272
0.4954 90-194515-277 90-194516-277
0.5379 90-194515-290 90-194516-290 90-194517-290
0.5636 90-194516-295 90-194517-295
0.5967 90-194516-302 90-194517-302
0.6382 90-194516-313 90-194517-313
0.6439 90-194516-316 90-194517-316
0.6787 90-194516-323 90-194517-323
0.6875 90-194516-328 90-194517-328

0.7254 90-194516-332 90-194517-332
0.7401 90-194516-339 90-194517-339
0.7884 90-194516-344 90-194517-344

0.8439 90-194516-358 90-194517-358 90-194518-358
0.8439 90-194516-359 90-194517-359 90-194518-359
0.8767 90-194516-368 90-194517-368 90-194518-368

0.9047 90-194516-375 90-194517-375 90-194518-375
0.9311 90-194516-377 90-194517-377 90-194518-377
0.9588 90-194516-386 90-194517-386 90-194518-386
0.9896 90-194517-391 90-194518-391
1.0140 90-194517-397 90-194518-397
1.0498 90-194517-404 90-194518-404

1.1081 90-194517-413 90-194518-413
1.1699 90-194517-422 90-194518-422
1.2368 90-194517-438 90-194518-438
1.3374 90-194518-453
1.4146 90-194518-469
1.5114 90-194518-484
1.6264 90-194518-500
1.7045 90-194518-516
1.8205 90-194518-531
1.9075 90-194518-547
2.0304 90-194518-563
2.1566 90-194518-578
06-236115-004 7 May 2016

May 2016 8 06-236115-004

All trademarks are properties of their respective owners.
400 Main Street

06-236115-004 Rev. AA ©2016 Kidde-Fenwal, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

06-236115-005
June 2020
Liquid Level Indicator Addendum

for
Kidde Fire Systems
ECS™ Fire Suppression System
with HFC-227ea Agent
Maintenance Manual
P/N 06-236115-001, Rev BA
R
FM
LISTED APPROVED

No. EX 4674 Project ID 3020244
EXPORT INFORMATION (USA):

Jurisdiction: EAR
US ECCN: EAR99
data subject to the EAR.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
1 General ............................................................................................... 1
2 Liquid Level Indicator ............................................................................ 2
3 Using LLI to Verify Agent Weight ............................................................. 3
4 Installation of New Liquid Level Indicator ................................................. 4
4.1 Liquid Level Indicator Charts for New Liquid Level Indicators....................... 5
4.2 Liquid Level Indicator Charts for Legacy Liquid Level Indicators ................... 8
5 Parts List ........................................................................................... 11
LIST OF FIGURES
1 Liquid Level Indicator ........................................................................................... 2
2 Liquid Level Indicator ........................................................................................... 3
3 LLI Calibration Chart 125 lb (51 Liter) Cylinder for New LLI with Black Color Cap .......... 5
4 LLI Calibration Chart for 200 lb (81 Liter) Cylinder for New LLI with Black Color Cap ..... 6
5 LLI Calibration Chart for 350 lb (142 Liter) Cylinder for New LLI with Black Color Cap ... 6
8 LLI Calibration Chart 125 lb (51 Liter) Cylinder for Legacy LLI
with White Colored Cap ........................................................................................ 8
9 LLI Calibration Chart for 200 lb (81 Liter) Cylinder for Legacy LLI
with White Colored Cap ...................................................................................... 10
with White Colored Cap ...................................................................................... 10
06-236115-005 i June 2020

June 2020 ii 06-236115-005

1 GENERAL
Kidde Fire Systems has created a new liquid level indicator (herein referred to as LLI). The new
LLI is housed in stainless steel tubing with an Black colored cap, with versions available for all
cylinder sizes that are normally equipped with an LLI.
This document provides product information for the new LLI for use with the Kidde Fire
Systems ECS™ Fire Suppression System (ECS System) for use with HFC-227ea Agent. HFC-
227ea Agent is herein referred to as “agent”.
This addendum applies to the manuals listed in Table 1. For other system details, see the
associated manuals listed in Table 1.
Table 1. Manual Listing
Manual Title Part Number Rev
Kidde Fire Systems
Kidde Fire Systems ECS™ Fire Suppression System with HFC-227ea Agent Design, 06-236115-001 BA
Installation, Operation, and Maintenance Manual
06-236115-005 1 June 2020

2 LIQUID LEVEL INDICATOR
The LLI consists of a hollow stainless steel tube inserted into a special fitting in the top of the
125, 200*, 350, 600, or 900 lb (51, 81, 142, 243, 368 liter) ECS System cylinders. The LLI is
provided with a graduated flexible tape that senses the position of a toroidal magnet encased
within an internal float riding on the liquid surface. The graduations on the tape indicate the
liquid level within the cylinder (see Figure 1).
A Black colored protective cap covers the tape under normal circumstance to prevent damage.
This differs from the white colored protective cap used on the legacy LLIs. See Table 2 for part
number information.
Note: * The new LLI cannot be used on legacy 200lb cylinders manufactured prior to March
1998.
CAP
GRADUATED TAPE
SHOWN IN MAGNETIC
INTERLOCK POSITION
READY TO TAKE
READING TAKEN AT TOP READING
EDGE OF FITTING
O-RING
STAINLESS STEEL TUBE
TAPE INSIDE AGENT

STAINLESS STEEL TUBE CYLINDER
AGENT
TAPE ENGAGES
IN MAGNETIC FIELD
OF FLOAT WHEN
TAPE IS PULLED
UP TO TAKE READING
MAGNET EMBEDDED
IN FLOAT

OF LIQUID AGENT.
OUTSIDE OF STAINLESS STEEL
TUBE.
STOPPER- FLOAT RESTS

HERE WHEN CYLINDER
IS EMPTY
Figure 1. Liquid Level Indicator
Table 2. Liquid Level Indicator Part Numbers
Cylinder New LLI P/N
125 lb (51 liter) 85-235000-025

200 lb (81 liter)* 85-235000-037
350 lb (142 liter) 85-235000-037
600 lb (243 liter) 85-235000-037
900 lb (368 liter) 85-235000-042
*The new LLI cannot be used on legacy 200lb cylinders
manufactured prior to March 1998.
June 2020 2 06-236115-005

3 USING LLI TO VERIFY AGENT WEIGHT
Per the DIOM listed in Table 1, agent cylinder weight and pressure must be checked every 6
months as part of the semi-annual inspection. The process for checking the liquid level has not
changed, though the charts for the new LLIs differ from the charts for the legacy LLIs.
The following procedure explains how to determine the ECS System cylinder weight of the 125,
200, 350, 600, and 900 lb (51, 81, 142, 243 and 368 liter) cylinders equipped with an LLI. This
procedure can be performed without removing the ECS System cylinders from the system and
is the same for legacy LLIs and current models.
1. Remove the protective cap to expose the tape.
2. This step depends on the LLI on the cylinder. For cylinders equipped with the new LLI with
the Black colored cap, raise the flexible tape slowly until it reaches the top. Then lower the
tape until it latches.
For systems using the legacy LLI with the White colored cap, raise the flexible tape slowly
until it latches.
3. Note the reading at the point where the tape emerges from the fitting.
To ensure an accurate reading, when the flexible tape latches, do not pull farther.
CAUTION
4. To determine the final, more precise reading, repeat the above procedure.
For the new LLI, about two inches before the tape should latch, lower the tape very slowly
until it latches.
For legacy LLI, about two inches before the tape should latch, raise the tape very slowly
until it latches.
5. While supporting the weight of the tape, record the liquid level measurement.
6. Check the ambient temperature where the ECS

CAP
System cylinders are stored and record the
temperature.
GRADUATED TAPE
SHOWN IN MAGNETIC
INTERLOCK POSITION 7. Refer to the appropriate calibration charts
READING TAKEN AT TOP
READY TO TAKE
READING and locate the level reading on the vertical
EDGE OF FITTING axis (labeled Flexible Tape Reading). Trace
O-RING
horizontally to the right to the appropriate
temperature line. Read the weight of the
TAPE INSIDE AGENT ECS System cylinder from the scale at the
bottom of the chart. Record the weight and
CYLINDER
AGENT date on the record tag attached to the cylin-

der.
TAPE ENGAGES
IN MAGNETIC FIELD
OF FLOAT WHEN
TAPE IS PULLED
– For the new LLI, see Figure 3 through
UP TO TAKE READING Figure 7.
MAGNET EMBEDDED – For legacy LLIs, see Figure 8 through
IN FLOAT
Figure 12.
OF LIQUID AGENT.
8. After taking the reading, carefully push the
OUTSIDE OF STAINLESS STEEL
TUBE.
tape down into the liquid level housing. Re-
place the protective cap.
STOPPER- FLOAT RESTS
HERE WHEN CYLINDER If the weight loss is more than 5% of the ECS
IS EMPTY
System agent fill weight, the cylinder must be
Figure 2. Liquid Level Indicator recharged.
Note: If the weight measured by the LLI indicates the cylinder should be recharged, Kidde Fire
Systems recommends the cylinder first be removed from service and the weight loss
verified using a weigh scale before recharging.
All ECS System cylinders must be filled or recharged by weight using a platform scale
or equivalent.
06-236115-005 3 June 2020

4 INSTALLATION OF NEW LIQUID LEVEL INDICATOR
Do not replace the LLI on a filled or pressurized agent cylinder. The cylinder
must be discharged and de-pressurized prior to removing the LLI. Failure to
WARNING follow this warning may result in injury or death due to the release of
pressurized agent.
Replacing the LLI is only required if the existing LLI is damaged or broken. Follow these steps
to replace an LLI:
1. Ensure the cylinder is fully de-pressurized and emptied.
Before removing the LLI, make sure that all residual pressure has been relieved
from the cylinder. To relieve any remaining residual pressure, depress the
WARNING pressure switch Schrader valve until all pressure is relieved. Failure to do so
could result in injury or death due to release of the pressurized agent.
2. Unscrew and remove the old LLI assembly.

3. Apply lubricant to the o-ring of the new LLI assembly. Use Parker Super-O-Lube or equiv-
alent.
4. Install the new LLI with o-ring in place and tighten.
Table 3. LLI Replacement Part Numbers Conversion
Legacy LLI P/N Cylinder NEW LLI P/N
06-235681-001 125 lb (51 liter) 85-235000-025

WK-283894-000 200 lb (81 liter)* 85-235000-037
WK-283894-000 350 lb (142 liter) 85-235000-037
WK-283894-000 600 lb (243 liter) 85-235000-037
06-118266-001 900 lb (368 liter) 85-235000-042
*The new LLI cannot be used on legacy 200lb cylinders manufactured prior to March 1998.
June 2020 4 06-236115-005

4.1 Liquid Level Indicator Charts for New Liquid Level Indicators
Use these charts to calculate the weight of agent based on temperature for all ECS System
agent cylinders that use the new LLIs.
Note: All new LLIs have a Black plastic cap and have a body made of stainless steel. If the cap
is white in color and the body is made of brass, please see Section 4.2
LLI CHART
125 LB CYLINDER
19
18
17
16
15
14
13
LLI READING (IN.)
12
11
130°F
10
70°F
9
8 32°F
7
6
5
4
3
2
50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130
AGENT WEIGHT (LB)
Figure 3. LLI Calibration Chart 125 lb (51 Liter) Cylinder for New LLI with Black Color Cap
06-236115-005 5 June 2020

LLI CHART
200 LB CYLINDER
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
LLI READING (IN.)
21
20
19
18 130°F
17
16 70°F
15
14 32°F
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
80 90 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180 190 200
AGENT WEIGHT (LB)
Figure 4. LLI Calibration Chart for 200 lb (81 Liter) Cylinder for New LLI with Black Color Cap
LLI CHART
350 LB CYLINDER
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
LLI READING (IN.)
18
17
16
15 130°F
14
13 70°F
12
11 32°F
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
145 165 185 205 225 245 265 285 305 325 345
AGENT WEIGHT (LB)
June 2020 6 06-236115-005

LLI CHART
600 LB CYLINDER
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
LLI READING (IN.)
20
19
18
17 130°F
16
15 70°F
14 32°F
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
250 290 330 370 410 450 490 530 570 610
AGENT WEIGHT (LB)
LLI CHART
900 LB CYLINDER
33
32
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
LLI READING (IN.)
21
20
19
18 130°F
17
16 70°F
15
14 32°F
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
380 420 460 500 540 580 620 660 700 740 780 820 860 900
AGENT WEIGHT (LB)
06-236115-005 7 June 2020

4.2 Liquid Level Indicator Charts for Legacy Liquid Level Indicators
Use these charts to calculate the weight of agent based on temperature for all ECS System
agent cylinders that use the legacy LLIs.
Note: All legacy LLIs have a white plastic cap and have a body made of brass. If the cap is
Black in color and the body is made of stainless steel, please see Section 4.1
The charts in Figure 8 through Figure 12 have been modified slightly from those
presented in the manual listed in Table 1. These modifications are to increase
legibility and do not impact the data points.
For legacy 200lb cylinders manufactured prior to March 1998, consult the manual listed
in Table 1.
Legacy LLI Chart

125 lb. Cylinder
22.0
20.0 130°F
100°F
70°F
LLI Reading (inches)
30°F
15.0
10.0
5.0
3.0
50 75 100 125
Figure 8. LLI Calibration Chart 125 lb (51 Liter) Cylinder for Legacy LLI with White Colored Cap
June 2020 8 06-236115-005

Legacy LLI Chart
200 lb. Cylinder
32.0
130°F
30.0
100°F
70°F
25.0
30°F

20.0
15.0
10.0
6.0
75 100 125 150 175 200
Figure 9. LLI Calibration Chart for 200 lb (81 Liter) Cylinder for Legacy LLI with White Colored Cap
Legacy LLI Chart

350 lb. Cylinder
30.0 130°F
100°F
70°F
25.0
30°F
20.0
15.0
10.0
5.0
2.0
150 175 200 225 250 275 300 325 350
06-236115-005 9 June 2020

Legacy LLI Chart
600 lb. Cylinder
30.0 130°F
100°F
70°F
25.0
30°F
20.0
15.0
10.0
5.0
250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600
Legacy LLI Chart

900 lb. Cylinder
36
130°F (54°C)
32
100°F (38°C)
28
70°F (21°C)
30°F (-1°C)
24
20
16
12
4
2
380 430 480 530 580 630 680 730 780 830 880
June 2020 10 06-236115-005

5 PARTS LIST
Only listed Kidde Fire Systems LLIs are to be used on Kidde Fire Systems ECS
Fire Suppression System. Failure to comply with this WARNING may result in
WARNING unpredictable agent distribution hindering or preventing the agent from
suppressing a fire.
Table 1-1. New Liquid Level Indicator Part Numbers
85-235000-025 Liquid level indicator for use on 125 lb (51 liter) agent cylinders.
85-235000-037 Liquid level indicator for use on 200*, 350, and 600 lb (81, 142 and 243 liter) agent cylinders.
85-235000-042 Liquid level indicator for use on 900 lb (368 liter) agent cylinders.
*The new LLI cannot be used on legacy 200lb cylinders manufactured prior to March 1998.
Note: Replacement legacy LLI assemblies and replacement tapes are offered as spares.
Do not use the replacement tape from the new LLI assembly in the legacy LLI tube, or
legacy replacement tape in the new LLI tube. Only use replacement parts that corre-
spond with the LLI.
06-236115-005 11 June 2020

June 2020 12 06-236115-005

All trademarks are property of their respective owners.
This literature is provided for informational purposes only. KIDDE-FENWAL, INC. believes this data to be accurate, but
it is published and presented without any guarantee or warranty whatsoever. KIDDE-FENWAL, INC. assumes no re-
sponsibility for the product's suitability for a particular application. The fire suppression system design, installation,
maintenance, service and troubleshooting must be performed by trained, authorized Kidde Fire Systems distributors
400 Main Street for the product to work correctly. If you need more information on this product, or if you have a particular problem or
Ashland, MA 01721 question, contact KIDDE-FENWAL, INC., Ashland, MA 01721 USA. Telephone: (508) 881-2000.
Ph: 508.881.2000
Fax: 508.881.8920 06-236115-005 Rev. AA ©2020 Carrier All Rights Reserved.
06-237553-001
August 2016
Kidde Fire Systems ®
2” Valve and Safety Burst Disc

Rebuild Kit and Instructions
Addendum
R
FM

Jurisdiction: EAR
US ECCN: EAR99
TABLE OF CONTENTS
1 General ............................................................................................... 1
2.1 2” Valve and Safety Burst Disc Rebuild Kit,
P/N 85-150100-000 .............................................................................. 2
3 Post-Fire Maintenance ........................................................................... 3
3.1 2” Valve Disassembly ............................................................................ 3
3.2 2” Valve Assembly ................................................................................ 4
3.3 Safety Burst Disc Replacement ............................................................... 5
4 Parts List ............................................................................................. 6
06-237553-001 i August 2016

August 2016 ii 06-237553-001

1 GENERAL
This document provides details for new 2” Valve and Safety Burst Disc Rebuild Kit (P/N 85-
150100-000). In addition, the document provides updated post fire maintenance instructions
for the 2” Valve. This addendum applies to the manuals listed in Table 1.
For other system details, see the associated manuals listed in Table 1.
Manual Title Part Number Revision
Kidde Fire Systems
Kidde Engineered Fire Suppression System Designed for use with 3M™ 06-236553-001 BB
Novec™ 1230 Fire Protection Fluid Design, Installation, Operation, and
Maintenance Manual
Kidde Fire Systems® ECS Advanced Delivery Fire Suppression System with 06-237256-001 AA
3M™ Novec™ 1230 Fire Protection Fluid Design, Installation, Operation, and
Maintenance Manual
Kidde Fire Systems® ECS Fire Suppression System with HFC-227ea Agent 06-236115-001 BA
Design, Installation, Operation, and Maintenance Manual
Kidde Fire Systems® ECS Fire Suppression System with HFC-227ea Agent: 06-236116-001 BA
Modular Balanced Design, Installation, Operation, and Maintenance Manual
Kidde Fire Systems® ECS Advanced Delivery Fire Suppression System with 06-236068-001 BA
FM-200® Agent Design, Installation, Operation, and Maintenance Manual
Kidde Fire Systems, Marine Series
Kidde Engineered Marine Fire Suppression System Designed for use with 06-236559-001 AC
3M™ Novec™ 1230 Fire Protection Fluid Design, Installation, Operation, and
Maintenance Manual
Kidde Fire Systems® ECS Advanced Delivery Fire Suppression System 06-237257-001 AA
Marine Series with 3M™ Novec™ 1230 Fire Protection Fluid
Kidde Fire Systems® ECS Fire Suppression System Marine Series with 06-236225-001 BA
HFC-227ea Agent Design, Installation, Operation, and Maintenance Manual
Kidde Fire Systems® ECS Advanced Delivery Fire Suppression System 06-236595-001 BA
Marine Series with FM-200® Agent Design, Installation, Operation, and
Maintenance Manual
UTC India
Kidde Engineered Fire Suppression System Designed for use with 3M™ 06-237127-600 AB
Novec™ 1230 Fire Protection Fluid Design, Installation, Operation, and
Maintenance Manual (For UTC India Specifications)
Kidde Fire Systems® ECS Fire Suppression System with FM-200® Agent: 06-237298-001 BA
Design, Installation, Operation, and Maintenance Manual (For UTC India
Specifications)
06-237553-001 1 August 2016

2.1 2” Valve and Safety Burst Disc Rebuild Kit,

P/N 85-150100-000
The 2” Valve and Safety Burst Disc Rebuild Kit should be used to rebuild all 2” Valves after a
discharge, including replacing the safety burst disc.
Table 2. 2” Valve and Cylinder Rebuild Kit Contents
2" Valve and Safety Burst Disc Rebuild Kit includes: 85-150100-000
• Assembly, Piston, which includes:
– Piston
– Piston O-ring
– Teflon Back-up O-ring
– Seat O-ring
• O-ring, Neck
• O-ring, Cap
• Disc - Safety, 2.0" Valve
• Washer - Safety
• Retainer - Safety Disc
August 2016 2 06-237553-001

3 POST-FIRE MAINTENANCE
Some components in the agent valve assembly will need to be inspected and serviced before
recharging the cylinder/valve assembly. All O-rings must be replaced whenever a valve is
disassembled. Part numbers for items which may require replacement are listed in Table 3.
3.1 2” Valve Disassembly
Before removing the valve, make certain all pressure has been relieved from the
cylinder. To relieve any remaining pressure, make sure the cylinder is secure,
WARNING then depress the pressure switch Schrader valve until all pressure is relieved.
Note: Replace O-rings when rebuilding the valve. Never reuse old O-rings.
2. Remove the cylinder neck O-ring (Item 2 in Figure 1) and discard the O-ring.
3. Remove the valve cap and spring. Remove the Cap O-ring (Item 1) and discard the O-ring.
Note: Remove all internal components of the agent valve from the top of the assembly. How-
ever, if there is excessive friction at the piston, the siphon tube may have to be removed
and the piston assembly pushed out the valve body from the bottom.
4. Remove the piston assembly (Item 3).
5. Examine the Schrader valve core pin (Item 4) for any evidence of bending or other damage.
Depress the pin and make certain it snaps back freely. Replace the valve core if necessary
using a standard Schrader core wrench. When reinstalling a new Schrader core element,
torque to 1½ to 3 in· lb (0.17 to .34 N-m).
After reinstalling a Schrader core, the distance from the top of the core pin to
the control head seating surface must fall between the dimensions of 0.515 in
CAUTION to 0.565 in (13 mm to 14 mm) when in the “shut” or non-actuated position (see
Figure 1).
Gauging Dimension:
.515 - .565 in.
Valve Cap
Schrader Core
Cap O-ring
Spring
Piston
Assembly
Neck O-ring
Siphon Tube
Figure 1. Valve Assembly
06-237553-001 3 August 2016

Table 3. Valve Components
Figure Item No. Description 2” Valves Part Number

1 O-ring, cap Included in Rebuild Kit
2 O-ring, neck Included in Rebuild Kit
3 Piston Assembly Included in Rebuild Kit
4 Schrader core WK-220278-000
Table 4. Other Valve Components
Other Materials Description

Lubricant Parker Seal Co. Super-O-Lube or equivalent
Loctite Sealant Loctite Corp. Sealant, Grade CV or equivalent
Locquic® Primer Loctite Corp. Primer, Grade N or equivalent
3.2 2” Valve Assembly

Note: The items refer to Figure 1.
1. Inspect the cleanliness of lubricated O-rings on the new piston assembly. Re-lubricate O-
rings if needed. Discard the old Piston Assembly, including the O-rings.
2. Press the new piston assembly (Item 3) into the valve body. When installing the new piston
assembly, lightly lubricate the area of upper O-ring travel in valve body to ease installation.
Do not lubricate near the outlet.
4. Apply lubricant to the new Cap O-ring (Item 1). Install the new Cap O-ring onto the groove
in the valve cap.
5. Screw the valve cap onto the valve body and torque to 50-55 ft-lbs (68-75 N-m).
6. Apply lubricant to the Neck O-ring (Item 2). Install the Neck O-ring onto the valve neck
groove.
7. If you had to remove the siphon tube for valve disassembly, wire brush the siphon tube
threads to remove the old Loctite® residue.
8. Apply a film of Loctite primer to the siphon tube threads and allow three to five minutes to
dry.
9. Apply a film of Loctite sealant to the first several threads and reinstall the siphon tube.
10. Screw the valve and siphon tube onto the cylinder, and torque to 50 to 55 ft-lb (68 to 75
N-m).
August 2016 4 06-237553-001

3.3 Safety Burst Disc Replacement
Whenever the valve is rebuilt, the Safety Disc Assembly must be replaced. Refer
CAUTION to Figure 2 or Figure 3.
WARNING depress the pressure check in the Supervisory Pressure Switch.
Depending on the manufacture date of the valve, the safety disc is located either on the
cylinder shoulder, adjacent to the cylinder valve or on the cylinder valve itself. Valves
manufactured after April 2014 have the safety burst disc located on the cylinder shoulder.
Valves manufactured before May 2014 have the safety burst disc located on the valve body.
For the location of the date code, see Figure 2. Follow these steps to replace the safety burst
disc.
1. Remove the safety disc retainer, safety disc, and safety disc washer from the cylinder or
valve body. See Figure 2 and Figure 3. Discard the removed components.
Note: Do not remove the holder of the safety burst disc assembly from the cylinder shoulder.
2. Assemble the new safety disc retainer with a new safety disc and safety disc washer to the
cylinder or valve body. Torque to the appropriate value listed in Table 5.
Never install any type disc other than the one included with the rebuild kit.
Installing an incorrect disc could result in violent rupture of the cylinder and
serious injury.
than one safety disc could result in violent rupture of the cylinder and serious
WARNING injury.
Date Code Location
Safety Disc Retainer
Safety Burst Disc
Safety Washer
Holder
Figure 2. Installation of Safety Burst Disc on Cylinder (Valves Manufactured after April 2014)
06-237553-001 5 August 2016

VALVE
SAFETY
DISC
WASHER
SAFETY
DISC
SAFETY
DISC
RETAINER
Figure 3. Installation of Safety Burst Disc on Valve (Valves Manufactured before May 2014)
Table 5. Safety Disc Replacement Information
Valve Size Torque Valve psig @ 70°F
2 in 38 ft lb 800-975
4 PARTS LIST
85-150100-000 2" Valve and Safety Burst Disc Rebuild Kit includes:
– Piston
– Piston O-ring
– Seat O-ring
• O-ring, Neck
• O-ring, Cap
• Washer - Safety
August 2016 6 06-237553-001

All other trademarks are properties of their respective owners.
400 Main Street


06-237577-001
May 2018
Kidde Fire Systems

Addendum to
Maintenance Manuals
Covering Modifications to
Lever Operated Control Head
(P/N 85-521000-001)
and
Lever and Pressure Operated
Control Head
(P/N 85-544000-001)
R
FM

Jurisdiction: EAR
US ECCN: EAR99
TABLE OF CONTENTS
1 General ............................................................................................... 1
2.1 Lever Operated Control Head (P/N 85-521000-001)................................... 2
2.2 Lever and Pressure Operated Control Head (P/N 85-544000-001)................ 3
2.3 Pressure Operated Control Head ............................................................. 3
2.4 108 cu. in. Nitrogen Pilot Cylinder (P/N WK-877940-000) ........................... 4
3 Maintenance......................................................................................... 5
3.1 Replacement Part Numbers .................................................................... 5
3.1.1 Pressure Operated Control Head (P/N 85-878737-400) .............................. 5
3.2 Remediation Flow Chart ......................................................................... 6
3.3 Remediation Examples........................................................................... 8
3.4 Installation of Pressure Operated Control Head, P/N 82-878737-000............ 9
3.5 Installation of Lever Operated Control Head, P/N 85-521000-001 ................ 9
3.6 Installation of Lever and Pressure Operated Control Head,
P/N 85-544000-001 ............................................................................ 10
4 Parts List ........................................................................................... 10
06-237577-001 i May 2018

May 2018 ii 06-237577-001

1 GENERAL
This document provides details for new Lever (P/N 85-521000-001) and Lever and Pressure
Operated (P/N 85-544000-001) control heads. In addition, the document provides updated
maintenance instructions for legacy Lever (P/N WK-870652-000 or 85-870652-400) and Lever
and Pressure Operated (P/N 82-878751-000 OR 85-878737-400) control heads. This
addendum applies to the manuals listed in Table 1.
For other system details, see the associated manuals listed in Table 1.
Kidde Fire Systems
Kidde Engineered Fire Suppression System Designed for use with 3M™ Novec™ 1230 06-236553-001 BB
Fire Protection Fluid Design, Installation, Operation, and Maintenance Manual
Kidde Fire Systems® ECS Advanced Delivery Fire Suppression System with 3M™ Novec™ 06-237256-001 AA
1230 Fire Protection Fluid Design, Installation, Operation, and Maintenance Manual
Kidde Fire Systems® ECS Fire Suppression System with HFC-227ea Agent Design, 06-236115-001 BA
Kidde Fire Systems® ECS Fire Suppression System with HFC-227ea Agent: Modular 06-236116-001 BA
Balanced Design, Installation, Operation, and Maintenance Manual
Kidde Fire Systems® ECS Advanced Delivery Fire Suppression System with FM-200® 06-236068-001 BA
Agent Design, Installation, Operation, and Maintenance Manual
Kidde Fire Systems® FE-13™ Engineered Fire Suppression Systems Design, Installation, 06-236169-002 AA
Operation, and Maintenance Manual
Kidde Fire Systems® FE-13™ Modular Fire Suppression Systems Design, Installation, 06-236193-001 AA
Kidde Fire Systems® Engineered Carbon Dioxide (CO2) Fire Suppression Systems 81-CO2MAN-001 BC
Kidde Engineered Marine Fire Suppression System Designed for use with 3M™ Novec™ 06-236559-001 AC
1230 Fire Protection Fluid Design, Installation, Operation, and Maintenance Manual
Kidde Fire Systems® ECS Advanced Delivery Fire Suppression System Marine Series 06-237257-001 AA
with 3M™ Novec™ 1230 Fire Protection Fluid
Kidde Fire Systems® ECS Fire Suppression System Marine Series with HFC-227ea Agent 06-236225-001 BA
Kidde Fire Systems® ECS Advanced Delivery Fire Suppression System Marine Series 06-236595-001 BA
with FM-200® Agent Design, Installation, Operation, and Maintenance Manual
Kidde Fire Systems® Marine Carbon Dioxide Version 2.4 Design, Installation, Operation, 220610 DA
and Maintenance Manual
Kidde Fire Systems Halon Systems
Kidde-Fenwal Protection Systems Installation, Operation, and Maintenance Manual for 220448 Feb
360 PSI Engineered Halon 1301 Systems 1989
06-237577-001 1 May 2018

2.1 Lever Operated Control Head (P/N 85-521000-001)

This Lever Operated control head (P/N 85-521000-001) replaces the older Lever Operated
control head, part number WK-870652-000. The new Lever Operated control head has a black
lever to easily distinguish the newer control head from the older ones which had stainless steel
handles.
The Lever Operated control head is equipped with an operating lever, secured in the closed
position by a safety pin. By removing the safety pin, the lever can be manually rotated to the
open position, thereby activating the cylinder or valve on which it is installed. The lever
operated control head is self venting to prevent accidental system discharge (see Figure 1).
SAFETY PI N
ALLOW APPROX. 2 in. (50 mm)
CLEARANCE FOR OPERA TION
OF LEVER
SEAL WIRE BODY
LEVER
3-11/64 in.
(81 mm)
SWIVEL
NUT
1-1/2 in .
(38 mm)
SET
1-1/4 in.-18 NF-3 OPERATED
FEMALE
3 in .
(76 mm)
STEM
Figure 1. Lever Operated Control Head
May 2018 2 06-237577-001

2.2 Lever and Pressure Operated Control Head (P/N 85-544000-001)
This Lever and Pressure Operated control head (P/N 85-544000-001) replaces the older Lever
and Pressure Operated control head, part number 82-878751-000. The new Lever and
Pressure Operated control head has a black lever to easily distinguish the newer control head
from the older ones which had stainless steel handles.
The Lever and Pressure Operated control head allows manual or pressure actuation of several
system components, including Kidde Engineered System cylinder valves and nitrogen
actuators. The control head is self venting to prevent accidental system discharge.
LEVER ALLOW APPROX. 2 in. (51 mm)

SAFETY PIN CLEARANCE FOR OPERATION OF LEVER
SEAL WIRE
1/8 in.NPT PRESSURE

4-1/2 in. INLET
(114 mm)
PISTON BODY
SET
OPERATED
1-1/4 in. -18 UNEF-3B
3 in.
(76 mm)
Figure 2. Lever and Pressure Operated Control Head
Before resetting the Lever and Pressure operated control head, all pressure
must be relieved from the cylinder and actuation lines. Pressure can be relieved
from unvented actuation tubing by loosening the fitting on the control head
WARNING slightly and allowing the line to bleed out completely. Failure to perform this
action can result in damage to the control head.
2.3 Pressure Operated Control Head

This Pressure Operated control head (P/N 82-878737-000) replaces the older Pressure
Operated control head, part number 85-878737-400. This control head, Part No. 82-878737-
000, consists of a spring-loaded piston-and-stem assembly housed in a brass body. The body
has a threaded inlet port that connects to the pressure line, and a swivel nut for connection to
a control port. The supplied pressure actuates the spring-loaded piston-and-stem assembly to
engage the pilot check of the control port to which it is connected.
1 in. HEX
(25 mm)
1/8 in. - 27 NPT
PRESSURE INLET
PISTON
2-3/16 in.
(56 mm)
SWIVEL NUT
SET
1-1/4 - 18
OPERATED
UNEF-3B
1-1/2 in. HEX

(38 mm)
06-237577-001 3 May 2018

2.4 108 cu. in. Nitrogen Pilot Cylinder (P/N WK-877940-000)
This 108 cu. in. Nitrogen Pilot Cylinder (P/N WK-877940-000) replaces the Nitrogen Pilot
Cylinder, part number 85-877940-000.
The 108 cu. in. Nitrogen Pilot Cylinder can be used to operate cylinder valves, selector valves,
an Nitrogen discharge delay, or an Nitrogen pressure operated siren. Any compatible control
head can be fitted to the cylinder to provide the desired means of operation. The cylinder valve
has a 1/8-in NPT outlet. Any of the 1/8-in NPT x 5/16-in flare fittings can be used to connect
the valve to the corresponding actuation line. The cylinder is secured using the wall mount
bracket (P/N WK-877845-000). Approved for use in environments from 32°F to 130°F (0°C to
54.4°C).
Figure 2. 108 cu. in. Nitrogen Pilot Cylinder
May 2018 4 06-237577-001

3 MAINTENANCE
For maintenance details, see the corresponding manual listed in Table 1. For a list of
replacement parts for the obsolete control heads, see Section 3.1. For details on the
remediation of legacy Lever and Lever and Pressure operated control heads, see Section 3.2.
3.1 Replacement Part Numbers

When replacing obsolete equipment, use the following table to order the correct new part.
Table 2. Replacement Part Numbers
Replacement Part
Obsolete Part Number Description
Number
WK-870652-000 Lever Operated Control Head with Stainless Steel Handle

WK-870652-000 Lever Operated Control Head with Black Handle 85-521000-001
85-870652-400 Lever Operated Control Head with Stainless Steel Handle

Lever and Pressure Operated Control Head
82-878751-000
with Stainless Steel Handle
82-878751-000 85-544000-001
with Black Handle
85-878751-400
with Stainless Steel Handle
Pressure Operated Control Head 82-878737-000
85-878737-400
(with grooves on valve nut)
3.1.1 Pressure Operated Control Head (P/N 85-878737-400)

On the obsolete Pressure Operated control head, only the 6 middle digits are stamped. The
obsolete version can be identified by the presence of grooves on the valve nut as shown in
Figure 3.
Grooves
(Only on P/N: 85-878737-400)
Figure 3. Grooves on Pressure Operated Control Head (P/N 85-878737-400)
06-237577-001 5 May 2018

3.2 Remediation Flow Chart
Use the following charts to determine if you need to remediate your Lever or Lever and Pres-
sure operated control heads.
Start
Does the system have a Nitrogen No Remediaon

No
Pilot Cylinder? Required
Nitrogen Pilot
Cylinder
P/N WK-877940-000 or
P/N 85-877940-000 Yes
Does the Nitrogen Pilot

Cylinder have one of the
following control heads: No
• Lever and Pressure
• Lever
Lever and Pressure Lever Operated • Pressure
Pressure Operated
Operated Control Control Head
Control Head
Head P/N: WK-870652-000 or
P/N: 85-878737-400
P/N: 82-878751-000 or P/N: 85-870652-400
P/N: 85-878751-400 Yes
Does the Nitrogen cylinder feed

pressure to an Nitrogen Time No
Delay?
Yes
Remediaon
Required, Replace
Control Head
Figure 4. Clean Agent Remediation Flow Chart
May 2018 6 06-237577-001

Start
Does the system have an Nitrogen No Remediaon

No
Pilot Cylinder? Required
Nitrogen Pilot
Cylinder
P/N WK-877940-000 or
P/N 85-877940-000 Yes
Does the Nitrogen Pilot

Cylinder have one of the
following control heads: No
• Lever and Pressure
• Lever
Lever and Pressure Lever Operated Pressure Operated • Pressure
Operated Control Control Head Control Head
Head P/N: WK-870652-000 or P/N: 85-878737-400
P/N: 82-878751-000 or P/N: 85-870652-400
P/N: 85-878751-400 Yes

pressure to an Nitrogen Time No No
into a Carbon Dioxide Stop Valve?
Delay?
Yes Yes
Remediaon
Required, Replace
Control Head
Figure 5. HPCO2 Remediation Flow Chart
06-237577-001 7 May 2018

3.3 Remediation Examples
The following examples show various examples of where remediation is required for legacy
control heads.
No Remediation Required
Lever Operated Lever and Pressure

Control Head Operated
Control Head
AGENT
DISTRIBUTION
PIPING
108 cu in.
NITROGEN
PILOT
CYLINDER
AGENT
CYLINDER
Figure 6. Remediation Example 1, No Remediation Required
Remediation Required
Lever Operated
Lever Operated Control Head Lever and Pressure
Control Head (to bypass Time Delay) Operated
Control Head
Remediation
AGENT
Required DISTRIBUTION
PIPING
108 cu in. N2 TIME DELAY

NITROGEN (30 or 60 seconds)
PILOT
CYLINDER
AGENT
CYLINDER
No
Remediation
Required
Figure 7. Remediation Example 2, Remediation Required
May 2018 8 06-237577-001

Remediation Required
Lever Operated
Lever Operated Control Head Lever and Pressure
Control Head (to bypass Time Delay) Operated
Control Head CO2
STOP
Remediation VALVE AGENT
Required DISTRIBUTION
PIPING
Lever and Pressure

108 cu in. N2 TIME DELAY Operated
NITROGEN (30 or 60 seconds) Control Head
PILOT
CYLINDER
Co2
CYLINDER
Lever Operated No
Control Head Remediation
Required
Remediation
Required
108 cu in.
NITROGEN
PILOT
CYLINDER
Figure 8. Remediation Example 3, Remediation Required
3.4 Installation of Pressure Operated Control Head, P/N 82-878737-000
retracted (SET) position. Failure to follow this procedure will cause the Kidde
WARNING Engineered System cylinder to discharge accidentally when the control head is
installed on the cylinder valve.

der actuation port.
3. Using a torque wrench, tighten the swivel nut securely to a torque of 55-65 ft lbs.
3.5 Installation of Lever Operated Control Head, P/N 85-521000-001

1. Ensure the control head is in the SET position with the safety pull pin and seal wire
intact.
3. Using a suitable wrench, assemble the control head to the cylinder valve actuation port until
the control head is snug against the actuation port.
When attaching the Lever operated control head to the valve, the swivel nut
must be tightened to a toque of 55ft·lb. Failure to tighten the swivel nut may
WARNING result in leakage during actuation.
06-237577-001 9 May 2018

3.6 Installation of Lever and Pressure Operated Control Head,
P/N 85-544000-001
retracted (SET) position. Failure to follow this procedure will cause the Kidde
WARNING System cylinder to discharge accidentally when the control head is installed on the
cylinder valve.
1. Ensure the lever of the control head is in the SET position with the safety pull pin and
seal wire intact.
3. Using a suitable wrench, assemble the Lever and Pressure Operated control head with flex-
ible actuation hose attached to the cylinder actuation port until the control head is snug
against the actuation port.
When attaching the Lever and Pressure operated control head to the valve, the
WARNING nut may result in leakage during actuation.
4 PARTS LIST
85-521000-001 Lever Operated Control Head

85-544000-001 Lever\Pressure Operated Control Head
May 2018 10 06-237577-001

400 Main Street

Ashland, MA 01721 This literature is provided for informational purposes only. KIDDE-FENWAL, INC. believes
Ph:(508)881-2000 this data to be accurate, but it is published and presented without any guarantee or war-
Fax:(508)881-8920 ranty whatsoever. KIDDE-FENWAL, INC. assumes no responsibility for the product's suit-
http://www.kidde-fenwal.com ability for a particular application. The product must be properly applied to work correctly.
If you need more information on this product, or if you have a particular problem or ques-
tion, contact KIDDE-FENWAL, INC., Ashland, MA 01721 USA. Telephone: (508) 881-2000.

06-237615-001
August 2017
Kidde Fire Systems

Halocarbon and Inert Gas Agents
Class B Minimum Design
Concentrations
Addendum
R
FM

Jurisdiction: EAR
US ECCN: EAR99
TABLE OF CONTENTS
1 General ............................................................................................... 1
2 Class B Concentration Tables .................................................................. 2
2.1 HFC-227ea Agent (Also known as FM-200™ Agent) ................................... 2
2.2 FK-5-1-12 Agent (Also known as 3M™ Novec™ 1230 Fire Protection Fluid) ... 4
2.3 HFC-23 Agent (Also known as FE-13™ Agent)........................................... 6
2.4 IG-55 (Also known as Argonite™) ........................................................... 7
2.5 IG-100 (Also known as Nitrogen) ............................................................ 7
06-237615-001 i August 2017

August 2017 ii 06-237615-001

1 GENERAL
This document provides updated Class B Minimum Design Concentration (MDC) tables for the
following halocarbon and inert gas agents:
• “HFC-227ea Agent (Also known as FM-200™ Agent)” on page 2
• “FK-5-1-12 Agent (Also known as 3M™ Novec™ 1230 Fire Protection Fluid)” on page 4
• “HFC-23 Agent (Also known as FE-13™ Agent)” on page 6
• “IG-55 (Also known as Argonite™)” on page 7
• “IG-100 (Also known as Nitrogen)” on page 7
The MDC is equal to the MEC as determined in accordance with NFPA 2001, edition 2018
section 5.4.2.1 (cup burner method) times 1.3 but cannot be less than that based on heptane
unless specifically listed by UL or approved by FM.
Kidde Fire Systems
Kidde Fire Systems ECS Fire Suppression System with HFC-227ea Agent Design, Installation, 06-236115-001 BA
Kidde Fire Systems ECS Fire Suppression System with HFC-227ea Agent: Modular Balanced 06-236116-001 BA
Kidde Fire Systems ECS Advanced Delivery Fire Suppression System with FM-200® Agent 06-236068-001 BA
Kidde Fire Systems FE-13™ Engineered Fire Suppression Systems Design, Installation, 06-236169-002 AA
Kidde Fire Systems FE-13™ Modular Fire Suppression Systems Design, Installation, 06-236193-001 AA
Kidde Fire Systems Argonite Engineered Fire Suppression System Design, Installation, 06-236432-001 AA
Kidde Fire Systems Nitrogen Engineered Systems Design, Installation, Operation and 06-237459-001 AA
Maintenance Manual
Kidde Fire Systems ECS Fire Suppression System Marine Series with HFC-227ea Agent 06-236225-001 BA
Kidde Fire Systems ECS Advanced Delivery Fire Suppression System Marine Series with FM- 06-236595-001 BA
200® Agent Design, Installation, Operation, and Maintenance Manual
06-237615-001 1 August 2017

2 CLASS B CONCENTRATION TABLES
2.1 HFC-227ea Agent (Also known as FM-200™ Agent)

The minimum design concentration for a Class B fuel hazard for Kidde HFC-227ea systems shall
be the extinguishing concentration times a safety factor of 1.3. The minimum design
concentration is 8.7% for n-Heptane.
Table 2. HFC-227ea Agent Class B Suppression Design Concentrations
Minimum Design
Extinguishing
Fuel Concentration
Concentration
vol.% (1)
Acetone 6.9 9.0

Acetonitrile 4.3 8.7
t-Amyl Alcohol 7.3 9.5
AV Gas 6.5 8.7
Benzene 5.5 8.7
n-Butane 6.6 8.7
n-Butanol 7.6 9.9
2-Butoxyethanol* 7.4 9.6
2-Butoxyethyl Acetate* 6.9 9.0
n-Butyl Acetate 7.0 9.1
Carbon Disulfide 11.8 15.3
Chloroethane 6.3 8.7
Commercial Grade Heptane 6.7 8.7
Crude Oil* 6.5 8.7
Cyclohexane 7.2 9.4
Cyclohexylamine 8.3 10.8
Cyclopentanone 7.4 9.6
1,2-Dichloroethane 5.8 8.7
Diesel 6.7 8.7
N,N-Diethylethanolamine* 7.8 10.1
Diethyl Ether 7.5 9.8
Ethane 6.7 8.7
Ethanol 8.3 10.8
Ethyl Acetate 6.8 8.8
Ethyl Benzene* 6.3 8.7
Ethylene 8.4 10.9
Ethylene Glycol 7.6 9.9
** Texaco R+O 32
Cup Burner source data, Great Lakes Chemical Corporation.
Notes:
(1) MDC = Cup Burner (vol %) x 1.3 but not less than 8.7% in accordance with the UL-2166 and FM 5600 requirements
that the Class B design concentration cannot be less than that based on heptane, the fuel used in the listing and approvals
test programs.
August 2017 2 06-237615-001

Table 2. HFC-227ea Agent Class B Suppression Design Concentrations (Continued)
Minimum Design
Extinguishing
Fuel Concentration
Concentration
vol.% (1)
Gasoline-no lead 6.9 9.0

n-Heptane 6.7 8.7
n-Hexane 6.9 9.0
1-Hexene 5.8 8.7
Hydraulic Fluid* 6.5 8.7
Hydraulic Oil* 5.9 8.7
Hydrogen 13.2 17.2
Isobutyl Alcohol 7.6 9.9
Isopropanol 7.5 9.8
JP4 6.9 9.0
JP5 6.9 9.0
Kerosene 7.4 9.6
Methane 5.5 8.7
Methanol 10.4 13.5
2-Methoxyethanol 9.4 12.2
Methyl Ethyl Ketone 7.4 9.6
Methyl Isobutyl Ketone 7.0 9.1
Mineral Spirits 6.6 8.7
Morpholine 7.9 10.3
Nitromethane 9.9 12.9
n-Pentane 6.8 8.8
Propane 6.7 8.7
1-Propanol 7.7 10.0
Propylene 6.2 8.7
Propylene Glycol 8.6 11.2
Pyrrolidine 7.3 9.5
Tetrahydrofuran 7.4 9.6
Tetrahydrothiophene 6.6 8.7
Toluene 5.6 8.7
Tolylene-2, 4-Diisocyanate 4.0 8.7
Transformer Oil 7.3 9.5
Turbine Oil** 7.2 9.4
Xylene 6.0 8.7
** Texaco R+O 32
Cup Burner source data, Great Lakes Chemical Corporation.
Notes:
test programs.
06-237615-001 3 August 2017

2.2 FK-5-1-12 Agent (Also known as 3M™ Novec™ 1230 Fire Protection
Fluid)
The minimum design concentration for a Class B fuel hazard for Kidde FK-5-1-12 systems shall
Table 3. FK-5-1-12 Agent Class B Suppression Design Concentrations
Minimum Design
Extinguishing
Fuel Concentration
Concentration
vol.% (1)
Acetic acid 3.80 5.85

Acetone 4.31 5.85
Acetonitrile 2.90 5.85
n-Butane 4.60 5.98
2-Butoxy ethanol 5.20 6.76
Butyl acetate 4.20 5.85
Butyl alcohol (1-butanol) 4.90 6.37
Cyclohexane 4.50 5.85
Cyclopentane 4.10 5.85
Cyclopentanone 4.60 5.98
Diesel fuel 3.44 5.85(2)
Diethyl ether 4.90 6.37
Dimethylsulfoxide (DMSO) 4.90 6.37
Ethane 5.60 7.28
Ethyl alcohol (ethanol) 5.49 7.15
Ethyl alcohol, denatured (92.2% EtOH, 4.6% IPA and 3.1% MeOH) 5.30 6.89
Ethyl acetate 4.70 6.11
Gasoline, 87 octane, unleaded 4.50 5.85
n-Heptane 4.50 5.85
Heptane, commercial 4.50 5.85
Hexanes, commercial 4.30 5.85
Hexene 4.60 5.98
hydraulic oil 5.20 6.76
hydrogen 10.3 13.39
hydrogen sulfide 4.20 5.85
Iso-butane 4.90 6.37
Isooctane (2,2,4-trimethylpentane) 4.70 6.11
Isopropyl alcohol (2-propanol) 4.90 6.37
Jet A 4.10 5.85
JP-4 4.20 5.85
Notes:
(1) MDC = Cup Burner (vol %) x 1.3 but not less than 5.85% in accordance with the UL-2166 and FM 5600 requirements that the
Class B design concentration cannot be less than that based on heptane, the fuel used in the listing and approvals test programs.
(2) UL approves an MDC of 4.47 vol % based on MEC verification by a notified body.
August 2017 4 06-237615-001

Table 3. FK-5-1-12 Agent Class B Suppression Design Concentrations (Continued)
Minimum Design
Extinguishing
Fuel Concentration
Concentration
vol.% (1)
JP-5 4.20 5.85

Methane 5.60 7.28
Methyl alcohol (methanol) 6.50 8.45
Methyl ethyl ketone 4.50 5.85
Methyl formate 5.40 7.02

Methyl isobutyl ketone 4.40 5.85
Methyl siloxane 6.10 7.93
Methyl tert-butyl ether 4.50 5.85
Nitromethane 6.90 8.97
Octane 4.40 5.85
n-Pentane 4.70 6.11
Propane 5.80 7.54
Propyl alcohol (1-propanol) 5.40 7.02
Pyrrolidine 4.70 6.11
Stoddard Solvent (White Spirits) 4.20 5.85
Tetrahydrofuran 5.00 6.50
Toluene 3.50 5.85
Transformer oil 4.50 5.85
m-Xylene 3.40 5.85
Notes:
(1) MDC = Cup Burner (vol %) x 1.3 but not less than 5.85% in accordance with the UL-2166 and FM 5600 requirements that the
Class B design concentration cannot be less than that based on heptane, the fuel used in the listing and approvals test programs.
(2) UL approves an MDC of 4.47 vol % based on MEC verification by a notified body.
06-237615-001 5 August 2017

2.3 HFC-23 Agent (Also known as FE-13™ Agent)
The minimum design concentration for a Class B fuel hazard for Kidde HFC-23 systems shall
Note: Kidde Fire Systems FE-13™ Engineered Fire Suppression Systems are UL listed only,
they are not FM Approved.
Table 4. HFC-23 Agent Class B Suppression Design Concentrations
Minimum Design
Extinguishing
Fuel Concentration
Concentration
vol.% (1)
Acetone 12.1 19.5

Aviation Fuel-100 Octance Low Head 11.5 19.5
Benzene 10.5 19.5
Benzyl Alcohol 12.0 19.5
n-Butane 13.2 20.0
1-Butyl Alcohol 13.9 21.0
Ethyl Alcohol (200 Proof) aka Ethanc 15.6 23.6
n-Heptane 12.9 19.5(2)
n-Hexane 12.7 19.5
Isobutanol 13.9 21.0
Isopar E aka Petroleum Naphtha 11.5 19.5
Isopropyl Alcohol aka Isopropanol 12.9 19.5
JP-4 Jet Fuel 13.1 19.8
Kerosene 12.5 19.5
Methane 12.5 19.5
Methyl Alcohol aka Methanol 18.7 28.3
Methanol/Gasoline Blend (85/15 Ratio) 17.9 27.1
Methanol/Gasoline Blend (70/30 Ratio) 17.9 27.1
Methyl Ethyl Ketone aka MEK 13.6 20.6
i-Octane 12.9 19.5
n-Octane 13.5 20.4
Propane 13.0 19.7
Toluene 10.1 19.5
Transformer Oil 14.3 21.6
Xylene 9.8 19.5
#2 Diesel Fuel 11.4 19.5
Turbo Hydraulic Oil-2380 15.3 23.1
Notes:
test programs.
(2) Agency approvals testing was done at 15%, the basis for the MDC.
August 2017 6 06-237615-001

2.4 IG-55 (Also known as Argonite™)
The minimum design concentration for a Class B fuel hazard for Kidde Argonite systems shall
be the extinguishing concentration times a safety factor of 1.3. The design concentration
39.1% for n-Heptane (Oxygen Concentration = 12.72%).
Table 5. IG-55 Agent Class B Suppression Design Concentrations
Minimum Design
Extinguishing
Fuel Concentration
Concentration
vol.% (1)
Ethyl Alcohol (200 Proof) aka Ethanol 38.9 50.57

n-Heptane 35.9 46.67
i-Octane 31.7 46.67
Toluene 28.5 46.67
Notes:
test programs.
2.5 IG-100 (Also known as Nitrogen)

The minimum design concentration for a Class B fuel hazard for Kidde IG-100 systems shall be
the extinguishing concentration times a safety factor of 1.3. The design concentration 39.1%
for n-Heptane (Oxygen Concentration = 12.72%).
Table 6. IG-100 Agent Class B Suppression Design Concentrations
Minimum Design
Extinguishing
Fuel Concentration
Concentration
vol.% (1)
Acetone 29.9 41.86

Ethyl Alcohol (200 Proof) aka Ethanol 34.9 45.37
n-Heptane 32.2 41.86
n-Hexane 31.2 41.86
Isopropyl Alcohol aka Isopropanol 28.8 41.86
i-Octane 27.3 41.86
Toluene 24.8 41.86
Notes:
(1) MDC = Cup Burner (vol %) x 1.3 but not less than XX% in accordance with the UL-2127 and FM 5600 requirements
test programs.
06-237615-001 7 August 2017

August 2017 8 06-237615-001

400 Main Street

Ashland, MA 01721 This literature is provided for informational purposes only. KIDDE-FENWAL, INC. believes
Ph:(508)881-2000 this data to be accurate, but it is published and presented without any guarantee or war-
Fax:(508)881-8920 ranty whatsoever. KIDDE-FENWAL, INC. assumes no responsibility for the product's suit-
http://www.kidde-fenwal.com ability for a particular application. The product must be properly applied to work correctly.
If you need more information on this product, or if you have a particular problem or ques-
tion, contact KIDDE-FENWAL, INC., Ashland, MA 01721 USA. Telephone: (508) 881-2000.

P/N 06-237670-001
December 2018, Rev. AA
Kidde Fire Systems

Clean Agent
Entrance and Exit Warning Sign
Addendum
EXPORT INFORMATION (USA)

Jurisdiction: EAR
US ECCN: EAR99
TABLE OF CONTENTS
1 General ............................................................................................... 1
2 Warning Signs ...................................................................................... 2
2.1 Entrance Warning Sign, P/N 85-909300-001............................................. 2
2.2 Exit Warning Sign, P/N 85-909300-002.................................................... 3
3 Parts List ............................................................................................. 3
06-237670-001 i December 2018

December 2018 ii 06-237670-001

1 GENERAL
This document provides product information for entrance and exit warning signs for use with
the following clean agent systems:
• Kidde ECS-500™ psi with FK-5-1-12 Agent
• Kidde ECS™ 360 with 3M™ Novec™ 1230 Fire Protection Fluid
• Kidde ADS™ with 3M Novec 1230 Fire Protection Fluid
• Kidde ECS 360 with HFC-227ea Agent
• Kidde Modular ECS 360 with HFC-227ea Agent
• Kidde FE-13™ Engineered Suppression System
• Kidde Fire Systems Argonite
Note: Kidde HPCO2 warning signs are not changing.
Kidde Fire Systems
Kidde Fire Systems ECS Fire Suppression System with HFC-227ea Agent Design, Installation, 06-236115-001 BA
Kidde Fire Systems ECS Fire Suppression System with FK-5-1-12 Fire Protection Fluid Design, 06-236553-001 BA
Kidde Fire Systems ECS 500 psi Fire Suppression System with FK-5-1-12 Fire Protection Fluid 06-237585-001 AA
Kidde Fire Systems ECS Advanced Delivery Fire Suppression System with FK-5-1-12 Fire 06-237256-001 AA
Protection Fluid Design, Installation, Operation, and Maintenance Manual
Kidde Fire Systems FE-13™ Engineered Fire Suppression Systems Design, Installation, 06-236169-002 AA
Kidde Fire Systems FE-13™ Modular Fire Suppression Systems Design, Installation, 06-236193-001 AA
Kidde Fire Systems Argonite Engineered Fire Suppression System Design, Installation, 06-236432-001 AA
Kidde Fire Systems Nitrogen Engineered Systems Design, Installation, Operation and 06-237459-001 AA
Maintenance Manual
Kidde Fire Systems ECS Fire Suppression System Marine Series with HFC-227ea Agent 06-236225-001 BA
Kidde Engineered Marine Fire Suppression System Designed for use with 3M™ Novec™ 1230 06-236559-001 AC
Fire Protection Fluid Design, Installation, Operation and Maintenance Manua
Kidde Fire Systems® ECS Advanced Delivery Fire Suppression System Marine Series with 06-237257-001 AA
3M™ Novec™ 1230 Fire Protection Fluid Design, Installation, Operation and Maintenance
Manual
06-237670-001 1 December 2018

2 WARNING SIGNS
Warning signs should be posted at entrances and exits to areas protected by clean agent fire
suppression systems.
Note: Alternative signs may be purchased from third party vendors so long as the signs are
accepted by the local Authority Having Jurisdiction and conform to all required regional
and national standards.
2.1 Entrance Warning Sign, P/N 85-909300-001

The entrance sign warns people to not enter the area when the alarm is sounding and that the
area must be purged prior to re-entry.
! WARNING
This area is protected by a
Clean Agent Fire Suppression System.
Do not enter area when alarm is sounding.
Area must be purged prior to re-entry.
85-909300-001
Figure 1. Entrance Sign, P/N 85-909300-001
December 2018 2 06-237670-001

2.2 Exit Warning Sign, P/N 85-909300-002
The exit sign warns people to leave the area when the alarm sounds and not to re-enter until
after the area has been purged.
! WARNING
This area is protected by a
Clean Agent Fire Suppression System.
Leave area immediately when alarm sounds.
Do not enter area after
the system is discharged unless purged.
85-909300-002
Figure 2. Exit Sign, P/N 85-909300-002
3 PARTS LIST
85-909300-001 Warning Sign, Entrance

85-909300-002 Warning Sign, Exit
06-237670-001 3 December 2018

December 2018 4 06-237670-001

Kidde is a registered trademark of Kidde-Fenwal, Inc., or its parents, subsidiaries, or affiliates.
Ph: 508.881.2000
Fax: 508.881.8920 06-237670-001 Rev. AA ©2018 Kidde-Fenwal, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
06-237750-001
November 2019
Kidde Fire Systems

Control Head Monitor
Installation Addendum

Jurisdiction: EAR
US ECCN: EAR99
TABLE OF CONTENTS
1 General ............................................................................................... 1
2 Requirements ....................................................................................... 2
3 Control Head Monitor with Explosion Proof Assembly,
P/N 85-100000-100 .............................................................................. 2
4 Installing the Nitrogen Pilot Cylinder ........................................................ 3
5 Wiring the Control Head Monitor ............................................................. 6
06-237750-001 i November 2019

November 2019 ii 06-237750-001

1 GENERAL
This document provides product information on the following topics:
• Updated requirements for using supervisory pressure switches
• Updated installation instructions for the control head monitor (CHM) when installing onto a
Nitrogen pilot cylinder.
This addendum applies to the following industrial, land-based Kidde Fire Systems clean agent
systems:
• Kidde Fire Systems ECS™ Fire Suppression System with HFC-227ea Agent
• Kidde Fire Systems ECS™ Fire Suppression System with HFC-227ea Agent:
Modular Balanced
• Kidde Fire Systems ECS™ Fire Suppression System
• Kidde Fire Systems ECS-500™ psi Fire Suppression System
• Kidde Fire Systems ADS™ Fire Suppression System with HFC-227ea Agent
• Kidde Fire Systems ADS™ Fire Suppression System
Note: Requirements for Marine systems are not changing.
Kidde Fire Systems
Kidde Fire Systems ECS™ Fire Suppression System with HFC-227ea Agent 06-236115-001 BA
Kidde Fire Systems ECS™ Fire Suppression System with HFC-227ea Agent: Modular Balanced 06-236116-001 BA
Kidde Fire Systems ECS™ Fire Suppression System with 3M™ Novec™ 1230 Fire Protection 06-236553-001 BA
Fluid Design, Installation, Operation, and Maintenance Manual
Kidde Fire Systems ECS-500™ psi Fire Suppression System with 3M™ Novec™ 1230 Fire 06-237585-001 AA
Kidde Fire Systems ADS™ Fire Suppression System with HFC-227ea Agent Design, 06-236068-001 BA
Kidde Fire Systems ADS™ Fire Suppression System with 3M™ Novec™ 1230 Fire Protection 06-237256-001 AA
Fluid Design, Installation, Operation and Maintenance Manual
UTC Fire & Security India Limited
Kidde Fire Systems ECS™ Fire Suppression System with 3M™ Novec™ 1230 Fire Protection 06-237127-600 AB
Fluid Design, Installation, Operation and Maintenance Manual (For UTC Fire & Security India
Limited)
Kidde Fire Systems ECS™ Fire Suppression System with HFC-227ea Agent: Design, 06-237298-001 BA
Installation, Operation and Maintenance Manual (For UTC Fire & Security India Limited)
06-237750-001 1 November 2019

2 REQUIREMENTS
In order to have a mistake proof positive actuation, Kidde Fire Systems advises that all
pressurized containers (Clean Agent and Inert Gas Storage Containers, Nitrogen Pilot
Cylinders, and Nitrogen Drivers) need to be installed with a supervisory pressure switch or
pressure monitoring switch. The switch should be wired to the control panel to ensure a trouble
signal is displayed if a loss in pressure of the agent or nitrogen is detected.
For installation details of supervisory pressure switch, refer to the DIOMs listed in Table 1.
3 CONTROL HEAD MONITOR WITH EXPLOSION PROOF ASSEMBLY,

P/N 85-100000-100
Note: HazLoc rating is FM Approved only.
To comply with NFPA 2001, Latest Edition, all electric control heads must be under placement
supervision such that, if an electric actuator is removed, an audible and visual signal will be
initiated at the control panel indicating system impairment. The Control Head Monitor with
explosion proof assembly provides this supervision for control head placement in normal and
explosive environments in one easy to install component.
Note: Systems installed after January 1st, 2016 that do not include electric control head mon-
itoring are not UL Listed or FM Approved.
The following specifications apply to the Placement Supervision Component:
• Rated Voltage: 42 VDC maximum
• Resistive Load: 0.5A maximum
Figure 1. Control Head Monitor
WHITE WIRES
BLUE WIRES
0.75
5.85
Figure 2. Control Head Monitor Dimensions
November 2019 2 06-237750-001

This component can be placed between the items listed below and one of the following Electric
or Electric/Cable operated control heads (P/N: WK-890181-000, WK-897494-000,
82-486500-010, and 81-895630-000):
• 1-1/2”, 2”, and 3” cylinder discharge valve
• Nitrogen Pilot valve
• Nitrogen Driver valve
• Stackable Pressure Operated Control head (with special spacer)
4 INSTALLING THE NITROGEN PILOT CYLINDER

Note: Supervision of electric control heads is a requirement of NFPA 2001
The placement supervision signal is not a substitute for ensuring the proper
Follow these steps to install a Nitrogen pilot cylinder:
1. Install mounting bracket clamps and hardware as instructed in the corresponding manual.
2. Install the nitrogen pilot cylinder in the mounting bracket, ensuring the gauge is forward
facing.Tighten the clamps sufficiently to hold the cylinder in place while allowing the cylin-
der enough free play to rotate.
Note: If the discharge port is too close to a wall or obstruction, install the N2 pilot cylinder
bracket using a spacer such as a Unistrut® channel setup as shown in Figure 3. One
section of Unistrut may not create enough space. Ensure the spacer is structurally
sound and can support the weight of the components.
Spacer
Bracket
Nitrogen Pilot
Cylinder
Figure 3. Nitrogen Pilot Cylinder with Bracket and Spacer
06-237750-001 3 November 2019

3. Turn the cylinder until the cylinder valve discharge outlet is in the desired position.
Note: The cylinder must be positioned so that the gauge is accessible and the control head is
readily accessible during manual operation. Additionally, the CHM should face opposite
any supervisory pressure switch and should not rest against the pressure gauge.
4. Securely tighten mounting bracket clamps and hardware.
5. Remove the protective cap from the Nitrogen pilot cylinder valve actuation port.
6. Insert the CHM between the control head and the cylinder valve actuation port as shown in
Figure 4 and Figure 5. Make sure the safety burst disc outlet port lines up and sits in the
slot on the underside of the CHM.
Figure 4. Installation Side View
Figure 5. Installation Isometric View
November 2019 4 06-237750-001

N2 Pilot Cylinder Control Head Monitor
Supervisory Pressure Switch

Safety Burst Disc Outlet Port
Figure 6. Control Head Monitor and Pilot Cylinder, Bottom View

N2 Pilot Cylinder
Figure 7. Control Head Monitor and Pilot Cylinder, Side View

Note: Position the CHM so that the main body is opposite the supervisory switch (see
Figure 7) For additional confirmation of proper positioning, the underside of the CHM’s
body has a cavity that sits above the safety disc on the valve (see Figure 6 and
Figure 7).
Ensure the control head is in the SET position (that is, the actuating pin is in
the fully retracted or SET position) before attaching the control head to the
WARNING cylinder valve. Also, ensure the safety pin is installed and secured. If the
control head is not in the SET position, agent will accidentally discharge.
7. Attach the control head to the nitrogen pilot cylinder valve body by hand threading the
swivel nut onto the mating threads of the valve. Hand thread the swivel as far as possible.
8. Using the two available flats of the valve body, hold the valve body while using a wrench
on the flats of the swivel nut to secure the control head. Tighten the control head swivel
nut until the nut is tight and the control head body does not swivel further. Tighten the
swivel nut to approximate 55-60 ft-lbs of torque.
9. Attach necessary adapter and connect the nitrogen pilot lines. Continue installing as per
the instructions in the corresponding manual listed in Table 1 and any associated addenda.
Note: the CHM body will not be held down at all by the swivel nut of the control head. This is
to ensure the control head body is fully secured to the nitrogen pilot cylinder valve body.
06-237750-001 5 November 2019

5 WIRING THE CONTROL HEAD MONITOR
EOL Resistor After Last

Device
White
Blue Control
Head
White
Monitor
Blue
Control
Panel Open when in
activated
position
Figure 8. Control Head Monitor Wiring

Use the wiring diagram found in Figure 8 when wiring the CHM.
For US and Canada explosion proof installations, seal all conduits within 18
November 2019 6 06-237750-001

Cardox is a registered trademark of of Kidde-Fenwal, Inc., or its parents, subsidiaries or affiliates.
Ph: 508.881.2000
06-237760-001
January 2020
Kidde Fire Systems

3” Valve Addendum
LISTED
No. EX 4674

Jurisdiction: EAR
US ECCN: EAR99
TABLE OF CONTENTS
1 General ............................................................................................... 1
2 3” Valve Component Description ............................................................. 2
3 Install ................................................................................................. 3
4 Maintenance......................................................................................... 3
5 Parts List ............................................................................................. 3
06-237760-001 i January 2020

January 2020 ii 06-237760-001

1 GENERAL
Figure 1. New 3” Valve

This document provides product information on the updated 3 inch valve used in Kidde Fire
Systems fire suppression systems.
systems:
Table 1. Kidde Fire Systems Manual Listing
Kidde Fire Systems
06-237760-001 1 January 2020

2 3” VALVE COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
To ease installation of supervisory pressure switches on ADS systems, the supervisory
pressure switch port was shifted 45°. All other aspects of the valve remains unchanged.
Supervisory Pressure
Switch Port
Figure 2. 3” Valve Dimensions
January 2020 2 06-237760-001

3 INSTALL
Installation of the valve, if needed, has not changed from the process described in the
corresponding manual listed in Table 1.
4 MAINTENANCE
Maintenance of the valve has not changed from the process described in the corresponding
manual listed in Table 1.
5 PARTS LIST
When ordering a replacement valve, please order the correct valve for the system. Using a
valve that is not listed with the system will invalidate any agency approvals.
Table 2. Parts List for Kidde Fire Systems 3” Valve
85-170001-100 3” Valve for Kidde Fire Systems ECS™ using 3M™ Novec™ 1230 Fire Protection Fluid
85-170001-500 3” Valve for Kidde Fire Systems ADS™ using 3M™ Novec™ 1230 Fire Protection Fluid
85-170001-550 3” Valve for Kidde Fire Systems ECS-500™ systems using 3M™ Novec™ 1230 Fire Protection
Fluid
85-170001-000 3” Valve for Kidde Fire Systems ECS™ using HFC-227ea Agent
85-170001-200 3” Valve with no pressure gauge for Kidde Fire Systems Fire Suppression Systems
45-170001-003 3” Valve for Kidde Fire Systems European Marine Systems using 3M™ Novec™ 1230 Fire
Protection Fluid
90-170001-100 3” Valve for Kidde Fire Systems ADS™ using HFC-227ea Agent
06-237760-001 3 January 2020

January 2020 4 06-237760-001

Ph: 508.881.2000
06-237765-001
January 2020
Kidde Fire Systems

1 1/2” and 2”
Flexible Discharge Hose
Addendum
For Industrial Systems
LISTED
No. EX 4674

Jurisdiction: EAR
US ECCN: EAR99
TABLE OF CONTENTS
1 General ............................................................................................... 1
2 1 1/2” and 2” Discharge Hose Component Description................................ 2
3 Install of 1 1/2” and 2” Discharge Hose.................................................... 3
4 Maintenance......................................................................................... 3
5 Parts List ............................................................................................. 4
06-237765-001 i January 2020

January 2020 ii 06-237765-001

1 GENERAL
This document provides product information on the updated 1 1/2 inch and 2 inch discharge
hoses used in Kidde Fire Systems fire suppression systems.
systems:
HFC-227ea agent and 3M™ Novec™ 1230 fire protection fluid are herein referred to as “agent”
unless otherwise specified.
Note: The 1 1/2” discharge hose only applies to Kidde Fire Systems ECS and ECS-500 sys-
tems. The ADS systems do not use the 1 1/2” valve, so do not need the corresponding
1 1/2” discharge hose.
Kidde Fire Systems
Kidde Fire Systems ECS-500™ psi Fire Suppression System with 3M™ Novec™ 1230 Fire 06-237585-001 AB
06-237765-001 1 January 2020

2 1 1/2” AND 2” DISCHARGE HOSE COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
Note: The 1 1/2” discharge hose only applies to Kidde Fire Systems ECS and ECS-500 sys-
tems. The ADS systems do not use the 1 1/2” valve, so do not need the corresponding
1 1/2” discharge hose.
For information the 3” discharge hose used with the 3” valve, see the corresponding
DIOM listed in Table 1.
The agent is routed from the storage cylinders to the discharge piping by a flexible
1-1/2 in or 2 in (40 mm or 50 mm) rubber covered hose with wire braided reinforcements. The
hose is connected to the discharge outlet of the agent storage cylinder valve and terminates
at the system piping or discharge manifold (see Figure 1 and Table 2).
HOSE
CYLINDER VALVE SYSTEM PIPE CONNECTION,
CONNECTION, SWIVEL NUT MALE NPT THREAD
Figure 1. Flexible Discharge Hose, 1-1/2 in or 2 in (40 mm or 50 mm)
Table 2. Dimensions, Flexible Discharge Hoses
Thread/ Min. Bend

Part Number Hose Size Dimension A Fittings Material
Outlet Radius
WK-283898-000 1-1/2 in (40 mm) NPT 24 in (610 mm) 20 in (508 mm) Plated Steel
WK-283899-000 2 in (50 mm) NPT 31 in (787 mm) 25 1/2 in (648 mm) Plated Steel
January 2020 2 06-237765-001

3 INSTALL OF 1 1/2” AND 2” DISCHARGE HOSE
Note: For information on installation of the 3” discharge hose used with the 3” valve, see the
corresponding DIOM listed in Table 1.
If a Flexible Discharge Hose is used, always connect the flexible discharge

WARNING hose into system piping before connecting to an agent storage cylinder.
Attach the flexible discharge hose from system piping or El-check in the discharge manifold to
the cylinder valve. Tighten securely (see Figure 2 and Table 3).
B
FACE OF
PIPE FITTING
C (HOSE SIZE)
A
Figure 2. Installation of the Flexible Hose Directly Into System Piping
Table 3. Installation of the Flexible Hose Directly into System Piping
Dimensions
Hose Part Number
A B
WK-283898-000 14-5/8 in 371 mm 16-3/4 in 425 mm

WK-283899-000 19 in 483 mm 21-3/4 in 552 mm
Note: Dimensions A and B must be maintained in order to obtain a smooth radius in flex-
ible loop.
4 MAINTENANCE
Maintenance of the flexible discharge hoses has not changed from the process described in the
06-237765-001 3 January 2020

5 PARTS LIST
When ordering a replacement hose, please note that the part number for the hose has not
changed.
Table 4. Parts List
WK-283898-000 Discharge Hose, 1-1/2” x 24” (for 1.5" valve, use with 10, 20, 40, 70, 125# Cylinders)
WK-283899-000 Discharge Hose, 2” x 31” (for 2" valve, use with 200, 225, 350, 395# Cylinders)
January 2020 4 06-237765-001

Ph: 508.881.2000
06-237781-001
August 2020
Main-to-Reserve Transfer Switch

Addendum
for
Kidde Fire Systems
Clean Agent, Inert Gas,
and High Pressure Carbon Dioxide
Fire Suppression Systems
R
FM
LISTED APPROVED

Jurisdiction: EAR
US ECCN: EAR99
TABLE OF CONTENTS
1 General ............................................................................................... 1
2 Main-to-Reserve Transfer Switch, P/N 85-802398-001 ............................... 2
3 Main to Reserve Transfer Switch Installation ............................................. 3
4 Parts List ............................................................................................. 4
06-237781-001 i August 2020

August 2020 ii 06-237781-001

1 GENERAL
Kidde Fire Systems has created a new Main-to-Reserve Transfer switch available for use with
Kidde Fire Systems Clean Agent, Inert Gas, and High Pressure Carbon Dioxide land-based fire
suppression systems which use a main and reserve bank of agent, inert gas, or carbon dioxide
cylinders.
This addendum applies to the following industrial, land-based Kidde Fire Systems fire
suppression systems:
• Kidde Fire Systems Natura™ Inert Gas System
• Kidde Fire Systems High Pressure Carbon Dioxide Fire Suppression System
Kidde Fire Systems
Kidde Fire Systems Natura™ Inert Gas System Design, Installation, Operation, and 06-237619-001 AA
Maintenance Manual with FM Approval
Kidde Fire System High Pressure Carbon Dioxide (CO2) Fire Suppression Systems Design, 81-CO2MAN-001 BC
Installation, Operation and Maintenance Manual
06-237781-001 1 August 2020

2 MAIN-TO-RESERVE TRANSFER SWITCH, P/N 85-802398-001
The Main-to-Reserve Switch is installed on systems having main and reserve cylinders. Placing
the switch in either the MAIN or RESERVE position provides uninterrupted fire protection during
system maintenance or in the event of a system discharge (see Figure 1).
Switch Rating: 30 Amps at 120 VAC
NAMEPLATE CONDULET
BOX
SWITCH - DOUBLE
POLE DOUBLE
THROW
2-COVER 6-CONNECTION
SCREW TERMINALS
(4.25)
(1.75)
(2.75)
(2.00)
Figure 1. Main-to-Reserve Transfer Switch
COMMON
A-1
L-1
B-1
A-2
L-2
B-2
WIRING DIAGRAM
Figure 2. Wiring Diagram
Table 2. Part Numbers
85-802398-001 Main-to-Reserve Transfer Switch
August 2020 2 06-237781-001

3 MAIN TO RESERVE TRANSFER SWITCH INSTALLATION
The main to reserve transfer switch is used in the system to toggle the connection between the
electrical release units installed on the main or reserve cylinders. For electrical wiring with a
single electrical release unit, refer to Figure 3 and for two electrical release units, refer to
Figure 4. The transfer switch is generally installed at the cylinder bank.
However, should the cylinder banks be installed within the risk, then the main and reserve
switch must be installed outside. For EU applications the switch will be of a key type and the
key to be kept adjacent to the switch within an emergency "break-glass" key holder
M/R TRANSFER
SWITCH
+
+
MAIN -
- +
RELEASE
RESERVE CIRCUITS
-
Figure 3. Wiring Diagram with Single Solenoid (Main and Reserve)
+ M/R TRANSFER
SWITCH
MAIN
+
-
RESERVE
-
+
MAIN
+
-
RESERVE -
+
RELEASE
CIRCUITS
Figure 4. Wiring Diagram with Dual Solenoid (Main and Reserve)
06-237781-001 3 August 2020

4 PARTS LIST
Only listed Kidde Fire Systems Main-to-Reserve Transfer Switches are to be

used on Kidde Fire Systems Fire Suppression System. Failure to comply with
WARNING this WARNING may result in unpredictable agent distribution hindering or
preventing the agent from suppressing a fire.
Table 1-1. New Main-to-Reserve Part Numbers
85-802398-001 Main-to-Reserve Transfer Switch
August 2020 4 06-237781-001

Ph: 508.881.2000
kiddefiresystems.com
06-237783-001
August 2020
2” and 3” Valve
Burst Disc Harmonization
Addendum
for
Kidde Fire Systems
Clean Agent
Fire Suppression System

Jurisdiction: EAR
US ECCN: EAR99
TABLE OF CONTENTS
1 General ............................................................................................... 1
2 Valve and Safety Burst Disc Rebuild Kits .................................................. 2
2.1 2” Valve and Safety Burst Disc Rebuild Kit, P/N 85-150200-000 .................. 2
2.2 3” Valve and Safety Burst Disc Rebuild Kit, P/N 85-170200-000 .................. 2
2.3 Legacy 2” Valve and Safety Burst Disc Rebuild Kit, P/N 90-150100-000........ 3
3 Post Discharge Maintenance ................................................................... 4
3.1 Safety Burst Disc Replacement (2”and 3” Valves) ...................................... 4
4 Parts List ............................................................................................. 6
06-237783-001 i August 2020

August 2020 ii 06-237783-001

1 GENERAL
Kidde Fire Systems is harmonizing the method of safety burst disc installation on all 2” valves
manufactured after April 2014 to match with the 3” valve for ease of post-discharge
maintenance. To support this change, Kidde Fire Systems is releasing a new safety burst disc
assembly included with the 2” valve rebuild kit.
systems:
• Kidde Fire Systems ECS Fire Suppression System
with 3M Novec 1230 Fire Protection Fluid
• Kidde Fire Systems ADS Fire Suppression System
Note: For all 2” Valves manufactured prior to May 2014, the safety burst disc installation re-
mains unchanged from the manuals listed in Table 1.
Kidde Fire Systems
Kidde Fire Systems ECS Fire Suppression System with HFC-227ea Agent 06-236115-001 BA
Kidde Fire Systems ECS Fire Suppression System with 3M Novec 1230 Fire Protection Fluid 06-236553-001 BA
Kidde Fire Systems ECS-500 psi Fire Suppression System with 3M Novec 1230 Fire Protection 06-237585-001 AA
Kidde Fire Systems ADS Fire Suppression System with HFC-227ea Agent Design, Installation, 06-236068-001 BA
Kidde Fire Systems ADS Fire Suppression System with 3M Novec 1230 Fire Protection Fluid 06-237256-001 AA
Design, Installation, Operation and Maintenance Manual
06-237783-001 1 August 2020

2 VALVE AND SAFETY BURST DISC REBUILD KITS
2.1 2” Valve and Safety Burst Disc Rebuild Kit, P/N 85-150200-000
For all 2” valves manufactured after April 2014, use the 2” Valve and Safety Burst Disc Rebuild
Kit, P/N: 85-150200-000. All 2” Valves must be serviced after a discharge, including replacing
the safety burst disc. This rebuild kit includes the Safety Disc Assembly.
Table 2. 2” Valve and Safety Burst Disc Rebuild Kit Contents
2"Valve and Safety Burst Disc Rebuild Kit includes:

• O-ring, Neck
• O-ring, Cap
• Assembly, Safety Disc which includes:
– Retainer, Safety Disc
– Disc, Safety
– Washer, Safety Disc
85-150200-000
– Holder, Safety Disc Assembly
– O-ring, Packing
– Piston
– O-ring, Piston
– O-ring, Teflon Back-up
– O-ring, Seat
2.2 3” Valve and Safety Burst Disc Rebuild Kit, P/N 85-170200-000
The 3” Valve Maintenance Kit should be used to rebuild all 3” Valves after a discharge, including
replacing the safety burst disc. This rebuild kit includes a Safety Disc Assembly for cylinders
with 3” valves.
Note: The only change to the kit is the part number for the kit, all contents remain the same.
Table 3. 3” Valve Maintenance Kit Contents
Kit, 3" Valve Maintenance. Includes 1 of each of the following:

• O-ring, Outlet (3" Valve)
– Disc, Safety
– O-ring, Packing
• O-ring, Inner Piston
85-170200-000
• O-Ring, Cap (3" Valve)
• O-Ring, Piston (3" Valve)
• Teflon Back-Up Ring, Piston (3" Valve)
• O-Ring, Seat (3" Valve)
• O-Ring, Cylinder Neck (3" Valve)
• Pilot Check
• Spring, Pilot Check
• Disc, Perforated
• Ring, Retaining
August 2020 2 06-237783-001

2.3 Legacy 2” Valve and Safety Burst Disc Rebuild Kit, P/N 90-150100-000
The Legacy 2” Valve and Safety Burst Disc Rebuild Kit should be used to rebuild all 2” Valves
manufactured prior to May 2014. Valves should be rebuilt after a discharge, including replacing
the safety burst disc.
Note: These valves have the safety burst disc located on the valve, not the cylinder shoulder.
Table 1-1. 3” Valve Maintenance Kit Contents
2" Valve and Safety Burst Disc Rebuild Kit includes (For valves
manufactured prior to May 2014):
– Piston
– Piston O-ring
85-150100-000
– Seat O-ring
• O-ring, Neck
• O-ring, Cap
• Washer - Safety
06-237783-001 3 August 2020

3 POST DISCHARGE MAINTENANCE
All post discharge maintenance requirements are outlined in the manual listed in Table 1. The
procedures for rebuilding the 2-inch valve has not changed.
3.1 Safety Burst Disc Replacement (2”and 3” Valves)
Whenever the valve is rebuilt, the Safety Disc Assembly must be replaced.
CAUTION
Before removing the Safety Burst Disc Assembly, make sure that all pressure
has been relieved from the cylinder. To relieve any remaining pressure, restrain
WARNING the cylinder and depress the pressure check in the Supervisory Pressure Switch.
Note: This only applies for 2” valves manufactured after April 2014 and all 3” valves. For 2”
valves, the Safety Disc parts are included in the Re-build Kit (P/N 85-150200-000). For
3” valves, the Safety Disc parts are included in the Re-build Kit (P/N 85-170200-000).
The safety disc for the 2” and 3” valves are located on the cylinder shoulder, not on the cylinder
valve.
1. Remove and discard the safety burst disc assembly (see Figure 2).
2. Apply lubricant to the packing o-ring of the new safety burst disc assembly (see Figure 1).
3. Install the new safety disc assembly to the cylinder. Torque to the appropriate value listed
in Table 2.
Never install any other type of safety burst disc assembly than specified in
Table 2 for the corresponding cylinder. Installing the incorrect assembly could
result in a violent rupture of the cylinder and cause death, serious injury and/
or property damage.
WARNING than one safety disc could result in violent rupture of the cylinder and serious
injury.
Packing O-ring
Figure 1. 2” and 3” Valve/Cylinder Safety Burst Disc Assembly
August 2020 4 06-237783-001

Date Code Location
Figure 2. Safety Burst Disc Assembly Location (2” Valve Shown)
Figure 3. Installation of Safety Burst Disc on Shoulder of Cylinder (2” Valve Shown)
Table 2. 2” and 3” Safety Disc Replacement Information
Safety Disc included with

Valve Size Torque psig @ 70°F Cylinder Size
Rebuild Kit P/N
85-150200-000 2” 90 ft lb 800-975 200, 350, 450 lb
85-170200-000 3” 90 ft lb 800-975 600, 900, 1100 lb
06-237783-001 5 August 2020

4 PARTS LIST
Table 3. Parts List
Nomenclature Part Number
Safety Burst Disc Assemblies and Rebuild Kits

2" Valve and Safety Burst Disc Rebuild Kit, for use on all 2” Valve manufactured after
April 2014, includes:
• O-ring, Neck
• O-ring, Cap
– Disc, Safety
– Washer, Safety Disc 85-150200-000
– O-ring, Packing
– Piston
– O-ring, Piston
– O-ring, Teflon Back-up
– O-ring, Seat
Kit, 3" Valve Maintenance. Includes 1 of each of the following:
• O-ring, Outlet (3" Valve)
– Disc, Safety
– O-ring, Packing
• O-ring, Inner Piston
85-170200-000
• O-Ring, Cap (3" Valve)
• O-Ring, Piston (3" Valve)
• Teflon Back-Up Ring, Piston (3" Valve)
• O-Ring, Seat (3" Valve)
• O-Ring, Cylinder Neck (3" Valve)
• Pilot Check
• Spring, Pilot Check
• Disc, Perforated
• Ring, Retaining
Legacy 2" Valve and Safety Burst Disc Rebuild Kit includes (For valves manufactured
prior to May 2014):
– Piston
– Piston O-ring
85-150100-000
– Seat O-ring
• O-ring, Neck
• O-ring, Cap
• Washer - Safety
August 2020 6 06-237783-001

Ph: 508.881.2000
06-237797-001
October 2020
Kidde Fire Systems

2” El-Check Valve
Addendum

Jurisdiction: EAR
US ECCN: EAR99
TABLE OF CONTENTS
1 General ............................................................................................... 1
2 2” El-Check Valve Component Description ................................................ 2
3 Install ................................................................................................. 3
4 Maintenance......................................................................................... 3
5 Parts List ............................................................................................. 3
06-237797-001 i October 2020

October 2020 ii 06-237797-001

1 GENERAL
This document provides product information on the updated 2” El-check valve used in Kidde
Fire Systems fire suppression systems.
systems:
HFC-227ea agent and 3M Novec 1230 fire protection fluid are herein referred to as “agent”
Kidde Fire Systems
Kidde Fire Systems ECS-500 psi Fire Suppression System with 3M Novec 1230 Fire Protection 06-237585-001 AB
Kidde Fire Systems ADS Fire Suppression System with HFC-227ea Agent Design, Installation, 06-236068-001 BA
Kidde Fire Systems ADS Fire Suppression System with 3M Novec 1230 Fire Protection Fluid 06-237256-001 AA
06-237797-001 1 October 2020

2 2” EL-CHECK VALVE COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
to allow removal of an agent cylinder from the manifold while still retaining a closed system.
The 2” El-check is used on the 10 through 450 lb size cylinders (see Figure 2 and Table 2).
Note: Cylinders under 200 lbs are not available for ADS™ systems.

Figure 1. Manifold El-Check Valve
B
C
Figure 2. Manifold El-Check Valve Dimensions
Materials:
• Valve Body: Forging Brass per ASTM B124, UNS C37700/C38010,
CEN CW608N/CW612N/CW617N or Equivalent.
• Check: Stainless Steel
Table 2. Dimensions, Manifold El-Checks
Dimensions
Valve
Part Number Size
Working Pressure
A B C
2” 3-15/16” 4-7/8” 2” – 11-1/2 NPT

WK-877690-200 500 psi
(50 mm) (100 mm) (124 mm) (50 mm - 292 mm)
October 2020 2 06-237797-001

3 INSTALL
Installation of the El-check valve has not changed from the process described in the
Figure 3. Installed El-check Valve
4 MAINTENANCE
Maintenance of the El-check valve has not changed from the process described in the
5 PARTS LIST
Table 3. Parts List
WK-877690-200 Manifold El-Check Valve, 2” NPT
06-237797-001 3 October 2020

Ph: 508-881-2000
Fax: 508-881-8920 06-237797-001 Rev. AA ©2020 Carrier All Rights Reserved.
06-237815-001
August 2021
Kidde Fire Systems

Electric and Electric/Cable
Control Heads
Addendum

Jurisdiction: EAR
US ECCN: EAR99
TABLE OF CONTENTS
1 General ............................................................................................... 1
2 Electric Control Heads Kit, P/N 85-890181-000 ......................................... 2
3 Electric/Cable Operated Control Heads Kit,
P/N 85-895630-000 .............................................................................. 4
4 Install ................................................................................................. 6
5 Maintenance......................................................................................... 6
6 Parts List ............................................................................................. 6
06-237815-001 i August 2021

August 2021 ii 06-237815-001

1 GENERAL
Figure 1. Electric Control Head

This document provides product information on updated Electric and Electric/Cable control
heads used in Kidde Fire Systems industrial, land-based clean agent and inert gas fire
suppression systems. The control heads include the following new major changes:
• Kidde Fire Systems sources a forged body, instead of a cast body, which improves appear-
ance and durability.
• Kidde Fire Systems provides the control heads factory wired with 36 in. (914 mm) leads.
The leads are 14 AWG and red (positive) and black (negative) color coded.
• Kidde Fire Systems sealed the front cover to prevent anyone from tampering with the con-
trol head.
This addendum applies to the following industrial, land-based Kidde Fire Systems fire
suppression systems:
• Kidde Fire Systems ADS Fire Suppression System with 3M Novec 1230 Fire Protection Fluid
• Kidde Fire Systems Natura™ Inert Gas System*

Kidde Fire Systems Natura™ Inert Gas System Design, Installation, Operation, and 06-237619-001 AB
Maintenance Manual with FM Approval*
Note: For Kidde Fire Systems Natura Inert Gas System, these control heads are only used on
the nitrogen pilot cylinder if a discharge delay is used. For the inert gas cylinder, use
the release unit listed in manual P/N: 06-237619-001.
06-237815-001 1 August 2021

2 ELECTRIC CONTROL HEADS KIT, P/N 85-890181-200
The Electric Control Head provides for electric actuation of the agent cylinder valve, nitrogen
driver, or nitrogen pilot. It is operated electrically from a detection and control system, a
remote manual station, or locally with a manual lever on the electric control head
(P/N WK-890181-200). See Figure 2 and Table 2 for more information.
To comply with NFPA 2001, Latest Edition, all electric control head must be under placement
supervision such that, if an electric actuator is removed, an audible and visual signal will be
initiated at the control panel indicating system impairment. To accomplish this, Kidde Fire
Systems is offering a Control Head Monitor suitable for mounting between the electric control
head and the corresponding discharge valves included in the Electric Control Head Kit.
Note: Systems installed after January 1st, 2016 that do not include electric control head
monitoring are not UL Listed or FM Approved.
The Electric Control Head kit includes the following items:
85-890181-200 Electric Control Head Kit, Includes:

• Control Head Monitor, P/N 85-100000-100
• Electrical Control Head, 24 VDC, P/N WK-890181-200
2.31in.
Connection for Flexible

Electrical Conduit -
3/4 in. NPT Female
36.00 in. 36.00 in.
ELECTRIC
CONTROL HE
PATENT NO. 2466750
6.36 in. VOLTS DC 6.36 in.

AMPS
PART NO. R
FM
TO RESET
USE SCREWDRIVER
SET RELEASED
MADE IN USA
Kidde-Fenwal, Inc.
400 Main Street
Ashland, MA 01721 U.S.A.
2.31in.
4.00"
Figure 2. Electric Control Head
Table 2. Electric Control Head Specifications
Part Number Voltage Current
WK-890181-200 24 VDC 2.0 A momentary
August 2021 2 06-237815-001

Figure 3. Assembled Electric Control Head Kit, P/N 85-890181-200
06-237815-001 3 August 2021

3 ELECTRIC/CABLE OPERATED CONTROL HEADS KIT,
P/N 85-895630-200
The electric/cable operated control head mounts to the agent cylinder valve, nitrogen driver,
or nitrogen pilot, and provide for both electric actuation or remote cable operation. The control
head is operated remotely by an electrical signal from a detection system or electric manual
pull station. The control head can also be operated mechanically from a remote cable operated
manual pull station or locally using the manual lever on the control head. See Figure 4 and
Table 3 for more information.
Note: Systems installed after January 1st, 2016 that do not include electric control head
monitoring are not UL Listed or FM Approved.
The Electric/Cable Operated Control Head Kit includes the following items:
85-895630-200 Electric and Cable Operated Control Head Kit, Includes:

• Electrical and Cable Operated Control Head, 24 VDC, P/N: 81-895630-200
36.00 in.
2.40 in.
7.64 in.
7.64 in. Connection for Flexible 2.40 in.

Electrical Conduit -
3/4 in. NPT Female
CONTROL HE
PART NO.
AMPS
VOLTS DC
ELECTRIC
PATENT NO. 2466750
SET
MADE IN USA
TO RESET
USE SCREWDRIVER
5.44 in.
Ashland, MA 01721 U.S.A.
400 Main Street
Kidde-Fenwal, Inc.
R
RELEASED
FM
36.00 in.
Figure 4. Electric/Cable Operated Control Head
Table 3. Electric/Cable Operated Control Heads
Part Number Voltage Current
81-895630-200 24 VDC 2.0 A momentary
August 2021 4 06-237815-001

Figure 5. Assembled Cable/Electric Control Head Kits, P/N 85-895630-200
06-237815-001 5 August 2021

4 INSTALL
Mechanical Installation of the control heads has not changed from the process described in the
corresponding manual listed in Table 1. Please remember the following Warnings when
installing any control head.
Ensure that the actuating pin of the control head is in the SET position (that is,
the actuating pin is in the fully retracted position). Failure to follow this warn
WARNING will result in accidental discharge and possible death, personal injury, and
property damage when the control head is installed on the valve.
When attaching the control head to the valve, the swivel nut must be tightened
to 55-60 ft-lb of torque. Failure to tighten the swivel nut as directed may result
WARNING in leakage during actuation or incorrect operation resulting in property
damage, injury or death.
The control head monitor supervision signal is not a substitute for ensuring the
proper interlock of the actuator plunger to the pilot check assembly. Make sure
the control head is properly seated. Failure to ensure the control head is
WARNING properly seated may result in the system not discharging fire suppressant when
called upon in the event of fire, which could result in property damage, injury
or death.
For electrical connections, the new control heads include lead wires. There is no need to open
the control head and connect wires to the terminal block. Instead use the wires coming out of
the control head.
Figure 6. Wiring Diagram for Electric and Electric/Cable Operated Control Heads
5 MAINTENANCE
Maintenance of the control heads has not changed from the process described in the
6 PARTS LIST
Table 4. Parts List for Kidde Fire Systems Electric Control Heads
Electric Control Head Kit, Includes: 85-890181-200

• Electrical Control Head, 24 VDC, P/N WK-890181-200
Electric and Cable Operated Control Head Kit, Includes: 85-895630-200
• Electrical and Cable Operated Control Head, 24 VDC, P/N: 81-895630-200
August 2021 6 06-237815-001

Ph: 508.881.2000
Fax: 508.881.8920 06-237815-001 Rev. AA ©2021 Carrier. All Rights Reserved.
06-237833-001
July 2021
Kidde Fire Systems

1.5 and 3 in. El-Check Valve
Addendum

Jurisdiction: EAR
US ECCN: EAR99
TABLE OF CONTENTS
1 General ............................................................................................... 1
2 Component Description.......................................................................... 2
2.1 1 1/2 in. El-Check Valve Component Description ....................................... 2
2.2 3 in. El-Check Valve Component Description ............................................. 3
3 Installation........................................................................................... 4
3.1 Installation of El-check Valves ................................................................ 4
3.2 System Pressure Test ............................................................................ 4
4 Every two Years Maintenance ................................................................. 5
5 Inspection Procedures-2 Year ................................................................. 5
6 Parts List ............................................................................................. 6
06-237833-001 i July 2021

July 2021 ii 06-237833-001

1 GENERAL
This document provides product information on new 1 1/2 and 3 in. El-check valve usable in
Kidde Fire Systems fire suppression systems.
systems:
HFC-227ea agent and 3M Novec 1230 fire protection fluid are herein referred to as “agent”
Kidde Fire Systems
Kidde Fire Systems ECS-500 psi Fire Suppression System with 3M Novec 1230 Fire Protection 06-237585-001 AB
Kidde Fire Systems ADS Fire Suppression System with HFC-227ea Agent Design, Installation, 06-236068-001 BB
Kidde Fire Systems ADS Fire Suppression System with 3M Novec 1230 Fire Protection Fluid 06-237256-001 AB
06-237833-001 1 July 2021

2 COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
2.1 1 1/2 in. El-Check Valve Component Description

The 1 1/2 in. El-check is used on the 10 through 125 lb size cylinders which use the 1 1/2 in.
valve (see Figure 2 and Table 2).
Note: Cylinders under 200 lbs are not available for ADS™ systems.

systems. Improper use of equipment can cause system malfunction.
The 1 1/2 in. El-check valve is for use on ECS™ systems only. It is not to be used
CAUTION with ADS systems as it is too small for any of the valves offered with the ADS
systems.
Figure 1. 1 1/2 in. Manifold El-Check Valve
B
C
Figure 2. 1 1/2 in. Manifold El-Check Valve Dimensions
Materials:
Table 2. Dimensions, 1 1/2 in. Manifold El-Checks
Dimensions Valve
Part Number Size
A B C Working Pressure
1 1/2 in. 3 3/16 in. 3 19/20 in.

WK-877690-150 1 1/2 in. NPT 500 psi
(38 mm) (81 mm) (100 mm)
July 2021 2 06-237833-001

2.2 3 in. El-Check Valve Component Description
The 3 in. El-check is used on the 600 lb and larger size cylinders which use the 3 in. valve (see
Figure 4 and Table 3).

Figure 3. 3 in. Manifold El-Check Valve
Figure 4. 3 in. Manifold El-Check Valve Dimensions
Materials:
Table 3. Dimensions, 3 in. Manifold El-Checks
Dimensions
Valve
Part Number Size
Working Pressure
A B C
3 in. 5.0 in 6 1/2 in.

WK-877690-300 Victaulic 25.01 OGS DN80 500 psi
(76 mm) (127 mm) (165 mm)
06-237833-001 3 July 2021

3 INSTALLATION
3.1 Installation of El-check Valves

Installation of the El-check valve has not changed from the process described in the
The 1 1/2 in. El-check valve has an NPT connection for use with discharge hose
P/N WK-283898-000.
The 3 in. El-check valve has a rolled groove connection for use with discharge hose
P/N 06-118225-001.
Figure 5. Installed El-check Valve (1 1/2 in. EL-check shown)
3.2 System Pressure Test

Per NFPA 2001, 2018 Edition, the piping system must be pressure tested in a closed circuit
using nitrogen or other dry gas. Ensure all sections of pipe are tested, including those separat-
ed by Selector or Directional valves. Ensure all Selector or Directional valves are tested in all
applicable states.
Note: A calibrated gauge must be used when monitoring the pressure during the test.
To perform a pressure test of the piping system, follow these steps:
1. Disconnect all actuation lines and electrical control heads.
2. Disconnect the discharge hose or valve outlet adapter from each agent cylinders.
3. Ensure all nozzles are removed with plugs in their place and there are no other openings in
the system piping.
4. Pressurize the pipe system to at least 40 psi using Nitrogen or other dry gas, ensuring all
section see this pressure. Pressure should be applied to one end of the agent manifold
through to the pipe network. This ensures each check valve is also covered by the test.
Remove the source of pressure, ensuring the system remains closed and that the pressure
inside can be monitored.
5. Monitor the pressure for 10 minutes, ensuring the pressure does not drop below 80 percent
of the test pressure (32 psi if using 40 psi as the test pressure).
6. If the pressure loss is greater than 20 percent of the test pressure, locate the leak and re-
place any necessary components.
7. Return the system to full service, ensuring all nozzles are replaced in the correct location,
and all cylinders are properly connected to the system piping. Re-connect the actuation
lines and electrical control head(s).
July 2021 4 06-237833-001

4 EVERY TWO YEARS MAINTENANCE
Once every two years, perform a system pressure test on the piping to ensure that no new leak
paths have developed. The system pressure test must cover all components of the manifold,
including any check valves. For instructions on performing the system pressure test, see
Section 3.2, System Pressure Test.
5 INSPECTION PROCEDURES-2 YEAR
Do not use water or oxygen to blow out pipe lines. Using oxygen is
especially dangerous since even a minute quantity of oil may cause an
WARNING explosion.
1. Remove any nozzles from the piping to allow foreign matter to blow clear.
2. Remove all pressure operated control heads from the ECS-500 System cylinders.
Do not disconnect the flexible hose from the pressure operated control head. If
ECS-500 System accidentally discharges, the unattached flexible hose will whip
WARNING around and may damage equipment and cause severe bodily injury.
3. Open the distributing valves and keep them open long enough to ensure the pipes are
clean.
4. Blow out all distribution piping with air or nitrogen to ensure it is not obstructed.
5. Reconnect all control heads.
06-237833-001 5 July 2021

6 PARTS LIST
Table 4. Parts List
Check Valves
1 1/2 in. Manifold El-Check Valve with 1.5 in NPT connection WK-877690-150*
3 in Manifold El-Check Valve with Victaulic 25.01 OGS DN80 connection WK-877690-300
* For ECS Systems only
July 2021 6 06-237833-001

Ph: 508-881-2000
Fax: 508-881-8920 06-237833-001 Rev. AA ©2021 Carrier All Rights Reserved.
06-237856-001
October 2021
2-Way Selector and Lockout Valve

Addendum
for
Kidde Fire Systems
Clean Agent Systems

Jurisdiction: EAR
US ECCN: EAR99
TABLE OF CONTENTS
1 General ............................................................................................... 1
2 Component Description.......................................................................... 2
2.1 2-Way Selector Valves ........................................................................... 2
2.1.1 Back Plate Manifold with Solenoids for Selector Valves ............................... 3
2.1.2 Back-Plate Manifold Hose ....................................................................... 3
2.1.3 1/8 in. NPT Male to 1/4 in. Male BSPP Adapter .......................................... 4
2.1.4 Pressure Regulator ................................................................................ 4
2.1.5 Back-Plate Manifold Spare Solenoids........................................................ 5
2.1.6 Nitrogen Pilot Cylinder, Mounting Bracket and Adapter ............................... 6
2.1.7 Nitrogen Pilot Cylinder Supervisory Pressure Switch................................... 7
2.1.7.1 Supervisory Pressure Switch Differentiation .............................................. 8
2.2 Lockout Valves ..................................................................................... 9
3 Design Consideration........................................................................... 11
3.1 Selector Valves ................................................................................... 11
3.2 Back-Plate Manifold with Solenoids for Selector Valves ............................. 12
4 Install ............................................................................................... 13
4.1 2- Way Selector Valves ........................................................................ 13
4.1.1 1-inch, 1 1/2-inch, and 2-inch Selector Valves ........................................ 13
4.1.2 3 and 4 inch Selector Valves................................................................. 13
4.2 Installing the Nitrogen Pilot Cylinder with Supervisory Pressure Switch ....... 14
4.2.1 Wiring the Control Head Monitor ........................................................... 16
4.3 Connecting Nitrogen Pilot Cylinder to Back-Plate Manifold ......................... 17
4.4 Lockout Valves ................................................................................... 18
5 Operation .......................................................................................... 18
5.1 Local Manual Operation of 2-Way Selector Valves .................................... 18
5.2 Lockout Valves ................................................................................... 19
6 Maintenance....................................................................................... 19
6.1 Actuator Test on 2-Way Selector Valve .................................................. 19
6.2 System Lockout Valve (if Fitted) ........................................................... 19
7 Post Discharge Maintenance ................................................................. 19
8 Parts List ........................................................................................... 20
06-237856-001 i October 2021

October 2021 ii 06-237856-001

1 GENERAL
Kidde Fire Systems 2-Way selector valves are used to distribute agent where multiple spaces
are protected from a common bank of cylinders.
Kidde Fire Systems lockout valves can be locked in the close position to prevent agent from
being discharged into a protected area for the safety of personnel.
These selector and lockout valves are being cross listed for use in Kidde Fire Systems Clean
Agent Fire Suppression Systems. This addendum applies to the following industrial, land-based
Kidde Fire Systems fire suppression systems:
• Kidde Fire Systems ECS-500™ psi Fire Suppression System with 3M™ Novec™ 1230
Fire Protection Fluid
• Kidde Fire Systems ADS™ Fire Suppression System with 3M Novec 1230
• Kidde Fire Systems ECS™ Fire Suppression System with 3M Novec 1230
• Kidde Fire Systems ADS Fire Suppression System with HFC-227ea Agent
• Kidde Fire Systems ECS Fire Suppression System with HFC-227ea Agent

Kidde Fire Systems ADS™ Fire Suppression System with 3M™ Novec™ 1230 Fire Protection 06-237256-001 AB
06-237856-001 1 October 2021

2 COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
2.1 2-Way Selector Valves
Selector valves are used to distribute agent where multiple spaces are protected from the same
or multiple banks of cylinders.
All these selector valves are 2-way ball valves with full bore. They operate pneumatically, using
pressure from a 108 cu. in. Nitrogen pilot cylinder and routed through a pressure regulator on
the back-plate manifold. This pressure passes through the associated solenoid on the back-
plate which is opened via the control panel, allowing Nitrogen pressure to flow to the required
selector valve. Selector valves include a lever in case of power outage, enabling the selector
valve to be opened manually.
Selector valves do NOT prevent flow in the direction opposite the arrow.
CAUTION
Figure 1. Selector Valves
Table 2. Selector Valve Part Numbers
22-37140-025 1” Selector valve, DN 25, 8-10 bar Actuator

22-37140-040 1 1/2” Selector valve, DN 40, 8-10 bar Actuator
22-37140-050 2” Selector valve, DN 50, 8-10 bar Actuator
22-37140-080 3” Selector valve, Flange DN 80, 8-10 bar Actuator
22-37140-100 4” Selector valve, Flange DN 100, 8-10 bar Actuator
Selector valve sizes 1", 1 1/2", and 2" have BSP threaded inlet and outlet ports for connection
to the distribution piping. When using NPT pipe threads, the following BSP to NPT adapters are
used for the threaded ports:
Table 3. Selector Valve Adapter Part Numbers
01-3711-3000 1" BSPT (M) to NPT (F) Adapter (2 required per valve, entry/exit)
01-3711-4000 1 1/2" BSPT (M) to NPT (F) Adapter (2 required per valve, entry/exit)
01-3711-5000 2" BSPT (M) to NPT (F) Adapter (2 required per valve, entry/exit)
Selector valve sizes 3" and 4" use flanges to connect to the system piping. When installing,
c.Choose correct mating flanges to match with the flanges of the Selector Valves7
To connect the actuation hose to the selector valve, the following adapters are required (2 are
required per selector valve):
Table 4. Selector Valve Hose Adapter Part Numbers
15-8662-0042 Selector Valve Hose Adapter For 1", 1 ½" and 2" Selector Valves
15-8662-0041 Selector Valve Hose Adapter For 3" and 4" Selector Valves
October 2021 2 06-237856-001

2.1.1 Back Plate Manifold with Solenoids for Selector Valves
To simplify the selector valve installation, the back-plate manifold with solenoids comes with
the pressure regulator, piping, and the required number of solenoids to provide pressure to the
appropriate selector valve. The back-plate manifold with solenoids includes one hose (P/N 01-
3273-1200) used to connect the pressure regulator on the back-plate to a Nitrogen pilot
cylinder. Use one 108 cu. in. Nitrogen pilot cylinder per back-plate manifold to provide pressure
to open the selector valves.
Note: The solenoid on the back-plate manifold leading to the hazard being protected by the
discharge must be continuously powered during the system discharge. For solenoid
specifications, see Section 2.1.5.
Figure 2. 3 Area Back-Plate Manifold

Table 5. Back-Plate Manifold Part Numbers
01-3508-0002 Back-Plate Manifold with Solenoids - 2 Area, Selector Valve Control, 8 bar
2.1.2 Back-Plate Manifold Hose

Use the hose (P/N 01-3273-1200) to connect the solenoid to the selector valves or to connect
the Nitrogen pilot cylinder to the pressure regulator on the back-plate manifold. When connect-
ing a back-plate manifold hose to the Nitrogen pilot cylinder, adapter P/N: 85-025125-000
must be used.
Back-Plate Manifold Hose
(P/N 01-3273-1200)
Note: One hose is included

with Back-Plate Manifold to
connect to the pressure supply.
Seperate hoses must be
purchased for each Selector
Valve.
-Kerr
Figure 3. Back-Plate Manifold Hose

Table 6. Back-Plate Manifold Hose Part Numbers
01-3273-1200 Back-Plate Manifold Hose
06-237856-001 3 October 2021

2.1.3 1/8 in. NPT Male to 1/4 in. Male BSPP Adapter
Use the adapter (P/N 85-025125-000) when connecting the nitrogen pilot cylinder to the back-
plate manifold hose.
1.11in 45/64"
1/4 BSPP 1/8 NPT
Figure 4. Back-Plate Manifold Hose
Table 7. Back-Plate Manifold Hose Part Numbers
85-025125-000 1/8 in. NPT Male to 1/4 in. Male BSPP Adapter
2.1.4 Pressure Regulator

The pressure regulator (P/N 01-6017-0000) reduces the incoming pressure from a Nitrogen
pilot cylinder down to the 8 bar needed to operate the selector valves. The regulator is included
with the back-plate manifold, but may be ordered separately if needed.
Figure 5. Pressure Regulator

Table 8. Pressure Regulator Part Numbers
01-6017-0000 Pressure Regulator
October 2021 4 06-237856-001

2.1.5 Back-Plate Manifold Spare Solenoids
If necessary, the solenoids on the back-plate manifold can be replaced using the spare solenoid
P/N: 38-350800-001.
Solenoid Specifications:
– Operating Voltage: 24 VDC 10W
– Current Draw: 0.42 Amps
Figure 6. Back-Plate Manifold Spare Solenoid
Table 9. Back-Plate Manifold Spare Solenoid Part Numbers
Operating Current
Voltage Draw
38-350800-001 Back-Plate Manifold Spare Solenoid 24 VDC 10W 0.42 Amps
06-237856-001 5 October 2021

2.1.6 Nitrogen Pilot Cylinder, Mounting Bracket and Adapter
Use the 108 cu. in. Nitrogen pilot cylinder to provide operating pressure for the selector valves.
When activated by a control head, gas pressure is routed from the nitrogen pilot cylinder to
the pressure regulator on the back-plate manifold. The control panel singles which solenoid to
open on the back-plate manifold, directing the Nitrogen pressure to and opening the
corresponding selector valve.
Use one 108 cu. in. Nitrogen pilot cylinder per back-plate manifold to provide pressure to open
the selector valves.
Table 10. Nitrogen Assembly Data
See Table 18 for full list Nitrogen Pilot Cylinder, 1800 PSI @ 70°F (124 bar gauge @ 20°C)
WK-877845-000 Mounting Bracket, Nitrogen Pilot Cylinder
WK-699205-010 Male Connector, 5/16 in. Flare x 1/8 in. NPT
PORT FOR SUPERVISORY

PRESSURE SWITCH
GAUGE OUTLET PORT-1/8 in. NPT FEMALE
ATTACH ADAPTER HERE
1/8 in. NPT 5/16 in.-TUBING

SAFETY MALE MALE
OUTLET ADAPTER
P/N WK-699205-010
1-1/4 in.-18 NF-3

FOR CONTROL HEAD CONNECTION
CYLINDER P/N WK-877940-200
BRACKET P/N WK-877845-000
16 in.
(406 mm)
3.56 in.
(90 mm)
Figure 7. Nitrogen Actuator Mounting Bracket and Adapter

Note: 108 cu. in. Nitrogen pilot cylinders manufactured after November 2020 are compatible
with the Nitrogen driver and pilot supervisory switches (P/N: 85-111540-001 and
85-111540-100).
October 2021 6 06-237856-001

2.1.7 Nitrogen Pilot Cylinder Supervisory Pressure Switch
Note: See Table 11 for approvals.
The Nitrogen pilot cylinder supervisory pressure switch is intended to detect a drop in pressure
in the Kidde Fire Systems Nitrogen pilot cylinders (see Figure 2-49).
Note: The Nitrogen pilot cylinder supervisory pressure switch differentiator is a blue colored
band on both the box and switch (see Table 12).
The Nitrogen pilot cylinder supervisory pressure switch can be wired for either normally-open
(N.O.) or normally-closed (N.C.) operation, depending on installation requirements and those
of the Authority Having Jurisdiction (AHJ). When wired for N.O. under pressure, if the pressure
inside the cylinder drops below 1625 psig (112.0 bar gauge), the switch contacts will transfer
and, if wired correctly, invoke a “supervisory” signal at the control panel.
Note: When the Nitrogen pilot cylinder supervisory pressure switch (P/N 85-111540-001
or P/N 85-111540-100) is connected to a supervised control panel circuit, and the
switch is wired N.C. under pressure, it is not possible to distinguish between a wir-
ing fault and a loss of cylinder pressure. This configuration should only be used if
accepted by the AHJ.
1-3/16 in.
(30 mm)
FACTORY SEALED
LEAD WIRES 36 in. LONG ± 1 in.
1/2 in. -14 NPT (ALUMINUM)
CAUTION LABEL
4-1/8 in. NAMEPLATE LABEL

(105 mm)
BLUE BAND
O-RING 21/64 in. x 3/32 in.
01/4 in. SAE 45° FLARE

WITH VALVE CORE
FEMALE W/VALVE DEFLECTOR
Figure 8. Supervisory Pressure Switch, Female Fitting, (P/N 85-111540-001 shown)

Table 11. Approvals
Part Number Approvals
85-111540-001 UL, FM
85-111540-100 UL, FM, ATEX
Note: Nitrogen pilot cylinder valves manufactures prior to November 2020 do not include the
necessary port for this driver supervisory pressure switch.
06-237856-001 7 October 2021

2.1.7.1 Supervisory Pressure Switch Differentiation
Kidde Fire Systems offers supervisory pressure switches for multiple products and product
lines. When ordering and installing supervisory pressure switches, please select the
appropriate switch. The switches have a colored band to help differentiate them.
Note: Due to the various differences in screen displays and printers, the colors displayed here
may not perfectly match the colors on the actual products.
Table 12. Supervisory Pressure Switch Specifications
Band Pressure
Switch Part Numbers Compatible with
Color Trip Setting
Nitrogen Pilot Cylinders

85-111540-001 1540 psig ADS™ Systems
Blue
85-111540-100 (ATEX) (106.2 bar) Nitrogen Drivers
Nitrogen Siren Drivers
06-118262-001 305 psig ECS™ 360 psi Agent

Silver
06-118537-001 (ATEX) (21.0 bar) Cylinders
45-118500-001 435 psig ECS-500™ psi Agent

Orange
45-500537-001 (ATEX) (30.0 bar) Cylinders
Carbon Dioxide Pilot

Cylinders and Siren
81-111350-001 1350 psig
Red Drivers
81-111350-100 (ATEX) (93.1 bar)
(High and Low
Pressure systems)
October 2021 8 06-237856-001

2.2 Lockout Valves
A lockout valve is a manually operated valve installed between the agent manifold and the
discharge pipe to the protected area. Lockout valves are normally open, but can be locked in
the closed position when maintenance is being carried out to prevent agent from discharging
into the protected area for the safety of the personnel. The lockout valve shall be installed at
the end of the agent manifold or, if a common manifold protects multiple hazards, downstream
of each selector valve. Lockout valves include a limit switch.
Lockout valve assemblies include a high visibility indicator and weatherproof limit switch. The
limit switch shall initiate a “Trouble” signal at the control panel when the valve is in the closed
position. All valves have a maximum pressure rating of 140 bar (2031 PSI). When using
lockout valves, a pressure relief valve shall also be installed wherever pressure could be
trapped in closed sections of pipe.
The lockout valves are available in sizes 1” through 4”.
Figure 9. 1”, and 2” Lockout Valves

Table 13. Lockout Valves Dimensions and Part Numbers for 1” and 2” valves (U.S. Customary Units)
Approximate Dimensions (inches)

Valve
Part Number
Size
A B C D E F G H I J
1” 38-409830-005 1.0 4.1 2.6 6.5 ± .1 4.5 6.1 ± .1 3.0 1.1 1.4 2.9
2” 38-409830-007 1.9 7.1 3.9 8.3 ± .1 4.6 7.8 ± .1 5.0 2.1 1.5 4.2
Table 14. Lockout Valves Dimensions and Part Numbers for 1” and 2” valves (SI Units)
Approximate Dimensions (mm)

Valve
Part Number
Size
A B C D E F G H I J
1” 38-409830-005 24 103.1 66.2 164 ± 3 113 156 ± 3 75.6 28.5 36 74

2” 38-409830-007 47.5 180 100 211 ± 3 116 198 ± 3 126.1 53.3 37 107
06-237856-001 9 October 2021

Figure 10. 3”, and 4” Lockout Valves
Table 15. Lockout Valves Dimensions and Part Numbers for 3” and 4” valves (U.S. Customary Units)
Approximate Dimensions (inch)

Valve
Part Number
Size
LW L L2 L3 H H1 H2 H3 B
3” 38-409830-009 Ø 3.0 6.3 23.6 4.4 11.5 9.5 5.0 1.5 9.4
4” 38-409830-010 Ø 4.0 7.5 27.4 4.9 14.3 11.1 6.0 3.2 10.9
Table 16. Lockout Valves Dimensions and Part Numbers for 3” and 4” valves (SI Units)
Approximate Dimensions (mm)

Valve
Part Number
Size
LW L L2 L3 H H1 H2 H3 B
3” 38-409830-009 Ø 78 160 600 111 291 238.7 127.5 38.3 238

4” 38-409830-010 Ø 100 190 696.5 123.5 364 283 151.5 81 277
Table 17. Lockout Valve Part Numbers
38-409830-005 Valve, 1" NPT Lockout (Isolation)

October 2021 10 06-237856-001

3 DESIGN CONSIDERATION
3.1 Selector Valves

Standard EN12094-5 requires that selector valves be opened within a maximum time span of
3 seconds. Use the following rules for designing all selector valve systems:
• 3-Way and 2-Way selector valves must not be mixed in a system. A system may use only
2-way or 3-way selector valves, not both.
• Always confirm the duration for which the solenoid valve will be kept energized by the con-
trol panel. The solenoid must be energized for the full discharge time.
• A handle shall always be provided with selector valves for manual opening or closing.
Figure 11. Typical Distribution Manifold Design
06-237856-001 11 October 2021

3.2 Back-Plate Manifold with Solenoids for Selector Valves
The solenoid valves with manual override used for controlling the opening of the selector valves
are supplied as part of a back-plate manifold with solenoids. This back-plate manifold holds the
required numbers of solenoid valves. The back-plate manifold receives pressure from a
Nitrogen pilot cylinder via a pressure regulator reducing the supplied pressure to approx. 8 bar.
Use one 108 cu. in. Nitrogen pilot cylinder per back-plate manifold to provide pressure to open
the selector valves.
Note: The solenoid on the back-plate manifold leading to the hazard being protected by the
discharge must be continuously powered during the system discharge.
Figure 12. Back-Plate Manifold Arrangement
October 2021 12 06-237856-001

4 INSTALL
4.1 2- Way Selector Valves

Note: Valves can be installed horizontally or vertically.
Kidde Fire Systems recommends installing union fittings before and after the valves to
facilitate future service work.
4.1.1 1-inch, 1 1/2-inch, and 2-inch Selector Valves

Install the 1-inch, 1 1/2-inch, and 2-inch selector valves by following the steps listed below:
1. Inspect the valves to verify the threads are not damaged.
2. If needed, use the BSPT to NPT adapters (P/N 01-3711-3000, 01-3711-4000, and
01-3711-5000) to adapt the BSPT piping on the valve to standard NPT piping.
3. Apply Teflon tape or pipe sealant to the piping male threads.
Do not drip sealant into the internal part of the valve.

CAUTION
4. Ensure the piping is properly supported with pipe hangers prior to installing the valves.
5. Use high pressure air, nitrogen, or CO2 to verify the valves allow flow in the direction shown
by the arrow on the valve body.
All valves must be installed with the arrow on the valve body pointing in the
CAUTION direction of flow.
4.1.2 3 and 4 inch Selector Valves

Install the 3 and 4 inch Selector valves by following the steps listed below:
1. Inspect the gaskets and valve assemblies for damage.
2. Choose correct mating flanges to match with the flanges of the Selector Valves
3. Weld the flange connections to the piping in accordance with the ASME B31 Boiler & Pres-
sure Vessel Code.
4. Align the valve body with the flanges, insert gaskets between the valve body and each
flange and insert the bolts through the bolt holes.
5. Tighten the hex nuts.
a. Valves can be installed horizontally or vertically.
b. All valves must be checked to ensure installation in the proper flow direction.
c. Ensure the piping is properly supported with pipe hangers and pedestal support prior to
installing the valves.
5. Use high pressure air, nitrogen, or CO2 to verify the valves allow flow in the direction shown
by the arrow on the valve body.
06-237856-001 13 October 2021

4.2 Installing the Nitrogen Pilot Cylinder with Supervisory Pressure
Switch
Note: Supervision of electric control heads is a requirement of NFPA 2001
Follow these steps to install a Nitrogen pilot cylinder:
1. Install mounting bracket clamps and hardware as instructed in the corresponding manual.
2. Install the nitrogen pilot cylinder in the mounting bracket, ensuring the gauge is forward
facing.
Note: If the discharge port is too close to a wall or obstruction, install the N2 pilot cylinder
bracket using a spacer such as a Unistrut® channel setup as shown in Figure 13. One
section of Unistrut may not create enough space. Ensure the spacer is structurally
sound and can support the weight of the components.
Spacer
Bracket
Nitrogen Pilot
Cylinder
Figure 13. Nitrogen Pilot Cylinder with Bracket and Spacer

3. Install the CHM over the cylinder valve actuation port as shown in Figure 14 and Figure 15.
Important: Make sure the safety burst disc outlet port lines up and sits in the slot on
the underside of the CHM (see Figure 15). The body of the CHM should
be opposite the supervisory pressure switch.
October 2021 14 06-237856-001

SLOT FOR
SAFETY BURST
DISC OUTLET
SAFETY BURST DISC

OUTLET PORT
Figure 14. Installation Side View Figure 15. Installation Isometric View

Nitrogen Pilot Cylinder
Figure 16. Control Head Monitor and Pilot Cylinder, Side View
Slot for Safety Burst Disc Outlet

(on Underside of Control Head Monitor)

Nitrogen Pilot Cylinder Safety Burst Disc Outlet Port
Figure 17. Control Head Monitor and Pilot Cylinder, Top View, no Control Head Shown
06-237856-001 15 October 2021

Ensure the control head is in the SET position (that is, the actuating pin is in
the fully retracted and the arrow on the front is pointing to the SET position)
before attaching the control head to the cylinder valve. Also, ensure the
WARNING safety pin is installed and secured with a listed tamper seal. If the control
head is not in the SET position, the cylinder will discharge.
4. Attach the control head to the nitrogen pilot cylinder valve body by hand threading the
swivel nut onto the mating threads of the valve. Hand thread the swivel until it stops.
Note: The lever on the control head used for manual operation must be positioned so it is
readily accessible.
5. Using the two available flats of the valve body, hold the valve body while using a wrench
on the flats of the swivel nut to secure the control head. Tighten the control head swivel
nut until the nut is tight and the control head body does not swivel further. Tighten the
swivel nut to 55-60 ft-lbs of torque.
Note: The CHM body should not be held down tight by the swivel nut of the control head.
Some play or movement of the CHM body is acceptable, and the CHM should not touch
the supervisory pressure switch or the gauge.
6. Attach outlet adapter, connect the nitrogen pilot lines, wire all components, and perform
necessary testing as instructed in the corresponding manual.
4.2.1 Wiring the Control Head Monitor
EOL Resistor After Last

Device
White
Blue Control
Head
White
Monitor
Blue
Control
Panel Open when in
activated
position
Figure 18. Control Head Monitor Wiring

Use the wiring diagram found in Figure 18 when wiring the CHM.
For field wiring installation applicable to ATEX and IECEx certification the
following specific conditions of use apply:
• The flameproof joints of the equipment are not intended to be repaired.
Consult the manufacturer if repair of the flameproof joints is necessary.
WARNING • A suitably certified conduit sealing device must be installed at the threaded
entry and connected to a certified Ex d or Ex e rated terminal box.
For US and Canada explosion proof installations, seal all conduits within 18
inches from the end of the component.
October 2021 16 06-237856-001

4.3 Connecting Nitrogen Pilot Cylinder to Back-Plate Manifold
Note: Use the 108 cu. in. Nitrogen pilot cylinder to provide pressure to open the selector
valves. Use one 108 cu. in. pilot cylinder per back-plate manifold.
1/4” BSPP Male x 1/8” NPT Male

Straight Adapter
108 or 1040 cu. in.

Nitrogen Pilot Cylinder
Back-Plate Manifold Hose

P/N 01-3273-1200
Pressure Regulator
included on Back-Plate
Manifold
Note: Image not to scale.
Figure 19. Connecting Nitrogen Pilot to Back-Plate Manifold

1. Secure the Pilot Cylinder per the installation instructions outlined in this addendum, in the
corresponding manual listed in Table 1, and in the addendum 06-237750-001.
2. Apply a stripe of an anaerobic liquid pipe sealant around the male threads leaving the first
two threads uncovered. If no liquid sealant is available, wrap Teflon™ tape (or equivalent)
2-1/2 turns in a clockwise direction, viewed from the pipe end, leaving the first two threads
uncovered (only use tape suitable for gas applications).
3. Thread the 1/8” NPT end of the BSPP to NPT adapter into the Nitrogen Pilot cylinder.
Wrench tight.
4. Connect the Back-Plate Manifold hose to the BSPP end of the adapter.
5. Install all necessary control heads and control head monitors to the pilot cylinder as out-
lined in this addendum, in the corresponding manual listed in Table 1, and in the addendum
06-237750-001.
06-237856-001 17 October 2021

4.4 Lockout Valves
Note: Lockout valves are required when the agent concentration is at or above the LOAEL.
The lockout valve with limit switch must be installed in the discharge pipe network, down-
stream of all cylinders, check valves, and selector valves. All valves must be easily accessible.
Lockout valves can be installed in either the vertical or horizontal position using good pipe fit-
ting practices. Place two to three wraps of Teflon tape on male threads of pipe. A union is rec-
ommended before and after the valve to facilitate future service work. If needed, use the BSPT
to NPT adapters (P/N 01-3711-3000 and 01-3711-5000) to adapt the BSPT piping on the valve
to standard NPT piping for the 1” and 2” lock out valves. For Larger valves, Weld the flange
connections to the piping in accordance with the ASME B31 Boiler & Pressure Vessel Code. The
valve should be locked in the “open” position using a padlock. All valves must be electrically
supervised.
Figure 20 shows the lockout valve wiring diagram when the ball valve is in the fully open
position.
NC Brown 1
Switch
#1 Purple 2
Upper C Yellow
NO 3
NC Orange 4
Switch
#2 Blue 5
Upper C Red
NO 6
7
8
GND
Figure 20. Wiring Diagram for Lockout Valve when Ball Valve is in Fully Open Position
All valves must be installed with the arrow on the valve body pointing in the
CAUTION direction of flow.
5 OPERATION
5.1 Local Manual Operation of 2-Way Selector Valves

Manual control of selector valves is not part of normal system actuation and should only be
used in an emergency. Ensure the hazard area is evacuated and emergency services are being
called:
1. Proceed to appropriate selector valve for the hazard.
2. Attach the handle to the selector valve, and turn the valve open.
1. Proceed to appropriate primary cylinder release unit for the hazard.
2. Remove the safety pull pin from the cylinder release unit. This will also break the tamper
seal.
3. Operate the manual release knob in the direction indicated by the arrow on the unit.
Note: Allow no one to enter the hazard area. Call the fire department immediately.
October 2021 18 06-237856-001

5.2 Lockout Valves
If applicable, it is recommended to lock-out the clean agent system when performing
maintenance on the system or there is need to perform work that could cause false alarms and
a discharge. Use the following steps to lockout the system:
1. Unlock the valve and place it in the Closed position.
2. Lock the valve.
3. Verify that a Trouble indicator appears on the control unit.
4. When maintenance or test is complete, unlock the valve and place it in the Open position.
5. Lock the valve.
6. Verify the Trouble indicator is clear on the control unit.
6 MAINTENANCE
All standard maintenance must be performed as outlined in the manual listed in Table 1. In
addition, maintenance on the selector and lockout valves must be performed as part of the
standard semi-annual maintenance procedure. The maintenance involves testing the actuator
on the selector valves and manually operating the lockout valves to ensure functionality.
6.1 Actuator Test on 2-Way Selector Valve

1. Operate the valve manually by the use of the emergency handle. The handle should move
freely when opening and closing the valve.
2. Close the selector valve and store the emergency handle in a convenient place
Should for any reason the unit fail to operate as intended or should there be any doubt about
the opening/closing of the valve, contact Kidde Fire Systems.
Never attempt to modify the actuator assembly (i.e. never open the actuator).
6.2 System Lockout Valve (if Fitted)

The ball valve should be manually operated and the operation of the micro-switch (if fitted)
observed.
1. Signal to be initiated on control panel.
2. Replace the micro-switch if found to be defective.
7 POST DISCHARGE MAINTENANCE

All standard post discharge maintenance must be performed as outlined in the manual listed
in Table 1. Additionally, all solenoids must be returned to their normal operating state.
After a discharge, inspect all solenoids to ensure they are set to the normal,
non-bypass state. Failure to return the solenoids to the normal state may result
CAUTION in an incorrect discharge leading to injury or loss of life.
06-237856-001 19 October 2021

8 PARTS LIST
Table 18. Selector Valve, Lockout Valve, and Associated Equipment Parts List
2-Way Directional Valve Assemblies

1” Selector Valve, DN 25, 8-10 bar Actuator 22-37140-025
1 1/2” Selector Valve, DN 40, 8-10 bar Actuator 22-37140-040
2” Selector Valve, DN 50, 8-10 bar Actuator 22-37140-050
3” Selector Valve, Flange DN 80, 8-10 bar Actuator 22-37140-080
4” Selector Valve, Flange DN 100, 8-10 bar Actuator 22-37140-100
2-Way Directional Valve Assemblies Accessories
Back-Plate Manifold with Solenoids - 2 Area, Selector Valve Control, 8 bar 01-3508-0002
Back-Plate Manifold Hose 01-3273-1200
1/8 in. NPT Male to 1/4 in. Male BSPP Adapter 85-025125-000
1" BSPT (M) to NPT (F) Adapter (2 required per valve, entry/exit) 01-3711-3000
1 1/2" BSPT (M) to NPT (F) Adapter (2 required per valve, entry/exit) 01-3711-4000
2" BSPT (M) to NPT (F) Adapter (2 required per valve, entry/exit) 01-3711-5000
Hose Adapter for For 1", 1 ½" and 2" Selector Valves, Nipple 1/4" BSPP 60° x 1/4" BSPT M/M 15-8662-0042
Hose Adapter for For 3" and 4" Selector Valves, Nipple 1/4" BSPP 60° x 1/8" BSPT M/M 15-8662-0041
Pressure Regulator - 300 bar to 8 bar 01-6017-0000
Back-Plate Manifold Spare Solenoid 38-350800-001
Nitrogen Pilot Cylinders and Mounting Equipment
108 cu. in. Nitrogen Pilot Cylinder 85-877940-001*

Supervisory Pressure Switch for Nitrogen Pilot Cylinders 85-111540-001
ATEX Supervisory Pressure Switch for Nitrogen Pilot Cylinders 85-111540-100
Nitrogen Pilot Cylinder, 108 cu. in. (1.77 L) WK-877940-000
Nitrogen Pilot Cylinder, 108 cu. in. (1.77 L), with Supervisory Pressure Switch, Normally 06-129773-001
Open Under Pressure
Nitrogen Pilot Cylinder, 108 cu. in. (1.77 L), with Supervisory Pressure Switch, Normally 06-129773-002
Closed Under Pressure
Mounting Bracket, Nitrogen Pilot Cylinder WK-877845-000
*This product is pending agency review at this time of this addendum’s creation and may not yet be available.
October 2021 20 06-237856-001

Table 18. Selector Valve, Lockout Valve, and Associated Equipment Parts List (Continued)
Lockout Valve Assemblies

Valve, 1" NPT Lockout (Isolation) 38-409830-005
06-237856-001 21 October 2021

October 2021 22 06-237856-001

Ph: 508.881.2000
Fax: 508.881.8920 06-237856-001 Rev. AA ©2021 Carrier. All Rights Reserved.

ECS 360 FM-200 06-236115-001_BA HFC-227ea ECS DIOM

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

ECS 360 FM-200 06-236115-001_BA HFC-227ea ECS DIOM

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

This file contains the following:

Title Part Number Rev

Kidde Fire Systems Control Head Monitor Installation Addendum 06-237750-001 AA

Kidde Fire Systems 3” Valve Addendum 06-237760-001 AA

Kidde Fire Systems® ECS

Design, Installation, Operation and

UL Listing File FM Approvals

06-236115-001 i October 2014

MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEETS

October 2014 ii 06-236115-001

06-236115-001 iii October 2014

October 2014 iv 06-236115-001

4. Remove cylinder from bracketing.

06-236115-001 v October 2014

October 2014 vi 06-236115-001

CHAPTER 1 GENERAL INFORMATION

CHAPTER 3 COMPONENT DESCRIPTION

06-236115-001 vii October 2014

CHAPTER 4 DESIGN AND INSTALLATION

October 2014 viii 06-236115-001

06-236115-001 ix October 2014

October 2014 x 06-236115-001

CHAPTER 6 POST- DISCHARGE MAINTENANCE

06-236115-001 xi October 2014

APPENDIX A MATERIAL SAFETY DATASHEETS

October 2014 xii 06-236115-001

06-236115-001 xii October 2014

October 2014 xiii 06-236115-001

06-236115-001 1 October 2014

October 2014 xvi 06-236115-001

06-236115-001 1-1 October 2014

1-2 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION

1-2.1.1 Operating Temperature Range Limitations

1-2.1.2 Agent Storage Container Temperature Range Limitations

1-2.1.2.1 Balanced System Agent Storage Container Temperature Range

October 2014 1-2 06-236115-001

1-2.1.2.2 Unbalanced System Agent Storage Container Temperature Range

1-2.2 Extinguishing Agent

06-236115-001 1-3 October 2014

1-2.2.4 Other Safety Considerations

October 2014 1-4 06-236115-001

2000 75 lb./cu ft.

Figure 1-1. HFC-227ea Pressure/Temperature Curve Isometric Diagram

Table 1-1. HFC-227ea Select Physical Properties, U.S. Units

Description Units Measurement

Molecular Weight N/A 170.03

For more properties, see NFPA 2001

Table 1-2. HFC-227ea Select Physical Properties, Metric Units

Description Units Measurement

Molecular Weight N/A 170.03

For more properties, see NFPA 2001

06-236115-001 1-5 October 2014

October 2014 1-6 06-236115-001

2-2 SYSTEM CONTROLS AND INDICATORS

2-2.2 Operating Procedures

2-2.2.1 Automatic Operation

2-2.2.2 Remote Manual Operation

2-2.2.3 Local Manual Operation

1. Proceed to appropriate HFC-227ea cylinder for the hazard.

06-236115-001 2-1 October 2014

2-2.3 Post-Fire Operation

2-2.4 Cylinder Recharge

2-2.5 Special System Precautions

2-2.5.1 Systems Actuated with a Master HFC-227ea Cylinder